- 
 
 LIBRARY 
 
 OF THE 
 
 UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA. 
 
 Class 
 
THE 
 
 Manuol of Business 
 
 BKINQ A COLLECTION OF 
 
 CORRECT BUSINESS FORMS FOR EXECUTING ALL COM- 
 MERCIAL INSTRUMENTS, COMMERCIAL DATA AND 
 ADVICE ON THE THOUSAND AND ONE 
 QUESTIONS OF CORRECT METHODS 
 THAT ARE CONSTANTLY ARIS- 
 ING IN EVERY DAY BUSI- 
 NESS LIFE. 
 
 Compiled from Various Sources 
 
 BY 
 
 SIDNEY P. JOHNSTON 
 
 1902: 
 
 DANIEL STERN, PUBLISHER 
 69 DEARBORN ST., CHICAGO. 
 
NERAL 
 
 Entered According to Act of Congress in the year 1902, by 
 
 DANIEL STERN 
 In the Office of the Librarian of Con^rcs:-. at Washington, D. C. 
 
PREFACE 
 
 There are a number of books on the market whose 
 title is very similar to this one, but whose contents 
 are devoted rather to store management than to busi- 
 .renerally. They deal with the arrangement of 
 good> on shelves, personal neatness and other phases 
 of commercial life thai would appear to us to afford but 
 (oiiiinonplace information to the average business man. 
 In the present volume I believe a work has been com- 
 piled that will prove a ready reference work in regard 
 to the many forms of business usage and correspondence 
 whose employment identifies the man posted in com- 
 mercial methods and commands an attention and recog- 
 nition that the incorrectly worded commercial instru- 
 ment is rarely accorded. 
 
 This work will also prove invaluable to the young 
 business man, acquainting him with the forms in vogue 
 in commercial life and increasing his commercial worth 
 as he masters its points. 
 
 THE COMPILER. 
 
 Chicago, Sept. 10, 1902. 
 
 
CONTENTS 
 
 CHAPTER I. Page 
 
 PENMANSHIP AND COMMERCIAL CORRESPONDENCE 7 
 
 CHAPTER II. 
 BOOKKEEPING 
 
 DEBTS AND C 
 BANKING 
 COMMERCIAL 
 CONTRACTS 
 NOTES 
 
 CHAPTER III 
 
 OLLECTIONS 
 
 37 
 
 CHAPTER IV 
 
 . . . 45 
 
 CHAPTER V. 
 PAPERS 
 
 . . . 50 
 
 CHAPTER VI. 
 CHAPTER VII. 
 
 80 
 . . . 126 
 
 PATENTS . 
 MEASTTREMEN' 
 
 CHAPTER VIII. 
 
 . . . 143 
 
 CHAPTER IX. 
 
 rs 
 
 . 149 
 
 CHAPTER X. 
 PUBLIC ROADS 166 
 
 CHAPTER XI. 
 POSTAL REGULATIONS ..... ... 169 
 
 CHAPTER XII. 
 DISCOUNT AND INTEREST 184 
 
 CHAPTER XIII 
 PROPERTY, REAL AND PERSONAL 196 
 
CONTENTS. 
 
 CHAPTER XIV. 
 TRANSPORTATION 199 
 
 CHAPTER XV. 
 RIGHTS OF PARENTS 203 
 
 CHAPTER XVI. 
 PARLIAMENTARY RULES AND FORMS OF RESOLUTIONS 205 
 
 CHAPTER XVII. 
 DICTIONARY OF BUSINESS TERMS 209 
 
 CHAPTER XVIII. 
 BUSINESS ABBREVIATIONS 228 
 
 CHAPTER XIX. 
 BUSINESS MAXIMS . 231 
 
OF THE 
 
 UNIVERSITY 
 
 OF 
 
 THE 
 
 MANUAL OF BUSINESS 
 
 CHAPTER I. 
 
 Penmanship and Commercial Corres- 
 pondence. 
 
 While stenography is making steady encroachments 
 on penmanship, the latter is still a valuable business 
 accomplishment, and the art of business correspondence 
 is a .s-///r <ju<t uon o\' successful merchandising. 
 
 Tin- following rules and examples of penmanship will 
 doubtless be of some service to those wishing to further 
 perfect themselves in this art. 
 
 KTLKS FOR PENMANSHIP. 
 
 Three things are necessary in good penmanship, legi- 
 bility, rapidity and beauty.' 
 
 A 1 \\ays sit in an upright, easy position, with both 
 feet placed on the floor. 
 
 Your pen will not get away from you, so do not pinch 
 it, for this will cramp the fingers and destroy all freedom 
 of movement. 
 
 Hold the pen lightly between the thumb and first two 
 li Hirers, so that the holder will point over your right 
 shoulder. This will cause the points of the pen to press 
 evenly on the paper. 
 
 Avoid the finger movement. It is not practical and 
 very laborious. 
 
 In business writing flourishes should be avoided. 
 
 Neither the right side of the hand nor the wrist should 
 over touch the desk, as this will hinder a free and easy 
 movement . 
 
 In order to have the correct slant in writing, the down- 
 ward >troke of the pen should be drawn toward the center 
 of the body. 
 
 Do not sacrifice legibility to rapidity. Be accurate 
 first and rapid afterward. 
 
 Practice, careful practice, is necessary in order to 
 
8 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 become a good penman. Compare your work frequently 
 with the copy, and note all defects. 
 
 As a single' element of success good penmanship stands 
 almost without a rival. 
 
 HOW TO USE CAPITALS. 
 
 Officiary and honorary titles begin with a capital. 
 
 Every quotation should begin with a capital letter. 
 
 Every entire sentence should begin with a capital. 
 
 All appellations of the Deity should begin with capitals. 
 
 Names of religious denominations begin with capitals. 
 
 Any word of Special importance may begin with a cap- 
 ital. 
 
 The pronoun I and the exclamation O are always cap- 
 italized. 
 
 Every line of poetry should begin with a capital. 
 
 The days of the week and the months of the year bo- 
 gin with capitals. 
 
 In preparing accounts each item should begin with a 
 capital. 
 
 Titles of books and the heads of their chapters and 
 divisions are printed in capitals. 
 
 Proper names and the adjectives derived from them 
 should be capitalized. 
 
 PUNCTUATION. 
 
 Correct punctuation is very necessary in good com- 
 position. Business Men often consider it of small im, 
 portance, whereas it is important in good letter writing- 
 and especially in the proper construction of commercial 
 and legal documents. 
 
 MARKS USED IN PUNCTUATION. 
 
 The Comma (,) denotes the shortest pause. 
 
 The Semicolon (;) a pause double that of the comma. 
 
 The Colon (:) a pause double that of the semicolon. 
 
 The Exclamation Point (!) follows an exclamation 
 or any expression indicating emotion. 
 
 The Period (.) follows every complete affirmative or 
 negative sentence, abbreviations, headings, etc. 
 
 The Interrogation Point (?) denotes that a question 
 is asked. 
 
 The Dash ( ) denotes a sudden pause or change of 
 subject. 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 9 
 
 The Ellipsis (....) denotes that some letters are 
 omitted. 
 
 The Quotation Marks (" '') are used to show that a 
 word sentence has been copied from another author. 
 
 The Parenthesis [ ( ) J is used to indicate an explan- 
 atory sentence. 
 
 The Apostrophe (') denotes the possessive case, and 
 the omission of letters. 
 
 The Brackets ( [ ] ) are used to include words that serve 
 to explain the preceding sentence. 
 
 The Hyphen (-) is used to connect compound words. 
 
 The Indices or hand (S^ ) points out a paragraph 
 which is to be particularly observed. 
 
 The Paragraph (^f) denotes the beginning of a new 
 subject. 
 
 The Marks of Reference (*ftll) are used to call atten- 
 tion of notes of explanation at the bottom of the page. 
 
 The. Caret (A) is used to show that something has 
 been omitted through mistake. 
 
 RULES FOR WRITING A POS1AL. 
 
 A card should be dated either on the upper right hand 
 corner, or on the lower left hand corner. 
 
 Always sign your name in full. 
 
 Never write an invitation on a postal. Society pie- 
 scribes polite forms for this purpose. 
 
 Never write .a demand or a request for money on a 
 postal card. It is disrespectful to the person receiving it. 
 
 If you wish an answer give your full postoffice address, 
 unless it is well known by the person to whom you are 
 writing. 
 
 Do not trust important matters to a postal card, for 
 it is open to inspection, and the law does not provide 
 for its return to the writer if it fails to reach its destina- 
 tion. 
 
 RULES FOR SPELLING. 
 
 Verbs of one syllable, ending with a single consonant, 
 preceded by a single vowel, and verbs of two or more 
 syllables, ending in the same manner, and having the 
 accent on the last syllable, double the final consonant 
 whenever another syllable is added, as, get, getting; 
 omit, omitted. 
 
 The plural of nouns ending in y, when y, is preceded 
 by a consonant, is formed by changing y into i and add- 
 
10 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 ing es ; as, lily, lilies. When y final is preceded by a vowel 
 the plural is formed by adding s; as, valley, valleys. 
 
 Nouns ending in o preceded by another vowel form 
 their plurals regularly by adding s to the singular; as, 
 cameo, cameos. 
 
 Words formed by prefixing one or more syllables to 
 words ending in a double consonant retain both con- 
 sonants; as, befall, rebuff. The exceptions are, with 
 al, an nul, dis til, in stil, ful fil, un til. 
 
 The word full, used as an affix, always drops one 1; 
 and its compounds, thus formed, make their plurals 
 regularly by adding s to the singular, as, handful, hand- 
 fuls; spoonful, spoonfuls. 
 
 BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE. 
 
 Business letters in this/Teat trading and money making 
 century are necessarily of great importance. A well 
 worded and neatly written letter is a very desirable 
 recommendation of a business house. Although the 
 pen is used less than formerly, the ability to dictate 
 readily and correctly is of more importance than ever 
 before. The following rules may be of service to many: 
 
 RULES FOR WRITING BTS1XKSS LETTERS. 
 
 Business letters should be promptly answered. 
 
 Never write an anonymous lot tor. 
 
 Never write a letter on foolscap paper. 
 
 Do not abbreviate; use eonstrations sparingly. 
 
 Guard carefully the repitition of the same words. 
 
 In letters of business use as few words as possible. 
 
 Avoid all flourishes in writing business letters or papers 
 
 Do not use postcripts when it is possible to avoid the 
 same. 
 
 Do not use the character "&" except in the title of firms. 
 
 Never use both titles Mr. and Esq. in the same address. 
 
 Never discuss or refer to social matters in a business 
 letter. 
 
 Neve' write a letter with a lead pencil, always use black 
 ink. 
 
 Always enclose a stamp for reply when writing for 
 information. 
 
 In ordering goods state carefully the amount, kind, 
 quality, etc. 
 
 Read your letter carefully when written, to see that 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 11 
 
 you have made no omissions or mistakes. Examine 
 carefully your envelope when addressed to see that it 
 is rightly directed. 
 
 Avoid erasures or blots, rather rewrite the whole letter 
 than to have it thus marred. 
 
 State your subject so clearly that it will not be necessary 
 to guess your meaning. 
 
 Copy important business letters and properly file them. 
 The possession of a letter sometimes prevents litigation 
 and serious misunderstanding. 
 
 In reply, acknowledge first the receipt of the letter, 
 mentioning its date. 
 
 Give town, county, state and date; it is frequently 
 of irreat importance. 
 
 When you request payment, do so in the most courteous 
 manner. There is more loss than gain in rude and insult- 
 ing language. 
 
 In sending money, always state the amount and the 
 means by which you send 'it. 
 
 Send Money by Draft, P. O. Money Order, or Express, 
 taking a receipt for the same. 
 
 In writing business letters, or in preparing letters, 
 or papers for the press, write on one side only. 
 
 Never neglect to properly punctuate a letter and be 
 exact in punctuating the address on the envelope. 
 
 All letter of importance should be marked in this man- 
 ner: i-Yoni R. B. Echols, received Sept. 15, answered 
 
 Sept. 10. 
 
 Letters of introduction and recommendation should 
 not be sealed, as the bearer should know its contents. 
 
 Letters of application should be carefully written in the 
 applicant's own handwritting, modest but self-respectful. 
 
 Before beginning a letter arrange the subject matter 
 in your mind, so as to enable you to write or dictate in a 
 proper and logical order. 
 
 Business Men will find it a very convenient and useful 
 practice to have a printed heading for business corres- 
 pondence, giving the name of the writer, his business, the 
 location From which he writes, and a space for date. En- 
 velopes stamped w r ith one's business and address are also 
 desirable. 
 
 FORM OF A LETTER. 
 
 A correctly written letter will embrace the foiling parts, 
 viz.: The (late, address, complimentary address, body 
 of the letter, complimentary closing and signature. 
 
12 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 POSITION OF PARTS OF A LETTER 
 
 The Date or Heading, which embraces the place of 
 writing as well as the day of the month and year, is writ- 
 ten near the upper right hand corner of the sheet. 
 
 The Address, which consists of the name and residence 
 of the person to whom it is written, should be placed on 
 the line beneath, one inch from the left side of the sheet 
 or to the left at the close. 
 
 The Complimentary Address, such as Dear Sir or Dear 
 Madam, should be written on the line below, a little to the 
 right of the address.. 
 
 The Body of the Letter is commenced nearly under the 
 last letter of the complimentary address. 
 
 The Complimentary Closing, as, I remain Yours sin- 
 cerely, Yours truly, etc., is begun on the next line beneath 
 the body of the letter, in the center of the page. 
 
 The Center of the Subscription, which is simply the 
 signature, may be under the last letter of the compli- 
 mentary closing. 
 
 PROPER MODES OF ADDRE>- 
 
 The style of address are varied to meet the occasion. 
 To a person with whom a writer is not very well acquainted 
 he should say, " Sir" or " Madam," concluding with " Your 
 obedient servant," or "Yours respectfully;" to those with 
 whom he is tolerably well acquainted* " Dear Sir" or 
 "Dear Madam," with "Yours faithfully;" and to those 
 with whom he is on familiar terms, "My dear Sir" or 
 "My Dear Madam" with "Yours truly" or "Yours sin- 
 cerely." To a young unmarried lady the salutation is 
 omitted, the address being used as an introduction. 
 "Dear Miss" or "My Dear Miss' is the proper way to 
 address young ladies with whom you mav be but slightly 
 acquainted. 
 
 MODEL HEADINGS. 
 
 FORM 1. 
 
 Chicago, 111., Sept. 10, 1902. 
 Mr. John S. Train, 
 505 State St., 
 
 St. Louis, Mo. 
 Dear Sir: 
 
 Your letter of the 20th 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 13 
 
 FORM 2. 
 
 St. Louis, Mo., Sept. 25, 1902. 
 Mrs. Jane Wilton, 
 
 Springfield, Ohio. 
 Dear Madam: I thought you would 
 
 FORM 3. 
 
 4127 Ellis Ave., Chicago, 111. 
 
 Sept. 11, 1902. 
 Messrs. Hanson Bros., 
 Broad way. 
 
 New York. 
 Gentlemen: Please send by return mail 
 
 FORM 4. 
 
 Wells & Nellegar Co., 
 
 Lake and State Sts., Chicago. 
 Gentlemen : 
 
 FORM 5. 
 
 To the Editor of The American Artisan, 
 Chicago. 
 
 Dear Sir: 
 
 FORM 6 
 
 Rev. D. S. Thayor, 
 Kokomo, Ind. 
 
 My Dear Sir: 
 
 FORM 7. 
 
 Northwestern University, 
 Evanston, 111. 
 
 Sept. 15th, 1902 
 My Dear Friend: 
 
 I have just received 
 
 MODELS FOR CLOSING 
 
 Yours truly, I remain, dear sir, 
 
 A. B. Rice. Your obedient servant, 
 
 E. M. Van Buren. 
 
14 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 Yours very truly, I remain, 
 
 R. R. Moffatt. Your sincere friend, 
 
 R. R. Richards. 
 
 Yours sincerely, Fraternally yours, 
 
 Mrs. D. Trevelyan. E. K." Brown. 
 
 MODELS FOR ADDRESSING ENVELOPES. 
 
 Stamp 
 
 Louis Legner & Co., 
 
 328 Wabash Av<>., 
 
 Chicago, 111. 
 
 Stamp 
 
 E. A. Douglas, 
 
 Valparaiso, 
 
 Ind. 
 
 Stamp 
 
 Hon. T. B. Barrett, 
 Box 450, 
 
 Oehvein, la. 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 15 
 
 Stamp 
 
 Hibbard Spencer, Bartlett & Co., 
 Chicago, 
 
 111. 
 
 Stamp 
 
 To the President, 
 
 Executive Mansion, 
 
 Washington, D. C. 
 
 Stamp 
 
 Miss Mary Jones, 
 
 Kalamazoo, 
 Care of E. D. Eaton. Mich. 
 
16 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 NOTICE OF COPARTNERSHIP. 
 
 New York, Sept. 20, 1902. 
 Mr... 
 
 We beg to inform you tnat we have this day formed a 
 copartnership under the firm name of Brown & Berry, for 
 the purpose of carrying on the manufacturing and jobbing 
 of hardware specialties, at 80 Chambers St., New York. 
 Our long and varied experience in this business enables 
 us to assure our friends and the trade generally that they 
 will consult their best interests by favoring us with their 
 patronage. Respectfully, 
 
 A. B. Brown, 
 E. E. Berry. 
 
 DISSOLUTION OF COPARTNERSHIP. 
 
 Springfield, Mass., Sept. 23, 19,)2. 
 Mr... 
 
 You are hereby respectfully advised that the copart- 
 nership hitherto existing under the firm name of Williams, 
 Jennings & Smith is this day dissolved by mutual consent. 
 Mr. Chas. Smith will sign in liquidation and is empowered 
 to receive and pay all debts of the late copartnership. 
 Very respectfully, 
 
 John Williams, 
 Thos. L. Jennings, 
 Chas. Smith. 
 
 ORDERING A BILL OF GOODS. 
 
 New Ulm, Minn., Sept. 4, 1902. 
 Messrs. S. S. Dugan Co., 
 
 Aurora, 111. 
 
 Dear Sirs: Please ship me at your earliest con- 
 venience, by United States Express, 
 
 20 doz. pairs Gentleman's Woolen Hose, 30c $72.00 
 
 20 " pairs Ladies' Cotton Hose, 20c 48.00 
 
 10 " pairs E>pys' Woolen " 20c 24^00 
 
 $144.00 
 
 Enclosed find draft on New Ulm National Bank, 
 Yours truly, 
 
 Babcock & Thayer. 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 17 
 
 FROM A YOUNG MAN COMMENCING BUSINESS 
 TO WHOLESALE HOUSE WITH ORDER. 
 
 Putnam, Conn., Sept. 1, 1902. 
 Messrs. Hurdle, Snell & Hurdle, 
 Chicago, 111. 
 
 Dear Sirs; Having recently commenced business for 
 myself, with fair prospects of success, I shall be pleased 
 to open an account with your house, and trust that it will 
 he to our mutual advantage. 
 
 Should you think favorably of the matter you will 
 fill the accompanying order with the least possible 
 delay, and on your best terms. For testimonials, I refer 
 you 'to J. B. Bardon & Co., of this city, by whom I have 
 been until recently employed; but as this is my first trans- 
 action with your house, upon forwarding me an invoice of 
 goods, and deducting your usual discount for cash, will 
 remit a sight draft on the. Second National Bank of 
 your city for the amount by return mail. Expecting 
 prompt attention, I am, 
 
 Yours respectfully, 
 
 Cyrus E. Blenkarn.' 
 
 KKCJUKST Foil CATALOGUE AND TERMS. 
 
 Freeport, 111., Sept. 2, 1902. 
 Jackson, (Irani Co., 
 
 New York, N. Y. 
 
 Cent lemon: Please favor me with your catalogue and 
 quote your best prices and terms on your goods generally. 
 If your line of goods and prices prove saitsfactory, I shall 
 be pleased to give you an order. 
 
 Respectfully, 
 
 Henry Conklin. 
 
 L UTTER CONTAINING REMITTANCE. 
 
 Rockford, 111., Sept, 26, 1902. 
 Messrs. Andrews & Wilson, 
 St. Paul, Minn. 
 
 Gentlemen : Enclosed you will please find my check 
 for Twenty-five Dollars ($25.00), in payment of your bill 
 of the 5th inst. Please acknowledge receipt of the same 
 and oblige. F. J. Hopkins. 
 
18 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 LETTER CONTAINING CHECK. 
 
 St. Paul, Minn., Sept, 28, 1902. 
 Mr. F. J. Hopkins, 
 
 Rockford, 111. 
 
 Dear Sir: Your favor of the 26th inst., containing check 
 for Twenty-five Dollars is received. 
 
 Accept our thanks for your prompt remittance 
 Respectfully yours, 
 
 Andrews & Wilson. 
 
 SENDING RECEIPT. 
 
 Chicago, 111., Oct. 1, 1902. 
 Mr. J. N. Needham, 
 
 Sterling, 111. 
 
 Dear Sir: Your favor of Sept, 27, 1902, is at hand. 
 Enclosed please find receipt. Thanking you for your 
 promptness in remitting the same, I am, 
 Yours truly, 
 
 B. K. Larkins. 
 
 SENDING DRAFT. 
 
 Indianapolis, Ind., Sept. 5, 1902. 
 Messrs. A. K. Ltiter Co., 
 234 Clare St., 
 
 Detroit, Mich. 
 
 Gentlemen: Enclosed please find draft on the State 
 National Bank, No. 1346, for $32.20, in payment of bill for 
 dry goods, dated Aug. 26, 1902. 
 
 Please acknowledge receipt, and oblige, 
 
 Yours respectfullv, 
 
 A. T. Hendricks. 
 
 ENCLOSING NOTES FOR DISCOUNT. 
 
 Newark, N. J., Sept. 11, 1902. 
 R. A. Hawkins, Esq. Cashier. 
 
 Dear Sir: We offer for discount enclosed, F. R. John- 
 son's note, Aug. 26, at sixty days, for $280.75. 
 By discounting the same you will greatly oblige, 
 Yours respectfully, 
 
 F. M. Alexander & Co. 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 19 
 
 ENCLOSING NOTES FOR COLLECTION. 
 
 Omaha, Neb., Sept. 15, 1902. 
 Cashier Second National Bank, 
 
 Lincoln, Neb. 
 Dear Sir: Enclosed find for collection: 
 
 Note A. B. Jones, due Aug. 9 $500.25 
 
 E. S. May, due Aug. 10 50.25 
 
 $550.50 
 If collected, please remit draft for proceeds. 
 
 Very respectfully, 
 
 A. D. Lacy. 
 
 LETTER COMPLAINING OF ERROR 
 IN BILL. 
 
 New York, N. Y., July 5, 1902. 
 Smith Co., 
 
 Buffalo, N. Y. 
 
 Gentlemen: Upon examining bill accompanying your 
 last lot of goods, I find that I am charged with eight dozen 
 pairs of spring hinges, which I never ordered or received. 
 I enclose the bill and copy of the invoice of the goods, 
 that the error may I corrected. 
 
 Yours truly, 
 
 L. A. Wakeman. 
 
 SHIPMENT ON COMMISSION. 
 
 Ann Arbor, Mich., July 24, 1902. 
 Messrs. Ardath & Fruehling, 
 
 Chicago, 111. 
 
 Gentlemen: Your favor of the 5th inst. at hand. 
 I have today shipped to your consignment two hundred 
 and twenty crates of peaches and three hundred dozen 
 of eggs. 
 
 Please take them in charge and sell to the best advant- 
 age, holding proceeds subject to my order. 
 Respectfully, 
 
 H. R. Jenkins. 
 
 LETTER OF COMPLAINT FOR IMPERFECT GOODS. 
 
 Cleveland, O., Oct. 5, 1902. 
 Messrs. West & Co., 
 
 Boston, Mass. 
 Dear Sir: For the first time in my long business con- 
 
20 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 nection with your house I am obliged to complain of the 
 goods which you last forwarded me. 
 
 They were so imperfectly packed that some of the 
 articles were greatly injured, while the quantity was 
 much inferior to the last lot received at the same price. 
 I should prefer to return the goods, and will do so. 
 unless you wish to deduct 20 per cent., at which price 
 I will keep them to save expense of transportation. 
 I remain, 
 
 Yours truly, 
 
 J. M. Miller. 
 
 A TENANT'S COMPLAINT. 
 
 Cameron, Mo., July 21, 1902. 
 Mr. D. R. Leland, 
 
 St. Louis, Mo. 
 
 Dear Sir: I called your attention some time ago to 
 the condition of the drains of this house, but no notice 
 has been taken of my letter. Unless you send someone 
 at once to attend to this matter, I shall apply to t In- 
 Sanitary Inspector, and whatever he considers necessary 
 I shall have none, and charged to you. 
 Respectfully, 
 
 H. S. Vail. 
 
 * NOTICE OF AN AGENT'S VISIT 
 
 PRINTED HEADING. 
 
 Sept, 7, 1902. 
 Messrs. Rice & Conover, 
 
 Seattle, Wash. 
 
 Gentlemen: Our agent, Mr. Wilson, is traveling in your 
 direction and expects to reach your city about the 25th 
 of the present month. 
 
 We should be pleased if you would defer placing your 
 orders for goods until you examine his samples. With 
 the expectation of increased orders from you 
 We remain yours, etc., 
 
 J. K. Listen & Co. 
 
 NOTICE OF HAVING FORWARDED GOODS. 
 
 St. Paul, Minn., Sept. 9, 1902. 
 Messrs. King & Co., 
 
 St. Louis, Mo. 
 Dgar Sirs: 
 
 According to our agreement I have shipped you this 
 day, per steamer Garden City: 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 21 
 
 250 bbls. Pears Marked K. & Co. 
 
 180 baskets of Plums " " 
 
 25 bbls. Sweet Potatoes " 
 
 Trusting that these will prove as satisfactory as those 
 heretofore sent, and bring as good a price. 
 Respectfully yours, 
 
 John Jackson. 
 
 OFFER TO SELL ON COMMISSION. 
 
 Harlem, Ind., July 8, 1902. 
 Messrs. Mueller & Co., 
 
 Chicago, 111. 
 
 Gentlemen: The orders which I have sent you from 
 this place have probably made you aware that I have 
 been doing a good business in your line for some time. 
 I now sco an opportunity for a large increase of sales, 
 and as my capital is not large, would be glad to sell for 
 you on commission. 
 
 The business relations already existing between us 
 will, I presume, be sufficient guarantee of my dealing 
 fairly with you, but if necessary I can give you full se- 
 curity against loss. If my proposition meets with your 
 approval, please let me know your most favorable terms 
 at once. 
 
 Respectfully, 
 
 John Lockland. 
 
 LETTERS REQUESTING PAYMENT. 
 
 The correct method of requesting payment is of vital 
 importance in business correspondence. A suavely 
 weirded, polite letter of this kind is a valuable recom- 
 mendation respecting the character of a business house. 
 If a repetition of a request becomes necessary let the 
 same gentlemanly tone be preserved, but make the re- 
 quesl in less and more earnest words, even in a final 
 demand of payment, which if not complied with will 
 ivsuh in steps that are undesirable. 
 
 FORM 1. 
 
 Chicago, 111., July 23, 1902. 
 . Pope & Franklin, 
 New Haven, Conn. 
 
 Gentlemen: Inclosed you will find a statement of 
 your account for the past month, which we think you will 
 find correct. 
 
22 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 Please examine the same at your earliest convenience 
 and oblige us by sending your check for the amount. 
 Respectfully, 
 
 Bartlett, Lisk & Co. 
 
 FORM 2. 
 
 Chicago, 111., Aug. 23, 1902. 
 Messrs. Pope & Franklin, 
 
 New Haven, Conn. 
 
 Gentlemen: We are under the necessity of remind ing 
 you that your account is now several weeks past due, 
 and as we have especial need of all available fund- tl is 
 month, we trust you will make us a remittance without 
 further delay. If we do not hear from you by the first 
 we will draw on you at sight. 
 
 Respectfully, 
 
 Bartlett, Lisk & Co. 
 
 FORM 3. 
 
 Chicago, 111., Sept. 11, 1902. 
 Messrs. Pope & Franklin, 
 New Haven, Conn. 
 
 Gentlemen: Not having honored our sight draft, we 
 shall, unless we hear from you without further delay, 
 find it necessary to place your account in the hands of 
 an attorney for collection. 
 
 Respectfully, 
 
 * Bartlett, Lisk Co. 
 
 REQUESTING PAYMENT OF RENT. 
 
 Joliet, 111., July 30, 1902. 
 Mr. Henry Bolan, 
 
 Elgin, 111. 
 
 Dear Sir: I have waited patiently for your conven- 
 ience in the payment of rent for the house you now occupy. 
 As, however, you have now been my tenant for throe 
 months without meeting any of the payments, which 
 were to be made monthly, I feel obliged to remind you 
 that there is now $70 due me. I trust that you will give 
 the matter your immediate attention. 
 
 Yours truly, 
 
 R. L. Brownell. 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 23 
 
 REQUESTING PAYMENT. 
 
 Detroit, Mich., Sept. 8, 1902. 
 John Ruhling, Esq. 
 
 Dear Sir: Inclosed you will find your account. You 
 will greatly oblige me by settling at an early date, as I 
 have several heavy payments to meet. 
 
 Trusting that you will excuse my troubling you, I am, 
 Yours respectfully, 
 
 Wm. Jacks. 
 
 LETTERS OF INTRODUCTION AND RECOMMEND- 
 ATION. 
 
 Letters of this kind are often of great value to business 
 men. A man should be careful not to sacrifice his honor 
 nor endanger his good reputation by giving a letter of 
 introduction to a person concerning whose true character 
 he is uncertain in any degree. One should not introduce 
 to a friend any person whose acquaintance such a friend 
 would not desire to make. 
 
 Be careful what is said in all such letters. Should a 
 I otter have the form- of a recommendation for credit, 
 then the sender may be held legally responsible for the 
 same. 
 
 A person recommending another should be well ac- 
 quainted with the qualifications and character of the 
 same. The letter should be carefully worded, plain and 
 brief. Whoever gives a letter of recommendation is, 
 to a certain extent, responsible for the character and 
 ability of the person he recommends. It should there- 
 fore not have the form nor tone of a letter of credit. To 
 refuse a letter of recommendation is unpleasant, but a 
 duty. To aid in placing an unworthy person in the serv- 
 ice of another is an act of dishonesty toward the new 
 employer and the public at large. 
 
 INTRODUCING A FIRM. 
 
 Kansas City, Mo., June 4, 1902. 
 ('arson, Pirie, Scott & Co., 
 
 Chicago, 111. 
 
 Gentlemen: The new firm of Wilkins & Everett, 
 which this note is to introduce to your favor, have re- 
 cently opened a general store in this city. Having been 
 acquainted with the gentlemen of this firm for several 
 years, we take pleasure in saying that we believe them 
 
24 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 to be men of strict integrity and of excellent financial 
 ability. 
 
 Respectfully, 
 
 Billings & Matthews. 
 
 INTRODUCING ONE GENTLEMAN TO ANOTHKR. 
 
 Chicago, 111., July 10, 1902. 
 Mr. Frank Baker, 
 
 Chicago, III. 
 Friend Frank : 
 
 The bearer of this, Mr. L. S. Charles, is a stove dealer 
 in our town, who visits your city for the purpose of mak- 
 ing purchases for his fall trade. Any favor you can ren- 
 der him by introducing him to your leading whole-ale 
 houses will be appreciated by Mr. Charles, and acknowl- 
 edged by 
 
 Your friend, 
 
 E. T. Kundell. 
 
 RECOMMENDING A SALESMAN. 
 
 New York, N. Y., Aug. 11, 1902. 
 Chas. Green, Esq., 
 
 Brooklyn, N. Y. 
 
 Dear Sir: We beg to recommend to your notice the 
 bearer, John King, for the past two years a sale-man in 
 our house. Mr. King, for personal reason.-, is desirous 
 of locating in Brooklyn, and to our regret has .! 
 to leave us. If you have a vacancy in your stor 
 cannot do better than to employ him. While in our 
 employ his affability and uniform courtesy to customers. 
 coupled with his truthful representations in regard to 
 goods, made him a universal favorite. The firm securing 
 his services may be congratulated on their good fortune. 
 Very truly, 
 
 Herman & Parker 
 
 RECOMMENDING A BOOKKEEPER. 
 
 Cincinnati, O., Aug. 8, 1902. 
 
 The bearer of this, Mr. William Linke, having been in 
 my employ for the past three years as bookkeeper, it 
 gives me great pleasure to testify to his ability. He is 
 a good penman and a thorough accountant. His per- 
 sonal character and practical knowledge of business are 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 25 
 
 such that he would prove a valuable acquisition to any 
 "establishment. He leaves my employ voluntarily, with 
 my best wishes. 
 
 Thomas R. Browne. 
 
 FORM OF GENERAL RECOMMENDATION. 
 
 Chicago, Aug. 3, 1902. 
 To whom it may concern: 
 
 I take great pleasure in certifying to the worth and 
 character of the bearer, Mr. Samuel Barrett, of this city. 
 Mr. Barrett is a young man of good family, steady habits, 
 and honest and conscientious in the peformance of every 
 duty. He sustains an excellent reputation among his 
 associates and neighbors, and is highly respected by all. 
 He i-i possessed of a good education and I feel sure that 
 in whatever employment he may engage he will be found 
 a valuable and reliable assistant. 
 
 John L. Moran. 
 
 APPLICATIONS FOR SITUATIONS. 
 
 Every issue of the daily press contains many adver- 
 ti^cments for employees in various industries. As hun- 
 dreds of persons are also seeking employment, and will 
 apply for the same position in writing, and as the situa- 
 tion, other things being equal, will be given to that indi- 
 vidual who writes the best letter, it is of great importance 
 to be able to write a letter elegantly and correctly. 
 
 The following forms may be of help to some such ap- 
 plicants: 
 
 BOOKKEEPER'S APPLICATION. 
 
 1'nmkfort, 111., July 25, 1902. 
 Messrs. F. L. M. & Co., Chicago, 111. 
 
 Gentlemen- In reply to your advertisement in to-day's 
 issue of the "Herald" for a bookkeeper, I respectfully 
 offer myself as applicant for the position. I have gradu- 
 ated af Bryant <fc Stratton's Business College of Chicago, 
 and am thoroughly conversant with the system of double 
 entry and commercial correspondence. I enclose copy of 
 testimonial from my late employers, and can also refer 
 you, regarding my character and ability, to the following 
 business men of this city: 
 
 Jones Bros., Bankers, 
 Frank Smith & Co., Merchants. 
 I shall be glad to furnish you with any additional in- 
 
26 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 formation which you may desire, or call upon you for a 
 personal interview. 
 
 A. T. Clarendon. 
 
 SALESMAN'S APPLICATION. 
 
 Cleveland, Ohio, Sept., 4, 1902. 
 Messrs. Rooney, Macbeth & Co., 
 42 State St., 
 
 Chicago, 111. 
 
 Gentlemen: I saw your advertisement for a salesman 
 in the "Times" of this morning, and would respectfully 
 apply for the position which you offer. I am thoroughly 
 acquainted with the stove and hardware business, having 
 been for the past six years in the employ of C. J. Lawlis 
 & Co. of this city. Inclosed you will find copies o; 
 monials furnished me by them, etc., 
 Hoping to hear from you in reply, 
 I remain, 
 
 Yours respectfully, 
 
 Chns. T. Trench. 
 
 A BOY'S APPLICATION FOR A CLERKSHIP. 
 
 Cleveland, Ohio, July 31, 1902 
 J. L. Sands. 
 241 Lake St., 
 Chicago, 111. 
 
 Dear Sir: Having learned that you desire the services 
 of a boy in your commission house, T take the first oppor- 
 tunity to apply. I am sixteen years old and reside with 
 my parents at 44 45th St. Until this time I have at- 
 tended the Public School, and I >end you a certificate of 
 character from my late teacher. I am very willing to 
 accept small wages if there is a good opportunity to 
 acquire business knowledge and a chance of gradual ad- 
 va^cement. Very respectfully, 
 
 Chas. Howard. 
 
 CANVASSER'S APPLICATION. 
 
 Rockford, 111., Aug. ft, 1902. 
 Blackton Book Co., 
 
 Chicago. 
 
 Gentlemen: In response to your advertisement in this 
 morning's "Record-Herald" for canvassers on your new 
 work, I would respectfully tender my services." I have 
 had nearly three years' experience in work of this kind, 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 27 
 
 having been employed by the Wisner Publishing Co., 
 from whom I enclose you a copy of testimonial. 
 Hoping to hear from you in reply, 
 
 Yours respectfully, 
 
 G. L. Thompson. 
 
 APPLICATION FOR SCHOOL. 
 
 Walkerton, Ind., July 8, 1902. 
 H. Somerfield, Esq., 
 Sec. School Board, 
 
 Indianapolis, Ind. 
 
 Dear Sir: Having been informed that a vacancy exists 
 in your school I beg leave to offer myself as a candidate 
 for the position. I inclose testimonials and my certificate 
 of examination from the State Board of Education. 
 Should you see fit to engage me, I assure you that I will 
 endeavor to discharge the duties of the position to the 
 best of my ability and I hope to your entire satisfaction. 
 Yours respectfully, 
 
 S. T. Braithwaite. 
 
 LETTERS OF APOLOGY. 
 
 Letters of this kind should be written as promptly as 
 possible. Always state the reasons why the obligation, 
 was not met. Such failures may become unavoidable 
 but neglect to promptly render an apology is inexcusable 
 and greatly injures a man's credit. 
 
 APOLOGY FOR DELAY IN PAYMENT. 
 
 Syracuse, N. Y., Sept. 5, 1902. 
 Joseph Bright, 
 
 City. 
 
 Dear Sir: I must beg your pardon for not calling on you 
 yesterday, as per agreement, to pay you that little bill 
 then due. I expected to receive some money for work 
 done, but I have not as yet received the same. I hope, 
 therefore, that you will do me the kindness to wait a few 
 days longer, by which time I hope to be able to pay you 
 in full. Yours truly, 
 
 A. E. Ettlinger. 
 
28 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 APOLOGY FOR BREAKING A BUSINESS 
 ENGAGEMENT. 
 
 Cleveland. Ohio, July 23, 1902. 
 Mr. J. H. Jones, 
 
 Detroit. 
 
 Dear Sir: I very much regret being compelled in 
 apologize for not attending the meeting of the Royal 
 League last evening as I agreed to do. You will pardon 
 my absence when I tell you that Mrs. Martin was so ill 
 that I could not leave her. 
 
 Hoping that the arrangements we anticipated were 
 perfected, I remain, 
 
 Yours sinrerelv, 
 
 C'has. K. Martin. 
 
 REQUESTING A LOAN. 
 
 Sterling, 111., Aug. 1, 1902. 
 George Brown, 
 
 South Bend, Ind. 
 
 Dear Friend: Circumstances over which I have no 
 control have so shaped 1hem>elve< that 1 am unable to 
 meet certain payments coining due the second of next 
 month. Can you favor me with a loan of Kighty-five 
 Dollars ($85.00) on my note at seventy days? By that 
 time I shall be able to return the same, without fail. 
 Yours very truly, 
 
 George Grant. 
 
 LETTER OF roNGKATl'LATN >N. 
 
 I)e> M. .me<, la., July 24, 1902. 
 Dear Friend John: 
 
 I have just received a little missive which informs me 
 of two happy hearts made one. With all my heart I wish 
 you a long, happy and prosperous married life. May 
 you share with each other many joys and few sorrows. 
 God bless you and yours, and surround you ever with his 
 choicest blessings. Your sincere friend, 
 
 John White. 
 
 LETTER OF SYMPATHY. 
 
 Atlanta, Ga., July 6, 1902. 
 My Dear Friend : 
 
 I have just heard with sincere regret of your illness 
 and write to express my sympathy for you in your afflic- 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 29 
 
 tion. I am aware that mere words are powerless to 
 soothe pain; however I could not refrain from expressing 
 my regrets. 
 
 Hoping that you will speedily recover, I remain, 
 Your sincere friend, 
 
 Walter Green. 
 
 CHAPTER II. 
 Bookkeeping. 
 
 Everybody who can write at all writes letters, but take 
 the country through and only a small per cent, a very 
 small per cent, of those who can write, and are in some 
 sort of business, too, keep any sort of account-book, and, 
 of those who do, not many do it in a systematic and 
 thorough way. It is not necessary, ordinarily, to under- 
 stand all the intricacies of double entry and scientific 
 book-keeping, and it is no part of the present purpose to 
 teach professional bookkeeping only such accounting 
 as everybody, whatever his mode of life or employment, 
 ought to practice. 
 
 There are a great many kinds of blank books to be had, 
 and almost as cheaply as plain paper. It would be well 
 to supply oneself with such book or books of account as 
 would be most convenient, remembering that the great 
 object of bookkeeping is to be able to determine what 
 one is really doing in business, what money he receives 
 and pays out, whom and what he owes and who are owing 
 him, what business he is doing, in detail and in the aggre- 
 gate, at what profit or loss, as the case may be, and that 
 also in detail and in the aggregate. 
 
 Many a poor man finds he is all the time in debt, in- 
 ,-tead of getting ahead a little all the time, because there 
 is a leak somewhere which he would stop- if he could only 
 put his finger on the spot. Many a business man does a 
 large business at a good profit, apparently, but some day 
 wakes up a bankrupt, because there was a defect in his 
 calculations, which a thorough knowledge of his affairs 
 would have disclosed. Had he known about it in time 
 he \\ould have pulled himself together and been saved 
 from failure. Account books well kept must also be well 
 understood. There is no use in having the notations if 
 they are not to be studied and heeded. 
 
30 
 
 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 The simplest form of bookkeeping is the day-book, or 
 book for the entry of all business transactions in the 
 order of their occurrence from day to day. On one side 
 is the credit amount, on the other the debtor, or, receipts 
 and expenditures. That book wants to be posted or 
 footed every day, week or month, according to the cir- 
 cumstances of the case. The merchant must take off his 
 daily acounts on his ledger every day, but a good many 
 men can afford to figure up less frequently. Common 
 sense must govern and determine this matter. 
 
 In trade a cash-book is usually employed for strictly 
 cash deals, and an index is needed for the convenience of 
 reference. In making debtor entry the word " to " is 
 often prefixed, as in making a credit entry the word 
 "by" is employed to avoid mistakes. Here is an ex- 
 ample from a country merchant's accounts: 
 
 Chicago, Thursday, Sept, 4, 1902. 
 
 1 
 
 Began business with assets and 
 liabilities as below stated : 
 John Doe, Cr. 
 By cash on hand . ... 
 
 300 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 2 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 ' ' Stock of Goods as per inventory 
 " James Bucklin, owes me on an 'T 
 Dr. 
 To amount due John Leslie 
 James Bucklin, Dr. 
 To amount due me as above 
 John Leslie, Cr. 
 By amount due me as above 
 Saturday, Sept. 6th. 
 Jefferson Jones, Dr. 
 To 7 Ibs. Coffee at 19c, 
 To 1 Ib. Tea 
 
 700 
 90 
 
 1 
 
 33 
 
 75 
 
 1090 
 
 50 
 90 
 50 
 
 
 
 To 7 Ibs.Sugar at 13c 
 
 
 01 
 
 2 
 
 90 
 
 5 
 
 Monday, Sept. 8th. 
 Mrs. Josephine Darwin, Dr. 
 To 1 doz. Paris Hose 
 To 5 yds. Linen at 50c 
 
 4 
 2 
 
 56 
 50 
 
 
 
 
 To 1 Fancy Fan 
 
 ? 
 
 
 9 
 
 Ofi 
 
 6 
 
 Tuesday, Sept. 9th. 
 John Fisher, Dr. 
 To 1 set Harness . . . 
 
 
 
 28 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MANUEL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 31 
 
 6 
 2 
 3 
 
 10 
 4 
 
 John Fisher 
 By Cash on acc't 
 Saturday, Sept. 13th. 
 James Bucklin 
 By Cash on acc't. 
 
 Cr. 
 Cr. 
 
 2 
 
 14 
 
 85 
 
 16 
 50 
 50 
 15 
 
 2 
 
 45 
 
 99 
 
 Monday, Sept. 15th. 
 John Leslie, 
 To paid him cash in full 
 
 Dr. 
 
 Tuesday, Sept. 16th. 
 John R. Samson 
 By 103 Ibs. Butter at 15c 
 
 Jefferson Jones 
 By overcharge in price of Coff 
 7 Ibs. at 2c 
 Bv Cash in settlement 
 
 Cr. 
 
 Cr. 
 ee p20, 
 
 
 The above is a day-book entry. Here follows a leaf 
 from the ledger. 
 
 James Bucklin, Dr. Cr. 
 
 1902 
 Sept. 
 
 5 
 
 SO 
 
 To 17 yds. muslin, 10^ 
 To 1 saucepan . . 
 
 1 
 1 
 
 79 
 00 
 
 
 
 Oct. 
 i < 
 Jan. 1903 
 
 Feb. 
 
 i t 
 
 15 
 15 
 15 
 10 
 19 
 1 
 16 
 16 
 
 To 10 feet Rubber Hose, 25 
 To Pipe and Coupling 
 By Cash on acc't 
 To 1 Cook Stove 
 To 1 Tin Oven 
 To 22 Ibs. Rope, 20 
 To 84 yds. Duck, 32 
 By Cash on acc't 
 
 2 
 2 
 
 18 
 1 
 4 
 26 
 
 50 
 00 
 
 50 
 50 
 40 
 
 88 
 
 3 
 35 
 
 00 
 00 
 
 Mar. 
 
 2 
 2 
 
 17 
 
 To Linen Remnant 
 To 8 yds. Tow-cloth, 22 .... 
 By Goat " Billy " .... 
 
 1 
 1 
 
 00 
 76 
 
 5 
 
 00 
 
 < t 
 
 17 
 
 By Cash to balance .... 
 
 61 
 
 33 
 
 18 
 61 
 
 33 
 33 
 
 In bookkeeping it is customary to use capital letters 
 much more freely than in writing a letter, as will be ob- 
 served from the foregoing examples. It fac ilitates the read- 
 ing over of an account by attracting attention to the 
 chief words of the entry. A Ledger account is generally 
 passed in review and closed once a year. All accounts 
 
32 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 should be. The simplest book of business records should 
 be summarized at least once a year. As a guide to that 
 important side of an account book, there is herewith 
 appended Professor Gaskell's directions for closing the 
 Ledger, the application of which to any other and simpler 
 book being obvious as to be safely left to common sense 
 of the individual. 
 
 (1) The Trial Balance, If the Ledger is correct, the 
 total debits and the total credits will be the same; hence 
 the trial balance as a test. 
 
 (2) An inventory of all goods, etc., unsold, that should 
 go to the Ledger. This is usually made in a separate 
 book, and is termed, "taking account, of stock." 
 
 (3) We now open two additional accounts in the L 
 
 one, Loss and Gain to show all the losses and gains from 
 the different accounts; the other, Balance, to exhibit all 
 the balances, i. e., the resources and the liabilities. 
 
 (4) The next step is to carry to the credit of their 
 respective accounts the value of such unsold or other 
 property as has not been credited by sales or otherwise - 
 the Inventories. In business there are frequently x-veral 
 accounts in which the balances unsold, on hand (or ac- 
 cumulated, as in the case of interest), and not shown in 
 the account, that are so treated, l-'or instance: It' ti 
 
 is remaining on hand Merchandise to the value of si?. ">()(), 
 that sum must go to the credit of that account. Th" 
 reason for this is that Merchandise has been debited with 
 all on hand at beginning business, and with all the pur- 
 chases since; it has also been credited with all sales; it 
 lacks only the value of that unsold, which was char. 
 to the account when it was bought, to show the loss or 
 gain. The words By Balance are used because the unsold 
 goods are a resource. In Interest Account, where inteiv-t 
 has accumulated both in favor of ourselves and oth< 
 it is better to carry in both, To Balance, the liability, and 
 By Balance, the resource. Thus we have expressed in 
 these the interest we owe that has not been credited. 
 
 (5) Begin with all these accounts to which inventory 
 balances have been carried, and close them up first. The 
 difference in the sides, if an}-, will show a gain or a 1- 
 either that the account has produced more than it has 
 cost, or vice versa. The closing entry (in red ink) ex- 
 pressing the difference, is To or By, Loss and (Jain. Thes ' 
 finished, take the other accounts in the Ledger not closed, 
 omitting Stock or Partner's Accounts, closing By or To, 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 33 
 
 Balance, if a resource or a liability, and To or By, Loss 
 and Gain, if there is a loss or a gain ; rule, and bring down 
 the totals. 
 
 The loss and gain red ink entries in the several accounts 
 are now all carried in black ink to the opposite sides of Loss 
 and Gain, and the " balances " to the Balance Account. 
 When this is done the first will exhibit all the gains and 
 of the business under one head, and the latter, all 
 the resources and liabilities. 
 
 (6) Loss and Gain Account is now closed in red ink, 
 By (or To) Stock, because the investment has been in- 
 creased if there has been a gain, (or diminished by the 
 
 md carry this to Stock in black. In a partnership 
 each partner is credited or charged with his proportion. 
 
 (7) All the accounts are now closed except Stock and 
 Balance. Take the difference between the sides of Stock 
 Account, and enter in red ink, To or By, Balance. This 
 goes to Balance in black, and completes the process of 
 closing the Ledger. 
 
 Red ink is used for all balances that are to be carried 
 to another account. When the entry goes to the other 
 account it is written in black. This rule is purely arbi- 
 trary, but very convenient. 
 
 It is always good practice for every man to have a private 
 account-book of his own, no matter how many book- 
 keepers there may be in his business. He wants to know 
 where he, himself, individually stands. As in ordinary 
 conversation it is wise to "keep something to yoursel' ye 
 scarcely tell to ony, " so in business have a private ledger. 
 It is unnecessary to give any form, for it would vary 
 according to the business. Only it should be exact and 
 complete, without being cumbered with non-essential 
 details. 
 
 Often in litigation account-books are introduced in 
 evidence. Many a successful lawyer has owed his getting 
 on in his profession to his facility in going through and 
 i UK lerst anding a set of books. An eminent judge once ex- 
 claimed in his vexation over his own inability to under- 
 stand bookkeeping : " Double entry is an invention of the 
 devil to help rascals rob honest men and not get caught 
 at it by the courts." But the difference between single 
 and double entry is not hard to see. In the former the 
 account opened is with the individual only, but in the 
 latter it is also with cash, expenses, bills receivable, mer- 
 
34 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 chandise, real estate, stocks, bonds, or whatever things 
 latter into the business transacted. 
 
 In that way the book shows all the time what is the 
 condition of every part of the business, just what is being 
 gained or lost on the classes of things purchased and sold, 
 the amount due on notes and bills, as well as from and to 
 persons, the expenses and everything else it is desirable 
 to know. And all this is as simple and as easily arranged 
 by the bookkeeper as the most imperfect system of single 
 entry. It would be almost impossible to do business 
 intelligently on the present scale were it not for double- 
 entry. These diffeent accounts are explained substan- 
 tially as follows in all text-books on bookkeeping: 
 
 CASH ACCOUNT. 
 
 This account should show all the receipts and dislmrsi- 
 ments of cash, and the balance on hand. It is debited 
 with all cash received and credited with all paid out. 
 The difference between the amount that ha< come in and 
 that which has gone out will be the amount of cash on 
 hand or '' balance. " The amount of cash on hand should 
 agree with the difference bet ween the sides of the account. 
 The Cash Hook should be cl<ed every night. 
 
 ACCnl'NTS. 
 
 All personal accounts show the relation of the individual, 
 company or corporation to our business, whether they 
 owe us, or we owe them. They are debited with all they 
 buy or receive on account, and credited with all we buy 
 Or receive from them. The difference between the side- 
 of the accounts will show the balance due us or them. If 
 the debit be the larger, the person or company owes u<; it' 
 the credit, we owe him or them. 
 
 MERCHANDISE" 
 
 This account is intended to show the amount paid and 
 received for goods, and the gain or loss resulting from 
 dealing therein. All the merchandise purchased is 
 charged to the account; and all the goods sold, as well 
 as the balance remaining on hand, whenever books are 
 closed, credited. Separate accounts may be opened for 
 different classes of merchandise, such as Dry Goods 
 Account, Groceries Account, or all may go under the 
 title of merchandise. 
 
.MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 35 
 
 BILLS RECEIVABLE. 
 
 The account shows the notes received by us in the course 
 of business. It is debited with all notes and drafts given 
 us, and credited as these are paid, or endorsements 
 made thereon. The difference between the sides should 
 show exactly the amount due on all negotiable time-bills. 
 These are always debited and credited with the sum ex- 
 pressed on their face; if more or less is received the amount 
 goes to " Interest and Discount. " 
 
 BILLS PAYABLE. 
 
 These are our notes and bills held by other parties. 
 The account is credited when our notes are given, and 
 debited as they are paid. The difference will show the 
 amount of our written obligations outstanding. 
 
 REAL ESTATE. 
 
 This account is debited with all purchases of real estate, 
 and expenses incurred about it for labor, care, taxes, etc., 
 and credited with all it brings in. When books are closed 
 the value of the real estate unsold is placed to the credit 
 side. The difference shows a gain or loss. 
 
 EXPENSE. 
 
 This account represents the losses in items of expendi- 
 ture, such as clerk-hire, rent, gas, coal, etc. All expenses 
 
 are debited. 
 
 INTEREST AND DISCOUNT. 
 
 Under this head arc debited and credited all allowances 
 for the use of money on notes, drafts, etc., the account 
 shows a gain or a loss. Debit the account when it costs 
 value; credit it when it produces value. 
 
 STOCK OR PARTNER'S ACCOUNTS. 
 
 The term "Stock" is used to. denote the proprietor 
 of the business. In a partnership, the names of each of 
 the persons composing it are used instead. On the credit 
 side of these, accounts are placed the sums invested, and 
 on the debit side the debts and the amount drawn out. 
 Gains in business are carried to the credit, and losses to 
 the debit side. This is done when the ledger is closed 
 generally once or twice a year. 
 
36 MANUAL OF BUSINESS 
 
 RESOURCES AND LIABILITIES. 
 
 A Resource is generally understood to be any kind of 
 property. 
 
 A Liability is a debt owed by the business. 
 
 LOSSES AND GAINS. 
 
 A Loss occurs in business where a less amount of value 
 is received than given in exchange; also when property 
 depreciates. 
 
 A Gain occurs where a greater amount of value is 
 received than given in an exchange; also when property 
 appreciates. 
 
 NET WORTH OR NET INSOLVENCY. 
 
 The Net Loss is found by subtracting the individual 
 gains from the individual losses, or, the net worth at 
 the close from the net worth at the commencement. 
 
 As already stated, the object aimed at in his connec- 
 tion is not to furnish a text-book, but hints and guides to 
 a man who, without being a professional bookkeeper, 
 wants to either keep his own accounts in an e:i-y way or 
 to understand the records made by his bookkeeper. The 
 foregoing rules, hints and examples are alike applicable 
 to all grades and kinds of business, frm the wage-worker's 
 personal expense book to the private ledger of the mer- 
 chant prince. " Know thyself" may well be supplemented 
 by " Know thine own business. " 
 
 PRACTICAL RULES FOR DETECTING ERRORS IN 
 A TRIAL BALANCE. 
 
 Errors of SI, $10, $100, $1,000, etc., have/in ail proba- 
 bility been made in the additions either of the Ledger or 
 Trial Balance. 
 
 In the case of a large error the amount may have been 
 omitted in the Trial Balance. If the mistake" occurred in 
 posting, the Trial Balance will show just that amount out 
 of balance ; look, therefore, for that amount in the Journal 
 or Day Book. 
 
 In the Cash Book the Cash Balance can never stand on 
 the credit side. In Bill books the balance of Bills Re- 
 ceivable should never be on the credit side, nor the bal- 
 ance of Bills Payable on the debit side of the account. 
 
 If in the Ledger the amount has been posted on the 
 wrong side, the Trial Balance will be just twice the amount 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 37 
 
 put of balance. To find the error look for half that amount 
 in the books. 
 
 If the error lies in the dollar or cents column only, then 
 the columns to the left need not be re-added. 
 
 POINTS OF LAW ON BOOKKEEPING. 
 
 Any original entry in a Day Book or others is evidence 
 of sale and delivery'of goods or work done. 
 
 The entry should be made when the goods are ready to 
 be delivered. 
 
 Such entries must be made by the proper person and 
 without interlineation or alteration. If mistakes are made 
 they must be corrected by marking the wrong entry void 
 and making a correct one and an accompanying explana- 
 tion. 
 
 Each item of any account must be given separately ; no 
 general charge is accepted as evidence. 
 
 If Brown guarantees that Smith will pay a certain bill 
 of goods, then the goods must be charged to Brown; but 
 if Brown guarantees only the account of Smith, of a past 
 date, then such guarantee must be in writing. 
 
 In order to collect a debt from a person at a distance 
 upon tho evidences of a book account, a copy of such 
 account, accompanied with an affidavit that the account, 
 is correct and just, and that the person named as debtor 
 is not entitled to any credits not mentioned in the account, 
 must be sent. If such an affidavit is properly sworn to 
 then it will save the trouble of producing or sending the 
 book. 
 
 CHAPTER III. 
 Debts. 
 
 Good* are bought on credit, to be paid for at a definite 
 or indefinite future time. Labor is employed, to be paid 
 for at certain future periods. Lands, houses and other 
 property are purchased under contract of future payment. 
 Money is borrowed, under notes, mortgages or other 
 securities, and many other transactions in business and 
 trade call forth occasions or present temptations to con- 
 tract debts. 
 
 SUGGESTIONS FOR AVOIDING DEBTS. 
 
 (1) Do a strictly cash business. Better small profits 
 and quick sales, than large profits and long credits. 
 
38 MAXCAL OF lU'SIXESS. 
 
 Mark your goods as low as possible and adhere unswerv- 
 ingly to your cash principle. This is best for buyer and 
 seller. It avoids collections and prevents los>c<. It 
 saves the time and labor of keeping accounts. This 
 enables the seller to sell cheaper and the buyer to buy for 
 less than on credit. 
 
 (2) Cautions. Goods sent abroad should be paid for 
 before the purchaser takes possession. 
 
 The time of credit should be as short as possible and 
 the bills collected when due. When working for others 
 collect your wages weekly or monthly, in accordance with 
 the agreement to pay, unless your employer is quite re- 
 sponsible, thus making your dues safe. 
 
 In renting lands or houses a duplicate lea-e .-hould be 
 made, one for each party, the rent paid promptly when 
 due, at the house or business place of the landlord, and 
 the payment credited on the back of the 1 
 
 In receiving or making payments, a receipt should 
 always be made out; it is a voucher and may save trouble. 
 
 Hotel and boarding house keepers cannot be too prompt 
 and strict in collecting their dues as their customers are 
 mostly transient, making forced collections sometimes 
 impossible. 
 
 Never loan money without requiring a note or a due bill. 
 if the amount is small; this is safest even between trusted 
 friends. 
 
 When the loan is large, have the note secured by a 
 mortgage on real estate; but see to it that the same is 
 not encumbered by previous claims which would render 
 your security worthless. It is sal'e-i to require an ab- 
 stract of title and then have your mortgage recorded 
 immediately. 
 
 This precaution should also be observed where a chattel 
 mortgage is taken on personal property. 
 
 If a small amount of money has been loaned without 
 security, and it can apparently not be collected without 
 legal process, it may be best to drop the matter and con- 
 sider the loss as so much paid for a lesson in business 
 prudence. 
 
 FIRST STEPS IN MAKING COLLECTIONS. 
 
 These depend very much upon circumstances. The 
 debtor may have met with reverses or a misfortune, 
 rendering him unable to pay at the time specified, and 
 deserves patience; others may be careless and need a 
 sharp reminder; a third party, inclined to be dishonest, 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 39 
 
 may need close watching. Thus discretion is necessary 
 as to the form and tone of the letters requesting payment. 
 For letter forms illustrating the first efforts in making 
 collections, note the following: 
 
 FORM 1. 
 
 Chicago, 111., Sept. 12, 1902. 
 Brown & Smith, 
 
 San Francisco, Cal. 
 Gentlemen : 
 
 Enclosed you will find a statement of your account for 
 the past month which we think you will find correct. 
 Please examine the same at your earliest convenience and 
 oblige us by sending your check for the amount. 
 Respectfully, 
 
 Powers, Jones & Co. 
 
 FORM 2. 
 
 Chicago, 111., Sept. 12, 1902. 
 Brown & Smith, 
 
 San Francisco, Cal. 
 Gentlemen: 
 
 We are under the necessity of reminding you that your 
 account is now long past due, and as we have especial 
 need of all our available funds this month we trust you 
 will inke us a remittance without further delay. If we 
 do not hear from you by the first we will draw on you 
 at sight. Respectfully, 
 
 Powers, Jones & Co. 
 
 FORM 3. 
 
 Chicago, 111., Sept. 12, 1902. 
 Brown & Smith, 
 
 San Francisco, Cal. 
 Gentlemen: 
 
 Not having honored our sight draft, we shall, unless 
 we hear from you without delay, find it necessary to 
 place your account in the hands of an attorney for col- 
 lection. Respectfully, 
 
 Powers, Jones & Co. 
 
 LEGAL STEPS IN COLLECTIONS. 
 
 No other motive except the question "Will it pay?" 
 should induce the creditor to legally enforce payment. A 
 mere feeling of retaliation or of getting satisfaction has 
 no place in business. 
 
40 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 Before resorting to the power of the law it is well to 
 ask the following questions: 
 
 (1) Have all reasonable and peaceful efforts been made 
 to induce the debtor to make payment? 
 
 (2) Is the amount sufficient to warrant the expense 
 involved in the legal pro< 
 
 (3) Has the debtor more property than the law allows 
 him by way of exemption? 
 
 (4) What does the law exempt? 
 
 Then all peaceable means have been exhausted and 
 the debt is not paid it then becomes necessary to collect 
 it, if possible, by legal proo 
 
 If satisfied thai the debt can be collected, then the 
 account should be plaeed in the hands of a Justice of the 
 Peace, unless it is larger than conies within his jurisdiction. 
 This amount varies in different States, as shown by 
 the following table: 
 
 FORM OK SUMMONS L'. 
 
 The wording of this summons will be somewhat a- 
 follows : 
 
 State of | 
 
 County, f s> 
 
 The People of the State of to any con- 
 stable of said County, (Greeting: 
 
 You are hereby commanded to summon S. K. to ap- 
 pear before me at on the day of , 
 
 at o'clock. ... M.. to answer the complaint of 
 
 M. S. for a failure to pay him a certain demand not ex- 
 ceeding , and hereof make due return, as the 
 
 law directs. Given under my hand this day 
 
 of , 19 
 
 William Smith. 
 
 In case the party is absent or refuses to hear the sum- 
 mons the constable may read it to some member of the 
 family of ten years or 'upward and leave a copy of the 
 same.' A summons is usually served at least three days 
 before the trial is to take place. Tpon the serving of the 
 summons the debtor may pay to the constable the de- 
 mand of the debt and costs, taking his receipt for the 
 same, which will satisfy the debt and prevent all further 
 costs. 
 
 THE JUDGMENT. 
 
 If at the time set for trial both parties appear and 
 are ready for the same the Justice proceeds with it and 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 41 
 
 determines the matter in controversy. His determina- 
 tion is called the judgment. The judgment can be ren- 
 dered if the defendant does not appear at the trial. 
 
 THE EXECUTION. 
 
 The judgment being obtained, the plaintiff may now 
 enforce payment. This process is called execution. It 
 consists in a writ commanding the constable to seize 
 sufficient of the property of the defendant "which is not 
 exempted by law" to satisfy the claim and costs and to 
 sell the same and bring the money into the court to be 
 paid to the plaintiff. The constable then proceeds to 
 do this, and if he succeeds in finding such property, 
 seizes it, sells it at auction, and brings the money into 
 court. 
 
 ATTACHMENTS. 
 
 Cases may arise where the legal process by summons, 
 judgment and execution works too slowly, and the dis- 
 honest debtor may get away before payment can be 
 (MI forced. Others who are disposed to defraud, secrete, 
 conceal, assign or remove their property beyond the 
 reach of the law. To prevent such evasion the law pro- 
 vides a short process to get possession of property owned 
 by th"iii: this is called attachment. 
 
 H()\V AN ATTACHMENT IS OBTAINED. 
 
 The causes justifying an attachment are various; the 
 creditor must affirm by oath that the debtor intends to 
 defraud him by removing his property and departing 
 beyond the reach of the law. In the affidavit is stated 
 tlil- amount of the debt, that the same is just, is due, 
 unpaid, and giving one or more reasons why the attach- 
 ment should be issued. 
 
 Usually the attachment is not issued until ^the debt 
 is due, but in some states it is issued before if it can be 
 shown that the debt would probably be lost unless an 
 attachment is secured at once. 
 
 THH CREDITOR'S BOND. 
 
 In order to secure the costs and the debtor against 
 all (liiniMgi-s in case the attachment is improperly issued, 
 the creditor securing the same must give a bond, usually 
 double the amount claimed. 
 
42 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 THE WRIT. 
 
 Makes it the duty of the officer to at onoe seize suffi- 
 cient property of tlie debtor to satisfy the claim (except- 
 ing such as i's exempt from execution) and to hold the 
 same until the plaintiff can got judgment and seize is 
 upon execution. Property of the debtor in the hands 
 of a third party may also be soi/ed. 
 
 THE HEAL OBJECT OF THE ATTACHMENT. 
 
 Is to hold sufficient property of the debtor to satisfy 
 the debt until the creditor can get judgment. When 
 the properly has been -ei/cd the summons is served, 
 and if the case is properly proved judgment is obtained 
 in the ordinary way. After this the creditor take- out 
 his execution, makes a levy upon the property attached, 
 and out of the proceed- -ati-fies his debt. 
 
 Each state has its own attachment laws and since 
 officers of the law mu-t be engaged to obtain the attach- 
 ment there need be no difficulty in the details of the 
 procedure. 
 
 GARNISHMENT. 
 
 In the course of collection of debt< it sometime^ hap- 
 pens that while the defendant himself may have no 
 property in his possession upon which an attachment 
 can be made some other person may have in his possession 
 property belonging to the debtor or may be indebted to 
 him. In such cases the plaintiff can proceed against 
 this third party, who is called the garnishee. just at 
 against the original debtor, although in some a certain 
 amount of money is exempt and cannot be jiarnishood. 
 
 All ACHING THE BODY. 
 
 If under an attachment the officer returns "no property 
 found," but the plaintiff is convinced that the defendant 
 has property concealed, with the intention of defrauding 
 him, and believes he is in danger of losing his claim, 
 unless the debtor is held to bail, several States empower 
 the Justice to issue a capias for the arrest of the debtor. 
 A capias is issued usually only as a last resort, when it 
 appears that the claim can only be collected by arresting 
 the defendant. 
 
 PERSONS WHO CANNOT BE ARRESTED. 
 
 The Constitution of the United States prohibits the 
 arrest of Members of Congress and Electors while on 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 43 
 
 duty, except for treason, felony and breach of peace. 
 In many States the militia, while attending musters or 
 while on a journey; so also attorneys and counselors at 
 law, judges, sheriffs, and all other officers of the several 
 Courts, also witnesses and other persons necessarily at- 
 tending Court are exempt from arrest except for felony, 
 etc. 
 
 REAL ESTATE HELD FOR DEBT. 
 
 When under an execution no personal property can 
 be found with which to pay the debt and it is known 
 that the debtor possesses real estate enough to meet the 
 claim, then certain States allow the Justice to certify 
 to the Clerk of the Circuit Court a transcript of the judg- 
 ment. This when filed by the Clerk becomes a lien upon 
 the real estate of the debtor. The Court can then issue 
 an execution and the property be sold for payment of 
 the debt and costs. 
 
 RIGHT TO APPEAL. 
 
 If all legal steps have been properly taken in a trial 
 before a Justice or jury and the decision is that the debtor 
 must pay the claim, lie can then appeal to the next higher 
 tribunal, which is the Circuit Court, District Court, Court 
 of ( 'onmion I'l'-as or others. 
 
 Before an appeal is allowed the defendant must give 
 a bond, signed by one or more responsible persons, to 
 a sum twice the amount of the claim, to cover the debt 
 and all costs in case he is beaten. 
 
 If the defendant loses his case also in this Court then 
 he can carry it to the Supreme Court of the State, where 
 the matter generally ends, though the way remains open 
 for him to appeal to the Supreme Court of the United 
 Stales. A bond twice the amount of the debt and the 
 costs accumulated by the successive trials up to this 
 time is required before an appeal from one court to another 
 is granted, as from the first. 
 
 WHEN AN AMOUNT BEYOND THE JURISDIC- 
 TION OF A JUSTICE is to be collected the case must 
 be brought before the Circuit Court, District Court, 
 Court of Common Pleas, or a Court of similar character. 
 There, the Clerk issues the summons, the sheriff or his 
 deputy serves it and the case is usually tried before a 
 jury of twelve men at the next term of Court. 
 
44 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 DELAY. IN FORCED COLLECTIONS 
 
 Since the defendant can promptly defend his case and 
 if beaten apply to a higher Court he can thereby delay 
 payment of the original debt for one or more" years. 
 But as each appeal increases the costs they soon become 
 heavy and but few persons are able or willing to bear them. 
 A debtor will generally pay the debt in the earlier part 
 of the prosecution, unless he believes himself wronged, 
 or for other reasons refuses to do so. 
 
 COST OF COLLECTIONS BY LAW. 
 
 The first questions that should properly be asked, 
 before resorting to or before .-ubmitting to collections 
 by law, are: What will it cost? Will it pay? The 
 actual cost cannot definitely but only approximately 
 be foretold, and only in so far as the amount of the fees 
 are fixed by law. 
 
 If the amount and the intricacies of the case are such 
 that it is though best to employ a lawyer a day or two, 
 his charges will probably range from ten to twenty dollars. 
 
 If the plaintiff gains the case the debtor must pay all 
 the costs. If the justice or jury decides against the plain- 
 tiff, declaring no cause for action, then the plaintiff must 
 pay the cost of the suit. 
 
 The following fees of an ordinary suit do not vary in 
 the different States: 
 
 Docketing the suit 
 
 Issuing summons 25 
 
 Constable for serving summons 35 
 
 Each mile traveled by constable in serving summons .05 
 
 Justice fee for entering up judgment 25 
 
 For discharge of docket 25 
 
 Fee of justice for hearing statement and giving 
 decision. . .2.00 
 
 Total $3.40 
 
 Witnesses are allowed 50 cents a dav, say two 
 
 witnesses s 1 . ( )( ) 
 
 Justice for issuing subpoena of witnesees at 25 cents .50 
 
 Constable for serving each subpa>na at 25 cents 50 
 
 Constable for mileage and administering oath to wit- 
 ness about 50 
 
 Total. . . .85.90 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 45 
 
 If tried by jury, each juryman is allowed 50 cents; 
 
 12 jurymen $6 . 00 
 
 For entering verdict of jury 15 
 
 Constable for waiting on jury 50 
 
 Entering satisfaction of judgment 10 
 
 Approximate cost of trial without attorney before 
 
 a justice if settled there 12. 65 
 
 If an attorney is employed, say fee 15.00 
 
 Total $27.65 
 
 If debtor does not settle, fee for execution $0.50 
 
 Fee for constable for serving and returning execution . 50 
 
 Advertising property for sale 50 
 
 Commission on sales, not exceeding ten dollars, 10 
 per cent.; if more, 5 per cent. ; property sales, say 
 $50, commission 2 . 50 
 
 Total cost of legal process ending in execution $31 . 65 
 Total cost of suit involving, say a debt of $50. 
 
 If the case is settled without effecting the sale under 
 execution, the cost connected with the execution is one- 
 half of what is stated above. Add to this the time lost, 
 to say nothing about the moral effect, and the question, 
 "Will it pay?" is pretty well answered. 
 
 CHAPTER IV. 
 Banking and Banking R. \iles. 
 
 Make your deposits in the bank as early in the day 
 as possible and never without your bank book. 
 
 Always use the deposit tickets furnished by the bank. 
 When checks are deposited, the banks require them to 
 be indorsed, whether drawn to his order or not. 
 
 Do not allow your bank book to run too long without 
 balancing. Compare it with the account of the bank. 
 
 Write your signature with the usual freedom and 
 never vary the style of it. 
 
 Draw as few checks as possible; when several bills are 
 to be paid draw the money in one check. 
 
 Every check is paid by the bank at its own risk. If 
 forged the bank must lose the amount. 
 
 If a raised check is paid by the bank, it can only charge 
 the depositor the amount for which he- drew. 
 
 Always keep your check book under lock and key. 
 
46 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 In filling your checks do not leave space in which the 
 amount may be rased. Always fill the space \\iih a dash. 
 I'sr words instead of figures. 
 
 Chicago, July 27, 1902. Xo. 31. 
 Tru 
 
 The American Trust and Sarinu* Hank, 
 of Chicago. 
 Pat/ to the 
 
 order of M. E. Jones, "i.oo 
 
 Six Hundred Dollars. 
 
 I!'. A'. Chn-ke. 
 
 I'.ANK DIIAI-T. 
 
 No. 42. Trad-rs Xutiomil Hank, of X. J . 
 
 $800.00 Newark.Tf.J., .///// 23, 11102. 
 
 At siaht jnii( t<> tin order <>} II". /:. Smith Eiyht Hundred 
 Dollar*, an<l chnrtje wane t<> our account. 
 
 II'. A'. Dunlnn, Ca*ht'<r. 
 To Firvt Xational Hank Ind. 
 
 .JOINT AND SKVKIiAL NOTE. 
 $300.00 Henderson, Mich., .///// 4, 1.H)2. 
 
 Four nionflix after date, ire, or e/'tfnr of u , /troHtine 
 
 to paij Atidreir ]\'hite, or ordo-, 
 
 Three Hundretl Dollar*. Dollars 
 
 ]'ahn r'( iced. ' 
 
 C. /:*. Collins. 
 No. 25. /,'. E. Hunt. 
 
 THE DEPOSIT TK'KKT. 
 
 Tin- dt-jMit 1ick(>t is a blank Form from which the 
 customer fills out so as to show the date, the amount 
 and kinds of funds deposited. 
 
 DEPOSIT TICKET. 
 
 Deposited in First Xational Hank. 
 
 Bil If. It. Small. 
 
 Chicago, July 23, 1!M)12. 
 
 Currency 700. (X) 
 
 Checks, C/ias. Bnnm 75.00 
 
 ir. E. Strong' 30 00 
 
 $805.00 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 47 
 
 THE PASS BOOK. 
 
 If money is deposited in a bank to remain there for 
 an indefinite time, the depositor receives a certificate of 
 deposit, but if he wishes to draw out frequently the 
 banker furnishes him a pass book in which are entered 
 the date and the amount drawn out. From time to time 
 they are balanced, showing the amount of deposit there 
 is in the bank. 
 
 Dr. Second National Bank in account with J. E. Jones. 
 
 Cr. 
 
 July 
 
 u 
 
 Aug. 
 March 
 
 18 
 18 
 19 
 3 
 
 2 
 
 1902 
 To cash $700 
 500 
 850 
 
 200 
 
 .00 
 00 
 00 
 00 
 
 Feb. 12 
 " 18 
 " 25 
 March 2 
 
 1902 
 By check 
 
 Balance 
 
 $250 
 300 
 450 
 500 
 850 
 
 .00 
 .00 
 .00 
 .00 
 .00 
 
 ToBal. 
 
 $2,250 
 
 .00 
 
 $2,250 
 
 .00 
 
 850 
 
 00 
 
 
 
 THE CHECK BOOK. 
 
 The check book contains the blank orders or checks 
 with a margin on which to write date, amount and to whom 
 the check is given. When filled out the check is taken 
 to the bank, while the memorandum remains in the book. 
 
 No. I 
 
 J)til<-Jnne'23, li>02 
 Furor of E. M . ./one*. 
 I' 1 '!,- Mcrch.(in<lix<'. 
 $500.00 
 
 No. 1 Chicago. July 23, 1902. 
 First National Bank. 
 Pay to E. M. Jones or order, 
 Five Hundred & Dollars. 
 $500.00 E. F. Clarke. 
 
 No. 2 
 Date Feb. 9, 1902 
 Chicago Tribune 
 For Adrcrtixing. 
 $200.00 
 
 No. 2 Chicago, July 24, 1902. 
 First National Bank. 
 Pay to the Chicago Tribune, 
 or order, Two Hundred ^ Dollars. 
 $200.00 E. E. White. 
 
 
 No. 3 
 
 Dull- June 24, 1902. 
 11 / Ilia m Stewart. 
 
 ('la/,- hire. 
 
 $60.00 
 
 No. 3 Chicago, July 24, 1902. 
 First National Bank. 
 Pay to William Stewart, or 
 order Twenty Five Dollars. 
 $25 . 00 R. E. Forbs. 
 
48 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 WRITING, ACCEFHNG AND TRANSFERRING 
 DRAFTS. 
 
 A draft is a written order by one person on another 
 for the payment of a specified sum of money. 
 
 The one who writes the draft is called the drawer, the 
 one on whom it is written is called the drawee, and the 
 one to whom it is to be paid is called the payee. 
 
 Drafts drawn at sight or on demand are not presented 
 for acceptance, but for payment only. 
 
 Drafts arc negotiable both before and after acceptance. 
 
 Drafts may be made payable at sight, on demand, or 
 at a certain time after date, or after sight. 
 
 Drafts may l>e drawn to one's own order, and then in- 
 dorsed in favor of the party to whom they are to be sent-. 
 
 When acceptance or payment is refused, the draft is 
 protested, in which case the drawer and indorser are held 
 liable for payment. 
 
 A protest is a formal declaration made by a notary 
 public, under his hand and seal, at t he request of the holder 
 for non-aceeptance or non-payment, and the parties liable 
 are formally notified. 
 
 The person drawn upon is under no obligation to the 
 holder of the draft unless he accepts it. 
 
 The usual method of writing an acceptance is to write 
 aero-s t hr face of the draft with red ink the word accepted, 
 following with date and signature. 
 
 In buying a draft at the 1 ank it is always best to have 
 it made payable to yourself, and then indorse it in favor 
 of 1 he party to whom you intend to transfer it. Tlu's gives 
 you a good receipt for your money. 
 
 A promise to accept a draft will be equivalent to an 
 acceptance, if it has given credit to the bill. 
 
 Should the person upon whom the draft is drawn die 
 before it was accepted it should be presented for accept- 
 ance to his legal representatives. 
 
 Drafts on foreign countries are usually drawn in sets 
 of three, each one referring to the other two, in order to 
 prevent loss in transmission. They are sent by different 
 routes, and the payment of one of them cancels the 
 three. 
 
MANUAL OF. BUSINESS. 49 
 
 FORMS OF DRAFTS. 
 
 DRAFT TO MY OWN ORDER. 
 
 $300.00 Madison, Wis., July 21, 1902. 
 
 Twenty Five days after sight pay to my own order 
 Three Hundred Dollars, and charge to 
 
 W. E. Jones. 
 To H. R. Powers, 
 
 Madison, Wis. 
 
 SIGHT DRAFT. 
 
 $300.00 Henderson, Mich. 
 
 At Mill it pay to the order of Henry Hosmer Three Hun- 
 dred Dollars, ~and charge to the account of 
 
 G. E. Smith. 
 To Henry Brown, 
 
 Chicago, 111. 
 
 TIME DRAFT. 
 
 $60.00 Belvidere, 111., July 2-02. 
 
 At twelve days sight pay to the order of J. J. Hardin 
 of South Haven Bank Sixty Dollars. 
 
 C. E. Black. 
 Value received. 
 E. I. Burrows, 
 
 Rockford, 111. 
 
 TIME DRAFT, SECOND FORM. 
 
 $500.00 Newark, N. J. 
 
 Fifteen days from date pay R. E. Powers, or order, 
 Fh -e Hundred Dollars, value received. 
 
 James Clark. 
 To A. B. Heller, 
 
 Newark, N. J. 
 
 ACCEPTED DRAFT. 
 
 $25.00 Henderson, Mich., July 24, 1902. 
 
 July 5, 1902, pay to bearer Twenty Five Dollars, and 
 charge to 
 
 R. E. White. 
 
 To S. E. Snow, 
 
 Calumet, Mich. 
 (Written across the face) Accepted R. E. White. 
 
50 MANUAL OF BUSL\I->s. 
 
 BILLS OF EXCHANGE. 
 
 A Bill of Exchange in common language is a draft whose 
 drawer and the person drawn upon live in different 
 countries, and which is therefore drawn in one country 
 and paid in another. The rules governing Drafts and 
 Bills of Exchange are generally the same. 
 
 Foreign Bills of Exchange are often drawn in triplicate, 
 thai is three alike, except that they are numbered first, 
 second and third. If the first, which is usually kept by the 
 purchaser, to be presented by himself for payment at the 
 foreign bank, is lost, then the second or third, bring 
 sent by mail, may be used. The payment of one <: 
 the other two. 
 
 The bank selling a Bill of Exchange having money 
 deposited in a foreign bank order-; the bill cashed there. 
 In this way travelers arc saved the trouble and the risk of 
 carrying large amounts of money with them. Merchants 
 engaged in foreign trade also find them very convenient 
 and make all their payments through Bills of Exchange. 
 
 BANK DISCOUNT. 
 
 Discount is a certain percentage deducted from a note 
 or debt for the payment of the same before it is due. 
 
 Bank discount is simple interest on the principle taken 
 in advance, and in most states is reckoned for three days 
 more than the specified time. 
 
 In discounting a note which is drawing interest the 
 discount must be reckoned on the amount or value of 
 the note when due. 
 
 The interest for the full time must be added to the deed-;, 
 or present worth. 
 
 CHAPTER V. 
 
 ComrrverciaJ Pa.pers. 
 
 DEMANDING PAYMENT. 
 
 Time of Demand. When a note or draft becomes due 
 its payment should be made at the proper time. But 
 no demand is necessary to make the maker of a note 
 or the acceptor of a draft responsible. For instance, 
 the owner may have ascertained beforehand that, tin- 
 note or draft would be paid. He may sue them as 
 as the paper is due without demanding payment. 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 51 
 
 With indorsers the rule is different. To make the in- 
 dorser of a note, or the indorser or drawer of a draft 
 responsible, the paper must be presented and payment 
 demanded of the maker or acceptor on the very day 
 when it becomes due. 
 
 The maker of a note and the acceptor of a draft are 
 the primary debtors, the others are sureties, and are en- 
 titled to have the demand made of the primary debtors 
 first, even though it is known that they will refuse to 
 pay. 
 
 Regarding Checks. Demand of payment should be 
 made as soon as possible. The drawer is not discharged 
 by any delay, unless he can show that he was injured 
 by it, as by the bank's failure in the meantime, but the 
 indorser is discharged, unless it is sent to the bank for 
 payment before the end of the next day after the person 
 to whom he indorsed it receives it. 
 
 Place of Demand. If the name of a bank or any other 
 place is mentioned in the paper demand should be made 
 there* 
 
 By Whom. The owner or anyone acting for the owner 
 may make demand and send the notice. Banks often 
 do it for those who keep accounts with them. Usually 
 the owner or his agent notifies all the parties on the 
 paper, and this is the most businesslike as well as the 
 most prudent way. This renders all parties responsible to 
 him, and each responsible to each other in their order. 
 
 Puxxession of Paper. The party making the demand 
 should have possession of the paper, for the debtor can 
 insist on having it delivered to him when paid. 
 
 Protest. If demand is legally made and payment is re- 
 fused the paper must be protested and the proper parties 
 notified. This is commonly done by an officer called a 
 Notary Public, to whom the owner delivers the paper 
 for that purpose. The Notary then usually draws up a 
 certificate showing that what he has done, and attaches 
 it to the note or draft. On all commercial paper, except 
 foreign bills of exchange, anyone may make the demand 
 and serve.' the notice. On foreign bills it is better to em- 
 ploy a Notary. 
 
 LAWS REGARDING LOST NOTES OR BILLS. 
 
 General Law. A note payable to bearer, coming before 
 it is due to one who purchases it believing that the seller 
 has the right to sell it, belongs to him, though stolen from 
 the true owner. 
 
52 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 Bond. If the maker should refuse to pay a note or 
 bill which has been lost, he may by law be compelled 
 to pay it, but it would be necessary for the party col- 
 lecting it to give bond, to protect the maker from all 
 futher claims, on account of the lost paper. 
 
 Proof. It is necessary to prove that the note has been 
 given by a certain party or parties, and up to date not 
 paid. The maker of the note can compel the holder of 
 the same to give evidence that the amount promised 
 therein has not been paid. 
 
 Informal A'o/V.s. Although informal notes are regarded 
 with suspicion, they may be collected. Any form of a 
 written promise to pay a certain amount is regarded as 
 an evidence of an intention to do so and will stand test 
 of law. 
 
 ('an/ion. Before letting the maker of a note know that 
 it lias been lost, -run 1 it' possible his acknowledgment of 
 the amount of said note in the presence of disinterested 
 parties, because it may afterwards be difficult to secure 
 suliicient evidence to establish the debt. 
 
 Toledo, Ohio, Aug. 5, 1902. 
 $26,000. 
 
 Received of William C. Thome twenty-six thousand 
 dollars in full payment for a certain note given by said 
 Henry E. Gray, dated Apirl 19, 1902, calling for twenty- 
 six thousand dollars; which said note is lost, destroyed, 
 or mislaid, and this receipt is a guarantee against future 
 demands of said note. 
 
 Sam T. Brookman. 
 
 N. B. Better never lose a note. 
 
 TRANSFER OF COMMERCIAL PAPER. 
 
 Transferring Legally. Commercial paper is usually 
 transferred before it matures, and the innocent holder is 
 protected by law in his pos-es>ion. Kven though he 
 bought it from a party who has stolen, found, or procured 
 it by fraud, it nevertheless belongs to him, provided he 
 did not know that it had been obtained illegally. 
 
 Usual Method of Transferring. Papers are commonly 
 transferred by the seller placing his name on the back 
 of the note or bill. By this the indorser agrees to the 
 amount if the maker fails to do so, and if properly notified 
 when the paper is clue and not paid, he is held responsible. 
 
 Void Paper. If a paper is void where it is made it is 
 everywhere void. A party who indorses a void paper 
 over to an innocent holder is bound bv his indorsement. 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 53 
 
 Buying Defective Notes. If you purchase a note and are 
 aware of any defects in it, or if there is anything suspicious 
 about it, you buy at your own risk. 
 
 A Transfer After Maturity. Papers may be transferred 
 as readily after maturity and in the same manner as before 
 maturity, but the purchaser takes it at his own risk. It 
 is subject in his hands to any defenses that may have 
 existed against it in the hands of the one holding it when 
 it became due. 
 
 Claims of an Innocent Holder. If an innocent holder 
 of a paper has paid its value before it became due, he can 
 hold both the maker and the indorser for payment. 
 
 LAWS REGARDING FORGED PAPER. 
 
 Forgery is the Fraudulently Making or Altering a Written 
 Instrument. An indorsement is itself a written instrument 
 and therefore if any one having or finding a piece of com- 
 mercial paper made payable to the order of some one else 
 should indorse it in his name without authority to do so, 
 and with a fraudulent intent it would be forgery. 
 
 Any material alteration made, with intent 'to defraud, 
 on a true instrument is forgery. Thus if the amount in 
 a check wen 1 written thus, $70.00, a forgery might be 
 committed by merely erasing the dot. 
 
 A Forged Instrument. A forged instrument is not 
 commercial paper. Being false, it represents neither a 
 contract nor property, and no rights are gained by its 
 possession or transfer. 
 
 The Responsibility. One whose name is forged cannot 
 be made responsible. The act is not his, and one cer- 
 tainly should not be held responsible for another's acts 
 which are entirely unauthorized. 
 
 If your name is forged as the drawer of a check, and 
 the bank believing it genuine pays it, the bank must 
 lose the amount. It makes no difference how careful 
 or honest one is who takes commercial paper, 
 he must always take the risk of its being a forgery. 
 
 Payment Under Mistake. Money paid under mistake 
 must be refunded. One whose name is forged not only 
 need not pay but even if he should himself be deceived 
 by the skillfulness of the forgery, and should pay, he 
 may nevertheless recover his money from the one to 
 whom he paid it. 
 
 Exceptions. There are, however, two important ex- 
 ceptions to the rule of proceding. They both relate to 
 the case where a person drawn upon has recognized the 
 
54 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 paper as genuine either by paying it or accepting, or (in a 
 check) certifying it, for a bona fide owner. The cases 
 are (1) where the drawer's name is forged and (2) where 
 the acceptance (in a check certification) is forged. If in 
 these two cases the person or bank drawn upon accepts 
 or certifies or pays, they miM stand by the act. The 
 reason for this is the convenience for business. 
 
 Transfer. Since forged paper is in reality nothing but 
 a piece of waste paper, one who sells it to another in 
 n-ality sells nothing except so far as it, is genuine, even 
 though both believe it genuine. Therefore one who buys 
 forged paper may recover what he loses by it from the 
 one from whom he buys it, because it is' money paid 
 under mistake. 
 
 lidixinf/ Amount. Paper is frequently forged In 
 ing the amount named in the genuine instrument and 
 inserting a larger one. It is then perfectly valid as to 
 the original sum, but wholly void as to the excess. \'.\- 
 ample: If a check is drawn for " }.()()'' and by era-ing 
 the dot the amount is raided to " S -100" the signer of the 
 check will only be held for "$4.00"' and whoever takes 
 the check for $400 lose- the s:;<)t;, unless of course, it can 
 be recovered from the forger. 
 
 Caution. Never buy a paper unless you are abso- 
 lutely certain that it is genuine and a valid contract in 
 every respect. 
 
 LEGAL BUSINESS FORMS 
 
 COMMERCIAL LAW. 
 
 Law is a direction from the governing power of a 
 
 country to its inhabitants, Mlinir them what they must 
 or must not do. Every civili/ed nation has a sy-tem of 
 written laws, as no nation could exist without a sys- 
 tem of laws of some sort. 
 
 Mercantile law is that branch of law which governs 
 mercantile transactions of any kind. The general prin- 
 ciples of law -are everywhere founded on the same con- 
 siderations, and are identical. This is especially true of 
 'commercial or mercantile law. The very nature of com- 
 merce and trade compelled business men of different 
 lands to adopt similar customs and mode- of doing busi- 
 ness. Their usages and customs have become almost 
 identically the same in all parts of the civilized world, 
 and are therefore recognized as binding law by the courts. 
 and in many cases are confirmed and defined by special 
 statutes. 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 55 
 
 It is therefore of practical value to give to .business 
 men a collection of useful rules and principles of legal 
 forms, the application of which is not confined to any 
 locality. Such a collection is given in the following 
 pages: 
 
 Sources of law in every State, arranged in the order of 
 their relative authority. 
 
 1. The United States Constitution. 
 
 2. The laws of Congress, upon subjects named in the 
 U. S. Constitution. 
 
 3. The Particular State Constitution. 
 
 4. The Statutes of the State. 
 
 5. The Common Law. 
 
 AGREEMENTS. 
 
 Aii agreement is in substance a contract in accordance * 
 with which individuals, .singly or collectively, agree to 
 perform certain duties within a specified time. 
 
 In connection with all matters concerning which a 
 difference of opinion or misunderstanding may arise, 
 it is very important that agreements or contracts be 
 plainly and fully reduced to writing, whereby frequently 
 a long and expensive law suit may be saved the parties to 
 the agreement. 
 
 An agreement for which there is no consideration can- 
 not be enforced at law. The consideration need not be 
 entirely adaquate, but it must have some real value. 
 
 An agreement should state explicitly the time within 
 which the conditions are to be complied with. 
 
 Misrepresentation, fraud, or changing of the date ren- 
 ders an agreement void. 
 
 It is advisable in drawing up a written agreement to 
 have it signed by a witness; such witness, however, need 
 not know the contents of the document. 
 
 An agreement had better be drawn up and signed with 
 pen ana ink. Signatures made with pencil are good in 
 law, but it is advisable to have them written in ink. 
 
 Duplicates should always be made of an agreement, 
 and each party retain a copy. 
 
 AGREEMENT FOR SALE OF PERSONAL 
 PROPERTY. 
 
 This agreement, made the fifth day of August, 1902, 
 between John Meyers, of LaSalle, County of LaSalle, 
 State of Illinois, of the first part, and Fred Brown, of 
 
56 MANUAL OF BUSIXF 
 
 Chicago, Cook County, State of Illinois, of the second 
 part: 
 
 \Vitnesseth that the said John Meyers, in consideration 
 of the agreement of the party of the second part, herein- 
 after contained, contracts and agrees to and with the 
 said Fred Brown, that he will deliver, in good condition, 
 at the City of Piper City, 111., during the month of Sep- 
 tember, of this year two thousand bushels of corn, in 
 the following lots and on the following specified terms; 
 namely, three hundred bushels by the 21st of August, 
 two hundred and fifty additional bushels by the 30th of 
 August, one hundred bushels more by the 3rd of Septem- 
 ber, ;md the entire two thousand to be delivered by the 
 20th of September. 
 
 And the said Fred Brown, in consideration of the prompt 
 fulfillment of this contract on the part of the party of 
 the first part, contract to and agree with the said John 
 Meyers to pay for said corn at the rate of sixty cents per 
 bushel, for each bushel as >oon a< delivered. 
 
 In ca.-e of failure of agreement of either party it is 
 hereby agreed that the party so failing shall nay to the 
 other Sixty-Five Dollars as fivd and >ettled damages. 
 
 In witness whereof we have hereunto set our hands, tin- 
 day and year above written. 
 
 ACJHKKMFAT Foil HIKIXC A WoRKMAX. 
 
 Memorandum of agreement, made this (ith day of 
 August, A. D. 1902, between .John Smith and ('has. 
 Jones. 
 
 The said John Smith agrees to serve ('has. Jones a> 
 foreman in his business as carpenter, in the City of San 
 Francisco, Cal., for one year from this date, at 'a salary 
 of two thousand dollars per annum, payable in equal 
 monthly payments on the la^t day of each month by 
 said ('has. Jones. And the said John Smith agrees to 
 devote all his attention and skill to the busim ss and 
 superintend the same, under the direction of Chas. Jones, 
 as they may from time to time be given him, and at 
 all times to furnish ('has. Jones with any desired informa- 
 tion concerning the business. 
 
 AGREEMENT WITH CLERK FOR SFH VICES. 
 
 This Agreement, made this sixth day of August, one 
 thousand nine hundred and two. between Win. Horn, 
 of Streator, County of LaSalle, State of Illinois, party 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 57 
 
 of the first part, and Ben Knapp, of Tonica, County of 
 Clay, State of Illinois, party of the second part : 
 
 Witnesseth, that said Ben Knapp agrees faithfully 
 and diligently to work as clerk and salesman for the said 
 Wm. Horn, and during the space of one year from date 
 hereof, should both live such length of time, without 
 absenting himself from his occupation; during which time 
 he, the said Ben Knapp, will carefully and honestly at- 
 tend, performing all duties as clerk and salesman, in 
 all respects as directed and desired by the said Wm. 
 Horn. 
 
 In consideration of which, services, so to be rendered 
 by the said Ben Knapp, the said Horn agrees to pay 
 said Knapp the sum of One Thousand Dollars ($1000) 
 annually, in monthly payments, each payment to be made 
 upon the fifteenth day of each month. 
 
 In witness whereof, we have hereunto set our hands and 
 seals, this sixth day of August, A. D. 1902. 
 
 Wm. Horn [Seal.] 
 
 Ben Knapp [Seal.] 
 
 AGREEMENT FOR HIRING A FARM HAND. 
 Know all Men by these Presents: 
 
 That James B. Vaughn agrees to work faithfully for 
 Frank White, as a general laborer on his farm, and to do 
 any work that he may be called upon to do in connection 
 therewith, in the township Ophir, County of LaSalle, 
 and State of Illinois, for the period of two years, beginning 
 the first day of September, next, 1902, for the sum of 
 Thirty-Five Dollars per month. 
 
 In 'consideration of the service to be performed, the 
 said James Vaughn agrees to pay Frank White Thirty- 
 Five Dollars per month. 
 
 In Witness Win -roof, the said parties have hereunto 
 set their hands this sixth day of August, 1902. 
 
 James B. Vaughn. , 
 Frank White. 
 
 AGREEMENT TO CULTIVATE LAND ON SHARES. 
 
 This Agreement, made this sixth day of August, A. D. 
 1902, between Thorns. Scanlan of the town of Sue 
 Falls, County of Clinton, State of Dakota, and Henry 
 King of Joliet, County of Cook, State of Illinois, party of 
 th> second part, Witnessed that the said Thorns, Scanlan 
 will, on or before the first day of November, break, 
 
58 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 properly prepare, and sow with wheat the forty acres lie- 
 longing to and lying north of the dwelling place of the 
 said Henry King, in the town of Joliet. 
 
 That one-half of the seed wheat shall be found by said 
 Henry King. That when said crop is in proper condition, 
 the said Thorns. Scanlan will cut, harvest, and safely 
 house it in the barn of Henry King. That he will prop- 
 erly thresh and clean the same. That he will deliver 
 one-half of the said wheat to the said Henry King at 
 his in-unary, on or before the fifteenth day of December, 
 1002. 
 
 Witness our hands and seals. 
 
 Thoins. Scanlan [Seal.] 
 
 Henry King [Seal.] 
 
 Signed, Sealed and delivered 
 in the presence of 
 Thomas Oliver. 
 James Byer<. 
 
 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS. 
 
 An acknowledgement is the assent of a person that any 
 document to which his name is afiixed is true in fact, or 
 that it is a voluntary act on his part .in transferring property 
 or any personal right to another. It must always be 
 made before a competent legal authority a< the law re- 
 quires. 
 
 The law makes it obligatory upon persons who give 
 deeds for lands, or mortgages on property of any kind, 
 to acknowledge the execution of the paper, so that it 
 may be properly recorded. 
 
 On any legal document, an unmarried person's ,-iirna- 
 ture alone is suflicient, but if married then both husband 
 and wife should sign it. 
 
 EXAMINING WITNESSES TO A DEED, ON OATH, 
 UPON THE BIBLE. 
 
 You do solemnly swear that you will true answers 
 make to such questions as shall be put to you in regard 
 to the parties to the deed here shown to you, and the 
 execution thereof, so help you God. 
 
 HOLDING UP THE RIGHT HAM). 
 
 You do swear, in the presence of the ever-living God, 
 that you will true answers make to such questions as 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 59 
 
 shall be put to you touching the parties to the deed shown 
 to you, and the execution thereof. 
 
 A SINGLE GRANTOR'S ACKNOWLEDGEMENT. 
 State of Dakota, ) 
 County of Clinton j" ss 
 
 I, John Feeney, a notary public for and within said 
 county, in the said State aforesaid, do hereby certify that 
 George Webster personally known to me as the real person 
 whose name is subscribed to the foregoing deed as having 
 executed the same, appeared before me in person and 
 acknowledged that he signed, sealed and delivered the 
 said instrument in writing as his free and voluntary act, 
 for the use and purpose therein set forth. 
 
 Given under my hand and seal of office, this sixth day 
 of August, A. D. 1902. 
 [Notarial Seal.] 
 
 JOHN FEENEY, 
 
 Notary Public. 
 
 ACKNOWLEDGEMENT BY HUSBAND AND WIFE, 
 
 State of Illinois, 
 County of LaSalle, 
 
 Before me, Edward Blake, a notary public for and within 
 said county, in the State aforesaid, appeared the above 
 named Oscar Brooke, and Mary Brooke, his wife, both 
 personally known to me as the real persons whose names are 
 subscribed to the within conveyance, as having executed 
 the same, and acknowledged that they signed, sealed, 
 and delivered the same for purposes therein mentioned. 
 
 And the said Mary Brooke, having been by me exam- 
 ined, separate and apart, and out of hearing of her husband 
 acknowledged that she executed the same freely, and with- 
 out any fear or compulsion of her said husband. 
 
 Given under my hand and seal of office, this sixth day 
 of August, A. D., 1902. 
 [Notary Seal] 
 
 EDWARD BLAKE. 
 
 Notary Public. 
 
 AFFIDAVITS. 
 
 A written statement of facts under oath or affirmation 
 is called an affidavit. Affidavits may be made in law 
 suits or independently of legal proceedings to verify cer- 
 tain facts. They must be made in the presence of an 
 
60 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 officer qualified to administer an oath, as a justice of the 
 peace. 
 
 Amendment to the affidavit may be made by the order 
 of the court, and the document must be sworn to. A 
 counter affidavit is one made in opposition to affidavit 
 already made. 
 
 GENERAL FORM OF AFFIDAVIT. 
 
 State of California. | 
 
 Sutter County, City of SaD Francisco, i ss ' 
 
 John Monroe, bring duly sworn, depo-u-- and Bar 
 alleges and says): Tint (Hrrr srt out in full and ac- 
 curate language thr mat in- to be alleu 
 [Seal] JUKI. I!<> 
 
 Sworn (or affirmed) before mr. \h\~~ seventh day of August. 
 A. n., 1902. Oscar Mason, Justice of the IVaVe. (If the 
 affiant is unable to read, thr subscription should be as 
 follows :) 
 
 Subscribed and <\\-orn to before me this seventh day 
 of August, A. i)., 1902, the same having been by me (or 
 in my presence) read to this affiant, he being illiterate (or 
 blind), and understanding the same. 
 
 (Officer's signature and title.) 
 
 AFFIDAVIT OF ACCOUNTS. 
 
 State of California, 
 Humboldt County, 
 
 Before me, the undersigned, one of the justice of the 
 peace in and for said county, personally came Fred Kenny 
 of Ottawa, and, being duly sworn according to law, de- 
 poses and says: That the above account, as stated, is just 
 and true. 
 
 That the above sum of one hundred dollars is now 
 justly due and owing to this deponent by the above named 
 Dan Lawless. That he, the above said Fred Kenny, has 
 never received the same or any part thereof, either directly 
 or indirectly, nor any person' from him by his direction 
 or order, knowledge or consent. 
 
 Fred Kenny. 
 
 Sworn and subscribed before me, seventh day of August. 
 A. D., 1902. 
 
 Albert Murphy, 
 Justice of the Peace. 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 61 
 
 AFFIDAVIT TO PETITION. 
 
 State of Michigan, t 
 
 Scott County, } 
 
 Arthur Taylor, being duly sworn says: That the facts 
 set forth in the foregoing petition are true to the best 
 of his knowledge and belief. 
 
 Arthur Taylor. 
 Sworn, etc. (as in the preceding form). 
 
 Affidavit to Signature of an absent witness. 
 
 State of Illinois, ) 
 Cook County, j" Sk - 
 
 Joliet, August 7, 1902. 
 
 BE IT REMEMBERED, that on the above mentioned 
 day, before me, the undersigned, William Cotton, one 
 of the Justices of the Peace in said county, personally ap- 
 peared Peter Sheehan, who, being duly sworn, deposes 
 and says: That Clarence Provines, one of the subscribing 
 witnesses to the within (will or deed), is dead or absent 
 from the State, as the case may be. 
 
 That he has frequently seen said Clarence Provines 
 write, and that he is well acquainted with the hand 
 writing of said Clarence Provins. 
 
 That to the best of his knowledge and belief (or he 
 verily believes) the name of Clarence Provins, signed 
 to the same as one of the subscribing witnesses, is the 
 proper and individual handwriting of said Clarence 
 Provins. 
 
 Peter Sheehan. 
 
 Subscribed and sworn to before me, this seventh day 
 of August, A. D. 1902. 
 
 William Cotton, 
 Justice of the Peace. 
 
 AGENCY AND ATTORNEY. 
 
 1. The greatest importance of the law of agency exists 
 in its relation to making contracts through agents. 
 
 2. A General Agent is one authorized to represent his 
 principal in all his business of one particular branch. 
 
 3. A Special Agent is one appointed to a particular 
 thing only, or a few particular things. 
 
 4. An Agent is a person authorized to act for another 
 tvith a third party. The Principal is the one for whom 
 he acts. The person with whom the agent does busi- 
 ness is the third party. 
 
62 MAXCAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 5. Agencij is one of the most common and neceary 
 relations of life. Nearly everyone acts every day as the 
 agent of someone else. Thus every clerk in the store is 
 the agent of the proprietor. Almost all the business of 
 the brokers, commission merchants, lawyers, auctioneers, 
 etc., is sonic sort of an agency. Corporations act wholly 
 \iy means of agents, viz.: their officers, clerks, etc. 
 '6. Who Man Ac', fix Principal or Agent. Any one who 
 s competent to do business for himself may act as prin- 
 cipal, and appoint an agent to transact for him. Per- 
 sons who cannot do business for themselves may, how- 
 ever, be appointed to act as agent. Therefore minors 
 and married women may act as agents. 
 
 7. I/oir Appointed. An Agent's authority may be 
 given orally or by writing; no particular form of words 
 is necessary. In important matters, the agent is often 
 appointed by written instrument which is called power 
 of attorney. When thus authorized under seal, an agent 
 can sign deeds, or other conveyances of real estate or 
 sealed instruments. 
 
 8. Extent of Authority. The employing of an agent 
 is the act which gives him his authority. An agent 
 has authority to do whatever is necessary or genera lly 
 done in connection with the purpose for which he is 
 employed. Some employments give very wide latitude 
 of power, and leave very much to the direction of the 
 agent, others give a very limited authority. Thus any 
 act of the president or cashier of a bank in connection 
 with its banking business binds the bank, while a meeii- 
 ger would have authority only to carry a message. 
 
 9. Liability of Principal. The principal is responsible 
 for the acts of his agents committed in the execution 
 of the agency and which are within the real or apparent 
 scope of the* principal's business. A distinction is here 
 made between a special and a general agent. If a special 
 agents exceeds or disobeys his instructions the principal 
 is not liable; but if a general agent exceeds his authority 
 the principal will be bound, if the act is within the ap- 
 parent scope of an agent's authority, when it is such 
 an act as is natural and usual in transacting business of 
 that kind. Hy appointing him to do that busii. 
 the principal is considered as saying to the world that 
 his agent has all the authority necessary to transact it 
 in the usual way. For any criminal act, however, of 
 the agent, the principal is not responsible unJ^ss h*> 
 diroctlv commands him to commit it. 
 
.MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 63 
 
 The Agent's Liability. 1. To His Principal. An 
 agent is bound in transacting the affairs of his principal 
 to exercise all the care which a reasonable man would 
 exercise in his own, and to the utmost good faith. For 
 any loss to the principal through neglect or unfaithful- 
 ness, the agent is liable to him. 
 
 2. To the Third Party. If an agent conceals his 
 character as an agent, or transcends his authority,or 
 otherwise conducts himself as to make his principle respon- 
 sible, or if he expressly binds himself in any way, his 
 himself liable to the third party. 
 
 Sub- Agents. An agent may himself appoint another 
 agent and act through him. Such a person is called a sub- 
 agent, and is responsible to him who has appointed him, 
 as Ins principal. In most commercial transactions sub- 
 agents may be employed. 
 
 In Whose Name the Business is Done. All business 
 should be transacted and money deposited in the name of 
 the principal. If an agent deposits money in his own 
 name, and the bank fails he is responsible for the loss. 
 
 Mining Property. If an agent mixes his own property 
 with that of his principal, so that it cannot be identified 
 it will all belong to the principal. 
 
 Responsibility to the Third Party. Ordinarily a person 
 can only be responsible for his own acts, but an agent's 
 act is really considered as that of his principal. There- 
 fore the rule is that the principal is responsible for the 
 act of his agent. The principal is bound even though he 
 was unknown at the time the act was done, because he 
 is supposed to derive the benefits of the same. 
 
 Ratification. If a principal ratifies an act done, he is 
 bound by it, whether he had given the agent authority or 
 not. 
 
 Subsequent ratification is equivalent to prior authority 
 But if such ratification is made under a mistake of circum- 
 stances it is not binding. 
 
 Responsibility of Third Party. A person doing busi- 
 ness with an agent is just as responsible to his principal 
 as though he had transacted the business with the latter 
 in peix.n. 
 
 Revocation. It is always in the power of the principal 
 to revoke an agency; but if the power conferred is coupled 
 with an interest, as where an agent has power to sell goods 
 and apply the proceeds to his own use; or if it is given for 
 valuable consideration, and a continuance of the agency 
 is necessary to meet the responsibilities he has assumed 
 
64 MANTAL OF BUSIN! 
 
 in advance, to carry it on, then such agency cannot be 
 revoked at the pleasure, of the principal. 
 
 How to Reroke fin A<JCHC;I. It iruM be done by an 
 express act of the principal or by the act of the law. The 
 first implies a written form revoking the power of the 
 attorney that has been conferred, or any other express 
 declaration to revoke. The second occasion may be the 
 death of the principal or agent. 
 
 Xotice to lit- (iirni. Due notice should be given by 
 the principal of Mich revocation to those who knew of the 
 authority given to such agent, because a general authority 
 may continue to bind the principal after it has been 
 actually recalled, if the agency were well known and the 
 recalling of it wholly unknown to the party dealing with 
 the agent without that party's fault. 
 
 POWER or ATTORNEY. 
 
 Know All Men by th---e 1'iv-mt -. That I, Y. J. Duncan, 
 of Ferndale, in the County of Humboldt, State of Cal- 
 ifornia, have made, constituted, and appointed .John Scott 
 of Andover, County of Ashtabula, and State of ( )hio, a 
 a true and lawful attorney for me and in my behalf, to 
 (here insert the subject-matter of the power): hereby 
 giving and granting unto my said attorney full power and 
 authority generally to do and perform all and every act 
 whatsoever reijui.-ite or proper to effectuate all or any of 
 the premises, with the same powers and to all inter' 
 purposes with the same validity as if I were p-i-on- 
 ally present, hereby ratifying and confirming what 
 my said attorney shall and may do by virtue hereof in 
 the premises. 
 
 In witness whereof. I, the said V. J. Duncan, have 
 hereunto set my hand and afiixed my seal, this seventh 
 day of August, in the year of our Lord one thousand nine 
 hundred and two. 
 Sitjncd and Denied in presence of 
 
 V. J. Duncan. [Seal] 
 
 POWER OF ATTORNEY TO COLLECT D! 
 RENTS, ETC. 
 
 Know All Men by these Presents, That, I, Fred P.eem, 
 of Freeport, Illinois, do by these presents make, consti- 
 tute and appoint J. J. Garland my true and lawful attor- 
 ney, for me and in my name, place and stead to demand, 
 ask, sue for, collect, and receive all sums of money, ac- 
 counts, debts, dues, rents and demands of every descrip- 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 65 
 
 tion, kind and nature whatsoever, which are due, owing 
 or payable from any person or persons whatsoever, and 
 to give good and sufficient receipts, acquittances and dis- 
 charges therefor; giving and granting unto my said attor- 
 ney full authority and power to do and perform every act 
 and thing whatsoever necessary and requisite to be done 
 in the premises, as I might or could do if personally present. 
 
 In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my 'hand and 
 seal, this seventh day of August, 1902. 
 Signed and sealed ) 
 in the presence of [ Fred Beem (L. S.) 
 
 AVm. Woolfe. ) 
 
 POWER TO TAKE CHARGE OF AND CARRY ON 
 BUSINESS. 
 
 Know All Men by these Presents, That I, Harry Sailor, 
 of Toledo, Ohio, do by these presents appoint, constitute 
 and make L. W. Armstrong my true and lawful attorney, 
 for me and in my place and stead to take charge of my 
 business of general merchandising at Toledo, Ohio; to 
 purchase and sell for cash or on credit all such articles 
 g< )()<!-, merchandise and wares, as he shall deem proper 
 necessary and useful in said business; to sign, accept and 
 indorse all notes, drafts and bills; to state accounts; to 
 sue and prosecute, compromise, collect and settle all 
 claims or demands due or to become due, now existing or 
 hereafter to exist in my favor, toad just and pay all claims 
 and demands which now exist or may hereafter arise 
 against me, either connected with said business or other- 
 wise. 
 
 In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and 
 seal this seventh day or August, 1902. 
 
 Harry Sailor (L. S.) 
 
 POWER TO VOTE AS PROXY AT AN 
 'ELECTION. 
 
 Know All Men by these presents, That I, Frank O'Con- 
 nor, of Streator, Illinois, do hereby appoint J. J. Masters 
 to vote as my proxy at any election of directors or other 
 officers of the (name the company or corporation) accord- 
 ing to the number of votes I should be entitled to if I were 
 then personally present. 
 
 John Peterson (L. S.) 
 
66 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 LETTER OF REVOCATION. 
 
 Know All Men by these Presents, That I, Tom Rob- 
 inson, of Oakland, California, in and by my letter of attor- 
 ney, bearing date the seventh day of August, did make, 
 constitute and appoint T. W. Oarman my attorney, as my 
 said letter more fully appear*. 
 
 That I, the said Tom Robinson, do by these presents 
 annul, countermand, revoke and make void said letter of 
 attorney and all authority and power thereby given said 
 attorney, T. W. Oarman. 
 
 In witness, etc. Tom Robinson. 
 
 APPRENTICE FORMS. 
 
 An apprentice is a minor, male or female, bound by due 
 form of law to learn sonic art. trade or business, and when 
 so bound is under obligation to serve the ina-ter during 
 tin- time of the apprenticeship. 
 
 The contract should be signed by the apprentice and his 
 father, or in case of death or incapacity of the latter, by 
 the mother or legally constituted guardian. It is executed 
 in duplicate, one copy going to the master, the other 
 to the apprentice. The minor cannot be bound for a 
 longer time than until he becomes of age. Without the 
 consent of the parent or guardian, the contract would 
 not be binding on the minor. 
 
 Consent of Minor. The minor cannot be bound without 
 his consent, which consent must be stated in the contract. 
 
 Duties of the Master. It is made the master's duty l>y 
 the contract to teach the apprentice the trade or business 
 which he himself follows, to provide him with suitable 
 food, clothing and shelter. He lias no right to employ 
 the apprentice in menial labors not connected with the 
 trade or business which he undertook to teach him. If 
 he corrects for misbehavior, the punishment must be 
 moderate and reasonable. 
 
 Duties of the Apprentice. He is under obligation to 
 serve his master faithfully and well; to obey all the lawful 
 commands; to guard his master's property and interests, 
 and to faithfully endeavor to learn the business, and to 
 perform what is required of him in the contract. 
 
 Termination of Apprenticeship. His time of service 
 ends when he becomes of age, or in case his master dies, 
 unless the contract includes the master's executors 
 and administrators. If the apprentice runs away, and 
 enters the employment of another, the master is not 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 67 
 
 bound to take him back, but is entitled to whatever he 
 may earn, provided he can prove that the new employer 
 was aware of the existence of the apprenticeship. 
 
 The apprentice cannot be compelled to leave the state, 
 nor can he be assigned to anyone else. 
 
 INDENTURE OF AN APPRENTICE. 
 
 This Indenture of Apprenticeship, between Albert 
 Dillon, father of John Dillon, on the one part, and Oscar 
 Lynch, of the other part, witnesseth: That the said 
 John Dillon, aged sixteen years on the 2nd day of Septem- 
 ber, A. D. 1902, is hereby bound as an apprentice under 
 the said Oscar Lynch, from the date hereof until the 
 2nd day of September, 1907, to learn the trade and art of 
 a carpenter, and is faithfully to serve the said Oscar 
 Lynch and correctly conduct himself during the term 
 of his apprenticeship. 
 
 And the said Oscar Lynch hereby covenants that he 
 will teach the said John Dillon the said trade and art 
 and will furnish him, during said apprenticeship, with 
 board, lodging, washing, clothing, medicine, and other 
 necessaries suitable for an apprentice in sickness and 
 health; and will send him to a suitable public school at 
 least two months during each of the first two years of said 
 term; and at the expiration of the said apprenticeship 
 will furnish him with two new suits of common wearing 
 apparel and one hundred dollars in money. 
 
 In testimony whereof, the parties hereto have set their 
 hands and seals this seventh day of August, A. D. 1902. 
 w ., j Bert Wilson. (Apprentice) John Dillon. 
 
 ss ( W. W. Moore. (Master) Oscar Lynch. 
 (Parent) Albert Dillon. 
 
 RELEASE OF AN APPRENTICE. 
 
 Know all men by these presents, that I, son of Albert 
 Dillon, did by this indenture, bearing date the 7th day 
 of August, A. D. 1902, bind myself as an apprentice unto 
 2nd of September, for a term of years (or until he 
 should be of legal age) from the date thereof, as by said 
 indenture more fully appears. 
 
 In witness whereof I have hereto set my seal this seventh 
 day of August, A. D, 1902, 
 
 (Signature.) 
 
68 .MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 ARBITRATION*. 
 
 When a question concerning the rights of persons, or 
 to personal property, is by the parties in dispute sub- 
 mitted to the derision of the one or more disint vested 
 persons, agreed upon by both, instead of taking their dis- 
 pute 1 before a court of law, it is called arbitration. 
 
 If both parties have sufficient confidence in some one 
 individual they will agree to abide by this decision. It 
 is, however, a common practice to submit the matter to 
 two parties, one selected by each disputant, and to give 
 them the power to select a third in case they are unable 
 to agree. 
 
 The agreement is called the submission, and the (! 
 the award. 
 
 The .submission may be voluntary, oral or Avritten 
 agreement, or by order of the court. 
 
 The award must not go beyond the subject-matter 
 submitted; it must be clear, certain, possible, reasonable, 
 final and conclusive. 
 
 Arbitrators are not bound by legal rules in the admis- 
 sion or exclusion of evidence, unices it be so stipulated 
 in the agreement. 
 
 Arbitration is sometimes ordered by the court, when 
 both parties agree to do so. No one can be compelled to 
 agree to arbitration, neither can he be compelled to select 
 his arbitrators, even after he has signed the agreement. 
 nor to submit his side of the case after the arbitrators 
 have been appointed. 
 
 But after a valid reward has been made the court- will 
 enforce it. Before the award is written out either party 
 may recall his submission. But the party who thus re- 
 calls the arbitration is responsible for all the costs and 
 damage that have occurred in consequence of his previous 
 consent to submit to arbitration. 
 
 FORM OF SUBMISSION TO ARBITHATK >X. 
 
 Know all Men by these Presents: That we, the under- 
 signed, hereby mutually agree to submit all the matters 
 in difference between us. of every kind, name and nature, 
 to the determination and award of Frank Marston, Joseph 
 Thornbrough and Melvin De Lines of Hamblin, Scott 
 County, Michigan, as arbitrators. 
 
 That said arbitrators, or any two of them, shall hear 
 and determine the matters in dispute between us, and 
 award the payment of all costs and expenses incurred in 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 69 
 
 such arbitration. That the said arbitrators shall make 
 their award in writing on or before the 10th day of Novem- 
 ber, A. D. 1902. Done at Hamblin, Michigan, August 7th, 
 A. D. 1902. 
 
 Win. Meagher, ) w ., Robert Carr. 
 
 F. C. Combs, P R. B. Leland. 
 
 FORM OF NOTICE TO ARBITRATORS. 
 
 Gentlemen: You have been chosen arbitrators on 
 behalf of the undersigned, to arbitrate and award between 
 them in clivers matters and things set forth in their sub- 
 mission, which will be produced for your inspection when 
 you meet at Court House, in Alameda, on the 1st day of 
 September, at 2 o'clock P. M., to hear the allegations and 
 proofs. 
 
 Dated, etc. Ollie Norman, 
 
 Fred Roady. 
 
 FORM OF ARBITRATION BOND. 
 
 Know all Men by these Presents: That John Smith and 
 Harry Allen have this seventh day of August, A. D. 1902, 
 submitted their matters in controversy concerning the 
 boundary and division line of a certain tract of land (de- 
 scribe it) to Chas. Goodrich, Fred Maher and Mack Burke, 
 to arbitrate, award, order, judge, and determine of and 
 concerning the same. 
 
 That we, the undersigned, bind ourselves in the sum of 
 one thousand dollars that said John Smith and Harry 
 Allen shall submit to the decision and award of said 
 nrbil raters, provided said award be made in writing on or 
 before the 1st day of September, A. D. 1902. 
 
 (Signed) Dougal Boyle. 
 
 Harry Butler. 
 
 FORM OF AWARD. 
 
 Know All Men by these Presents: That we, the under- 
 signed, arbitrators of all the matters of difference, of every 
 name, kind and nature, between John Smith and Harry 
 Allen, by virtue of their agreement of submission of 
 August 7th, 1902,do award, order, judge and determine 
 
70 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 of and concerning the same as follows : That (then state 
 
 the award in full), 
 
 In witness whereof we have, in each other's presence, 
 
 hereunto set our hands this seventh day of August, 1902. 
 
 Peter Perkins, 
 Norman Cook, 
 Chris Burns. 
 
 ASSIGNMENTS. 
 
 Any transfer of the title to a right of property is called 
 an assignment. 
 
 In effect, it is passing to another person all of one's 
 title or interest in any kind of real or personal property 
 rights, actions or estates. 
 
 Corporations may assign their interest in paper or 
 property to other corpoations, or to individuals. 
 
 An assignment carries with it all the collateral securities 
 and guarantees of the original debt, even though they are 
 not mentioned in the instrument. 
 
 In connection with the sale of injured property the 
 policy should be assigned to the purchaser; this can only 
 be done with the consent of the insurer, in order to have 
 it indorsed on the policy. Only the person owning the 
 insured property at the time of the assignment can legally 
 become the assignee of an insurance policy covering it, 
 and then the consent of the insurers to the transfer must 
 be obtained. 
 
 The following are some thinirs that may be legally as- 
 signed: Copyrights, contracts, deeds, mortgages, bonds, 
 leases, notes, drafts, accounts, judgments, all claims for 
 money or \\ages. insurance, corporation shares, etc. 
 
 Some things are not assignable, as an officer's pay or 
 commission, a judge's salary, government bounties, per- 
 sonal trusts, as a guardianship, or the rights of a master 
 in his apprentice. 
 
 No formality is required by the law in an assignment. 
 Any instrument between the contracting parties that goes 
 to show their intention to pass the property from one to 
 another will be sufficient. Proof will be called for only 
 when it appears that it was a mere sham or fraudulent . 
 
 It is usual to employ as operative words in an assign- 
 ment the phrase 'assign, transfer and set over," bin. 
 " give, grant, bargain or sell, " or any words indicating an 
 intention on the part of the parties to transfer the property 
 are sufficient in law. 
 
 An assignment for the benefit of creditors covers all 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 71 
 
 the assignor's property, wherever of whatever it may be, 
 which is not exempt from execution. 
 
 Correct schedules of the property assigned should ac- 
 company the assignment in all cases. 
 
 A party may convey by assignment his whole property 
 absolutely, or in trust, or any equitable right to the benefit 
 of it, the legal title remaining to the assignor. 
 
 An assignment of a mortage carries with it, at the same 
 time, without a transfer, the debt, note or bond. 
 
 ASSIGNMENT FOR THE BENEFIT OF CREDITORS. 
 
 Know All Men by these Presents: That whereas I, 
 Stephen Newman, merchant of the city of Chicago, and 
 State of Illinios, am indebted to various persons in con- 
 siderable sums of money, which I am at present unable 
 to pay in full, and being desirous to convey all my property 
 for the benefit of my creditors, without preference or 
 priority other than provided by law: 
 
 Now, therefore, I, in consideration of the premises, and 
 of the sum of Two Dollars paid to me by Ermine Brown, 
 of the same city and state, do hereby, grant, bargain, sell, 
 assign and convey unto the said Ermine Brown all my 
 hinds, tenements, goods and chattels of every name, nature 
 and description, wheresoever the same may be, excepting 
 and reserving only such property as is exempted by law 
 from attachment. 
 
 To have and hold the same until the said Ermine 
 Brown, in trust and confidence, to sell and dispose of the 
 said real and personal estate for cash upon such terms and 
 conditions as in his judgment may appear best, and apply 
 the proceeds to the following manner, to wit: 
 
 First. To pay all such debts as by the Law of the 
 United States are entitled to preference to such cases. 
 
 Second. To pay and discharge all the just and reason- 
 able expenses, costs and charges of executing this assign- 
 ment. 
 
 Third. To distribute and pay the remainder of said 
 proceeds to the creditors of the party of the first part for 
 all debts and liabilities which he may owe, rateably, in 
 proportion to their respective claims. 
 
 Fourth. The residue and remainder of the proceeds 
 of said sales, if any there be, shall be paid over to me, my 
 executors, administrators or assigns. 
 
72 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 In witness thereof I have hereunto set my hand and 
 seal this 7th day of August, 1902. 
 
 in presence of Stephen Xewman [Seal] 
 
 Myers Fisher, 
 
 Chas. Kinkade. 
 
 ASSIGNMENT WITH POWER OF ATTORNEY. 
 
 In consideration of the sum of Two thousand dollars 
 (the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged), I do hereby 
 assign, transfer and set over to Melvin Platt (of LuSallV 
 111.) all my right, title and interest in and to (here describe 
 what) (and I hereby constitute said Melvin Pratt my 
 attorney in my name or otherwise, but at his own cost 
 and charges, to take all legal measures which may be 
 proper or necessary for the complete recovery and enjoy- 
 ment of the preini- 
 
 Witness my hand and seal this 7th day of August, 1902. 
 
 (Witnesses.) M. T. Molon 
 
 A SIMPLE ASSIGNMENT. 
 
 For value received, I hereby a:<ign all my right, title 
 and interest in the within contract to Arthur Tilhnan. 
 Dated, Sioux Falls, So. Dakota, August 7th, A. D. 1902. 
 
 Maurice Finn. 
 
 ASSIGNMENT OF ACCOUNT. 
 
 In consideration of Two dollars, value received, I 
 hereby sell and assign to M. T. White the within account 
 which is justly due from the within Albert Shock, and I 
 hereby authorize the said M. T. White to collect the same. 
 
 New York, August 7th, 1902. Robert Doorman. 
 
 ASSIGNMENT OF MORTGAGE. 
 
 Know All Men by these Presents: That I, George Yost. 
 the within named mortgagee, for a consideration of Seven 
 Hundred Dollars ($700), hereby assign, the within named 
 instrument of mortgage, and all real estate, with appurte- 
 nances therein mentioned and described, to have and hold 
 the same forever, subject, nevertheless, to the equity and 
 right of the redemption of the within named Fred Osman, 
 his heirs and assigns therein. 
 
 In witness whereof the party of the first part has here- 
 unto set his hand and seal this seventh day of August, 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 73 
 
 in the year of our Lord, One Thousand Nine Hundred 
 and Two. 
 
 George Yost. [Seal.] 
 Sealed and delivered in the presence of 
 Henry Koenig. 
 
 BAIL. 
 
 Bail and guarantee have largely the same import in 
 law. It is a voucher by a responsible person that another 
 will perfonn a duty required of him by some civil authoriy. 
 
 By giving bail a person is temporarily set free or re- 
 leased from custody, if charged with having violated some 
 public law. 
 
 The person giving the surety is called the bailor, and 
 the prisoner the bailee. The bailor obligates himself to 
 pay a certain sum of money in case the bailee fails to be 
 present and peacefully submit himself to the court when 
 ever his trial or examination is appointed. 
 
 Should the prisoner not appear for trial, then the surety 
 forfeits whatever sum is pledged in the bail bond. 
 
 RECOGNIZANCE FOR FURTHER EXAMINATIONS. 
 
 State of California, 
 County of Sutter, 
 
 This day personally appeared before the undersigned, 
 a Justice of the Peace in and for said County, Max Ludwig 
 and Louis King, all of Oakland, in said County and State, 
 and jointly and severally acknowledge themselves to be 
 indebted unto the people of the State of California in the 
 sum of Six Hundred Dollars, to be levied on their goods 
 and chattels, lands and tenements. 
 
 Whereas, the above bounden Max Ludwig, on the 7th 
 day of August, A. D. 1902, was brought and examined by 
 and before Franks Weeks, a Justice of the Peace in and 
 for the county aforesaid, on a charge preferred against the 
 said Max Ludwig for stealing Sixty Dollars from the 
 store of J. J. O' Brine, in said county, and the further 
 examination of said Max Ludwig having been continued 
 to the 1st day of September, A. D. 1902, at nine o'clock 
 A. M., and the said Max Ludwig having been adjudged 
 and required by the said Justice to give bonds, as required 
 by the statute in such case made and provide for his 
 appearance to answer to said charge. Now the condition 
 of this recognizance is such that if the above bounden 
 
74 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 Max Ludwig shall be and appear before the undersigned 
 at the Harbor Police Court Room, in the City of Oakland, 
 in said county, on the 1st day of September, A. D. 1902, at 
 nine o'clock A. M., then and there to answer to the said 
 people of the State of California, on said charge, and 
 abiae the order and judgment of said Court, and not depart 
 the same without leave, then and in that case this recog- 
 nizance to become void, otherwise to be and remain in 
 full force and virtue. 
 
 As witness our hands and seals this seventh day of 
 August, A. D. 1902. 
 
 Taken, entered into and acknowledged before me this 
 seventh day of August, 1902. James Crowley, Justice of 
 the Peace. 
 
 Max Ludwig. [Seal.] 
 Louis King. [Seal.] 
 
 HILL OF LADING. 
 
 A Bill of Lading is a document delivered ly a \na-ter 
 or owner of a vessel, or the officer of a transportation 
 company, and signed by such part ies a< an acknowledg- 
 ment that the goods have been received for 1 ran>porta- 
 tion. 
 
 The Hill constitutes the contract between the shipper 
 and the carrier. Three copies of the bill are made out , 
 one is kept by the shipper, another by the party trans- 
 port ing the goods, and the third is sent to the person to 
 whom the goods are directed. 
 
 Hills of Lading are transferable and assignable, and the 
 assignee may sue for the recovery of the good-. 
 
 If the goods perish without fault of the master of the 
 ship, the freight must be paid, otherwise- the master or 
 the owner of a ship is liable for damage-. 
 
 Railroad companies, as common carriers, are subject to 
 the common State Laws regulating such business; their 
 bill of lading usually states as to how far they hold thn n- 
 selves responsible for the safe transportation of the goods. 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 75 
 
 BILL OF LADING. 
 
 Chicago, August 7, 1902. 
 
 Shipped in good order and well conditioned, by William 
 
 J - Rial on board the 
 
 ship Cunard 
 
 Marked as follows: whereof Chas. Freeman. 
 Melvin Elliott, is master, now lying in the 
 port of New York 
 
 London. and bound for the port of 
 
 London 600 boxes of coffee, being 
 
 marked and numbered as in the margin, and are to be 
 delivered in the like order and condition at the port of 
 
 London (the dangers of sea only 
 
 excepted) unto Melvin Elliott or his 
 
 assigns, he or they paying freight for the said cases, with 
 nine cents primage and average accustomed. 
 
 In witness whereof I have affirmed to three bills of 
 lading, all of this tenor and date; one of which being 
 accomplished, the others to stand void. 
 
 Fred A. Maxwell. 
 
 (In the above form Rial is the shipper or consignor, El- 
 liott the consignee, and Maxwell the carrier. It might be 
 signed by master (Freeman instead of Maxwell.) 
 
 BILL OF SALE. 
 
 A Bill of Sale is a written instrument by which the 
 ownership of personal property is transferred. A seal is 
 not required. 
 
 The validity of the sale does not depend on the actual 
 possession of the goods, passing from the seller to the 
 buyer. If the seller, however, retains possession, the 
 buyer runs the risk of having the goods attached by third 
 parties who have claims against the seller, unless he can 
 prove the validity of the sale. 
 
 To protect the interest of the purchaser against the 
 creditor of the seller, the bill is not sufficient of itself, 
 there should also be a delivery of the property. 
 
 A warranty of the seller's title is usual in bills of sale, 
 and such warranty is implied by the law, though not stated. 
 On the other hand warranty of quality or condition must 
 be expressed. The general rule of the law is, that the 
 buyer must look out for his own interest. But the seller 
 will not be protected where actual fraud has been prac- 
 tised. Where goods are sold by sample there is an im- 
 plied warranty that the goods correspond with the sample. 
 
76 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 In case of a dispute, juries have the power to pass de- 
 cision upon the fairness or unfairness of the sale, and 
 fraud can be shown by the evidence, the bill of sale will 
 be ignored and declared void. 
 
 FORM OF BILL OF SALE. 
 
 Know Ml Men by these Presents: That I. Albert F. 
 Hunt, of Clinton, Iowa, in consideration of Six Hundred 
 Dollars ($600), the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, 
 
 do hereby grant, sell, transfer and deliver unto Chas. 
 Caton the following property, to wit : 
 
 Four Chairs x.'.O - 
 
 Five- Tables 20 100 
 
 Three Pictures 10 30 
 
 Two Lamps 20 40 
 
 Total $370 
 
 To have and to hold the said goods and chattels unto' 
 the said (lias. Caton, his executor-, administrators and if 
 assigns, to his own proper use and benefit forever. An 
 I, the said Albert V. Hunt do avow myself to be the true 
 and lawful owner of said goods and chattels: that I have 
 full power, good right and lawful authority to dispo-e of 
 said goods and defend the same against the lawful claims 
 and demands of all persons whomsoever. 
 
 In witness whereof, I, the said Albert F. Hunt, have 
 hereto set my hand this seventh day of August. 1902. 
 
 (Witness) Albert F. Hunt. 
 
 BONDS. 
 
 Bonds are written instruments by which one person 
 binds himself to pay a certain sum of money to another 
 person or persons, at a specifiedtime, for some real con- 
 sideration. 
 
 If this is all, the bond is called a "simple bond," but 
 the word bond is more generally applied to a bond with 
 a condition attached to it, which, if fulfilled, renders t he- 
 promise of payment of no effect. 
 
 The person executing the bond is called the obligor, 
 the person receiving the same the obligee. 
 
 The penal sum in a bond is usually made double the 
 amount involved in the transaction in order to cover debit, 
 interest, and costs in case the obligor fails to meet his 
 obligations. 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 77 
 
 Should the conditions of the bond not be fulfilled, the 
 obligee cannot recover the full amount of the penal 'sum, 
 but only sufficient to cover the principle, interest and 
 cost if the condition was the payment of a certain sum of 
 money or enough to cover any actual damages and costs 
 if the condition was for the doing or the not doing of a 
 certain thing. 
 
 The penalty may attach and appertain to either the 
 obligor or obligee, accordingly as the bond is drawn. 
 
 Under ordinary circumstances a bond remains in full 
 effect, yet if an act of Providence renders its accomplish- 
 ment impossible, the penalty cannot be enforced. 
 
 A bonol is in force for twenty years or during such time 
 as the special statute of the state may provide. 
 
 GENERAL FORM OF BOND. 
 
 Know All Men by this Instrument: That I, Norman 
 Cook, of Andover, in the County of Ashtabula, State of 
 Ohio, am firmly bound unto A. A. Meads, of the place 
 aforesaid, in the sum of Two Thousand Dollars, to be paid 
 to the said X on nan Cook, or his legal representatives; to 
 which payment, to be made, I bind myself, my heirs, 
 executors and administrators firmly by this instrument. 
 
 Sealed with my seal. Dated the 7th day of August, 
 1902. The condition of the above obligation is such,that 
 if the above bounden Norman Cook, his heirs, executors 
 or administrators, shall promptly pay the sum of two 
 thousand dollars in four equal annual payments from 
 the date thereof, with annual interest, then the above 
 obligation to be of no effect; otherwise to be in full force 
 and valid. 
 
 Norman Cook. (L. S.) 
 
 Signed, sealed and delivered } 
 in presence of 
 
 Henry Phillips. ) 
 
 BOND TO A CORPORATION. 
 
 Know All Men by these Presents: That I, Oscar Green- 
 field, of Piper City, Cook County, State of Illinois, am 
 firmly bound to the Piper City Plow manufacturing Com- 
 pany in the sum of Twenty Thousand Dollars, to be paid 
 to the said company, or their assigns, for which payment, 
 to be made, I bind myself, and representatives firmly by 
 these presents. Sealed with my seal. Dated this seventh 
 day of August, 1902. The condition of the above is such, 
 
78 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 that if I, the said Oscar Greenfield, or my legal representa- 
 tives, shall pay unto the Piper City Plow Manufacturing 
 Company, or assigns, Ten Thousand Dollars in two equal 
 payments, viz: Five Thousand Dollars September 2, 
 1902, and Five Thousand Dollars September 30, 1902. 
 then the above to be void; otherwise to remain in full 
 force and effect. 
 
 Oscar Greenfield. (L. S.) 
 Signed, sealed and delivered ) 
 in presence of 
 
 Tomas S. Soran. ) 
 
 I '.<).\ I) <>F I. \DK.MM TV. 
 
 I\>nr All Mtn l>n tlu'xe 1'rcscntx: That I, John Brown, 
 of Waterloo, Iowa, am held and firmly bound unto Piper 
 Leahy, of the same place, in the sum of Three Hundred 
 Dollars, to be paid to the said Piper Leahy, his executor 
 or administrators, for which payment, well and truly, to 
 be made, I do bind myself, my heirs, executor- and 
 administrators firmly by these presents. 
 
 Sealed with my seal. Dated this 7th day of August, 
 1902. Whereas, Piper Leahy is about to employ my 
 nephew, Robert A. Conway, as cashier in his store, for the 
 term of two years from November 1, 1902: 
 
 Now the condition of this obligation is such that it 
 the said Robert A. Conway shall fully perform all 
 the duties of his said employment and promptly and cor- 
 rectly account for and pay over all the money or property 
 of the said Piper Leahy, which may come into his hands 
 during its course, then this obligation shall be void ; other- 
 wise to remain in full force. 
 
 John Brown. 
 
 BROKERS. 
 
 A broker is one employed by the owner of property in 
 the negotiation of contracts pertaining to it. A broker is 
 an agent to make contracts. 
 
 Kinds of Brokers. There are many kinds of brokers, 
 therefore the term " broker " is a broader and more indefi- 
 nite term than " commission merchant. " 
 
 Bill and Note Brokers are those who buy and sell for 
 others, drafts, bills and notes. 
 
 Real Estate Brokers buy and sell real estate or mort- 
 gages on real estate for others. 
 
 Stock Brokers buy and sell for others the stock and 
 bonds of States, railroads, etc. 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 79 
 
 Insurance Brokers act for the owners of property in 
 obtaining insurance upon it, settling losses, etc. 
 
 Responsibility to Principal. The contract between the 
 broker and the owner of the property for whom he acts is 
 one of personal service like all contracts of agency. (See 
 Agency and Attorney.) 
 
 A Merchandise Broker is one employed to make a sale 
 of property known as merchandise. 
 
 A merchandise broker is much like a commission mer- 
 chant, with the exception that the former does not have 
 possession of the property, while the latter does. 
 
 When a merchandise broker sells goods, he makes out 
 two papers, one for the seller and the other for the buyer 
 and delivers them to the respective parties. The two 
 papers taken together makes a written contract of sale 
 (ee form.) 
 
 Kdution to Third Party. Some kinds of brokers act 
 wholly as agents and reveal the names of their principals 
 and therefore, are not responsible for any authorized and 
 honest act; others do not mention their principals, and 
 therefore are, so far as third parties are concerned,the 
 real principals themselves. 
 
 MERCHANDISE BROKER'S CONTRACT. 
 1. MEMORANDUM TO BE GIVEN TO THE SELLER. 
 
 San Francisco, Cal., Aug. 8, 1902. 
 Messrs. Colburn & Meyer, 234 Market St.: 
 
 We have sold to-day on your account to Worth Cum- 
 mings, 234 Ellis St., the following goods: 2,000 ounces 
 Sulphate Quinine B. and G. at $1.50 per ounce. 
 Respectfully, 
 
 Brown & Scott, Brokers. 
 
 2. MEMORANDUM TO BE GIVEN TO THE BUYER. 
 
 San Francisco, Cal., Aug. 8, 1902. 
 Mr. George Burgess, 564 Freeport St. : 
 
 We have bought to-day for account, from Colburn and 
 Meyer, the following: 2,000 ounces Sulphate of Quinine 
 B. *&.G at $1.50 per ounce. 
 
 Respectfully, 
 
 Brown & Scott, Brokers. 
 
CHAPTER VI. 
 Contracts. 
 
 The underlying law of contracts may be regarded as 
 including nearly all laws which regulate the relations of 
 human life, It lies at the ba-is of human society. Every 
 feature of social lite pre-uines it and rots upon it. All 
 rights, all duties, all obligations and all laws grow out of 
 contracts, expressed or implied, declared or understood. 
 Almost all the procedure of human life implies or rather 
 is the continual fulfillment of contracts. (Parsons.) 
 
 Dt/hiilion. A contract is an agreement between two 
 or more parties, based upon a sudicient consideration, to 
 do or not to do some particular thing. 
 
 Simple Contracts are such as are not under seal, and 
 may be written or verbal, expressed or implied. 
 
 An implied Contract is one which the law will imply 
 from the relations and conduct of the parties. 
 
 A Contract by Specialty is one that is can-fully reduced 
 to writing and atte-ted by the seal of the parties. 
 
 WHO MAY AM) MAY X()T MA KM 
 A CONTRACT. 
 
 Any person may enter into a contract who is competent 
 to do* business, and who is legally responsible. 
 
 Minors, idiots, insane persons, drunkards, who know. 
 not what they are doing, and persons who cannot exercise 
 their own free will, but are forced into a contract by 
 threats, cannot legally make a contract. 
 
 THE CONSIDERATION. 
 
 The consideration of a contract is something given, 
 done, or promised to be given or done by the person to 
 whom the promise is made. Each part's promise in a 
 contract implies or is accompanied by a corresponding 
 promise by the other party, which is the consideration, 
 and where either party fails to make good the promise 
 the consideration is wanting and the contract is of course 
 void. 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 81 
 
 A contract differs from an agreement in this, that it 
 implies or expresses several agreements made by the 
 parties. 
 
 Freedom of Contract. Everyone is free to make any 
 contract he chooses to make, except such that are for- 
 bidden by law. 
 
 The fundamental rule of law regarding contracts is, 
 that everyone must fulfill every agreement he makes 
 unless some new agreement has changed or abrogated it. 
 
 The principal is so important that the United States 
 Constitution forbids any State to pass any law which shall 
 ivlra*o any person from obligation to perform any con- 
 tract he has made. 
 
 RULES FOR WRITING A CONTRACT. 
 
 1 . The date, the names of the parties and their places 
 of residence being written, then state fully all that the 
 first party agrees to do, and after that the name of the 
 second party. 
 
 2. Then state the penalties or forfeitures in case either 
 party does not faithfully and fully perform his part of 
 the agreement. 
 
 3. The parties are taken in the order in which they are 
 written and referred to as " the party of the first part, " 
 " the party of the second part, " without repeating the 
 names. The order of the names is immaterial. 
 
 4. Lastly, the final clause, the signature, seals, and 
 the signatures of the witnesses are written. (A seal is 
 simply a mark made with the pen around the word 
 [Seal] written after the signature.) 
 
 A written contract requires no special legal form or 
 language. State in your own words plainly just what you 
 want done, just the same as you write a letter or anything 
 else. Errors in grammar or spelling do not affect the 
 legality of the contract. 
 
 Where the language is obscure the court interprets the 
 intent of the agreement. 
 
 An agreement must either be all in writing or all verbal. 
 
 ESSENTIAL PARTS OF A CONTRACT. 
 
 1. A Valuable Consideration. A valuable considera- 
 tion is one whose value is equal to money, or may be 
 changed into money. 
 
 2. Promise of Marriage. If a man promises a woman 
 a certain sum of money if she would agree to marry him, 
 the court will hold that the promise of marriage was a 
 
82 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 sufficient consideration for the money, and compel him 
 to pay it. 
 
 3. A Good Consideration. A good consideration is 
 one which is based upon love, gratitude, esteem or blood 
 relationship. But to make a good consideration legal the 
 agreement has to be performed by one or both pan 
 
 4. Gratuitous Consideration. This is where something 
 is done or money is promised on account of some affection 
 or charity; in this case the act must be performed in 
 order to hold the party; that is, the benevolent purpose 
 Mich as the erection of a church, or a charitable enterprise 
 must be carried out. 
 
 ">. A Sufficient Consideration. The law takes no 
 notice of the bargains that may be good or bad, it requires 
 only that something be done by the parties, no matter 
 how small tin- consideration. For instance, $4,000 worth 
 of property can be legally sold for $2,000. 
 
 GENERAL LAWS GOVERNING CONTRACTS. 
 
 1. Essential Parts. A contract must have: (1) I \-tr- 
 ties. (2) Subject -matter. (3) Consideration. (4) Co- 
 sent of the parties. There cannot be a contract wln-rc 
 any of these are wanting. 
 
 The consideration is what induces a person to make t he 
 contract. 
 
 CONTRACTS THAT MUST BE IN WRITING. 
 
 A guaranty must be in writing. 
 
 A contract which cannot be performed within a year 
 must be in writing. 
 
 A contract cannot be partly written and partly verbal 
 It must be either wholly written or wholly verbal. 
 
 A contract for the sale or purchase of personal property 
 over a certain amount, ranging from $30 to $200 in dif- 
 ferent states must be in writing. 
 
 A contract required by law to be in writing cannot be 
 dissolved by verbal agreement. A verbal release without 
 payment or satisfaction "for the debt is not good, release 
 must be under seal. 
 
 CONTRACTS THAT ARE BINDING WITHOUT 
 WRITING. 
 
 If any part of the goods is delivered to the purchaser, 
 and accepted by him, the whole contract is binding without 
 writing. If any part of the price implied in a contract 
 is paid and received the whole contract is binding without 
 writing. 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 83 
 
 CONTRACTS THAT ARE NOT LAWFUL. 
 
 1 . A contract not consistent with law is void. 
 
 2. A contract for immoral purposes is void. 
 
 3. A contract to commit a breach of the peace is void. 
 
 4. If any part of a contract is illegal the whole is 
 illegal. 
 
 5. The right to vote or hold office cannot be sold by 
 contract. 
 
 6. A contract which the law forbids is void. Fraud 
 renders all contracts void. 
 
 7. An agreement to prohibit the carrying on of a trade 
 throughout the State is void. 
 
 8. A contract without a consideration, such as a 
 promise to make a gift, cannot be enforced. 
 
 9. Where consent to an agreement is given by mistake 
 it cannot become a contract. 
 
 10. If there are two parts to a contract, and one con- 
 flicts with the other, the first part holds good in preference 
 to the last. 
 
 11. If no time of payment is stated in a contract, 
 payment must be made on delivery of the goods. 
 
 12. An alteration of a contract in a material part, 
 after it has been drawn up and signed by the parties, 
 renders it void. 
 
 13. A contract totally restraining the exercise of a 
 man's trade or profession is void, but one restraining him 
 in any particular place is not void. 
 
 14. A contract for concealing felony or violating 
 
 Eublic trust, for bribery and extortion, are prohibited by 
 iw. 
 
 15. A fraudulent contract may be binding on the party 
 guilty of fraud, without laying any obligation upon the 
 party acting in good faith. 
 
 16. A contract made by a minor, a lunatic or an idiot 
 is not binding upon him, yet he can hold the party with 
 whom he contracts to all the conditions of the contract. 
 
 CONTRACTS THAT CANNOT BE ENFORCED. 
 
 1 . Wagers or bets cannot be collected by law. 
 
 2. Money borrowed for the purpose of betting, the 
 lender knowing it to be for that purpose, cannot be col- 
 lected. 
 
 3. Contracts in which there are misrepresentation or 
 concealment of material facts cannot be enforced. It is 
 fraud to conceal fraud. 
 
84 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 4. If a person agrees to serve as laborer or clerk he 
 cannot be compelled to fulfil his agreement; damages, how- 
 eve.r, may be recovered. 
 
 5. Guardians, trustees, executors, administrators or 
 attorneys cannot take advantage of those for whom they 
 act by becoming parties to the contract. 
 
 6. If a thing contracted for was not in existence at the 
 time when the contract wa* made, >uch as buying a horse 
 without knowing that it was dead at the time when the 
 contract, was made, it is void. 
 
 ADDITIONAL RULES COX('KI{X1X<; CONTRA< 
 
 1. The form of the writing is immaterial. It may be full 
 and formal or simply a note or memorandum embodying 
 
 its substance, written with ink or pencil. It must br 
 signed, but writing simply the initials is sufficient. The fact 
 that there is an authenticated paper is the important 
 thing, not the form of it. 
 
 2. If only one party signs he is bound by the contract, 
 but the other is not. But if the other party agrees to pay 
 a certain sum, although he has not signed, payment can 
 be enforced. 
 
 3. Signature by Agent. A person may authorize any 
 person as his agent to make a contract for him, and to 
 sign either his own name or of his principal's. A broker, 
 for instance, signs for both the seller and the purcha-er 
 by his own name. 
 
 4. Letters. If a letter containing an offer is answered 
 by another accepting it, the two letters taken together 
 constitute the written contract. If an order for goods is 
 sent and filled it is a written contract as far as the writer is 
 concerned but not as to the other party. A telegram in 
 in the same way may be a written contract. 
 
 COXTIIACT FOR BUILDIX(J. 
 
 .Memorandum of Agreement, made this Sth day of Au- 
 gust, one thousand nine hundred and two, between Henry 
 Clay, builder, of Cincinnati, party of the first part, and 
 Dorman Peltier, of the same place, of the second part. 
 
 Said party of the second part also agrees that he will 
 furnish and procure all the necessary material for said work 
 in such quantities and at such times as said first party 
 shall or may reasonably require. 
 
 Witnesseth, That the said Henry Clay, party of the 
 first part, for consideration hereinafter named contracts 
 and agrees with the said Dorman Peltier, party of the 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 85 
 
 second part, that he, the said Henry Clay, will, within 
 two hundred days, next following this date, in a good 
 and workmanlike manner, and according to the best 
 skill, well and substantially erect and finish one dwelling 
 house on lot belonging to party of the second part, and 
 known as No. 1013 Guion Street, which said house is to 
 be of the following dimensions, with brick, stone, lumber, 
 and other materials as are described in the plans and 
 specifications hereto annexed. (Here describe the house, 
 material for construction and plans in full.) 
 
 In consideration of which the said Dorman Peltier cov- 
 enants and agrees to pay the said Henry Clay the sum of 
 Six Thousand Dollars in a manner as follows, to wit : Two 
 Two Thousand Dollars at the beginning of the said work, 
 Two Thousand Dollars when the building is inclosed, and 
 the balance when the building is completed according to 
 contract and accepted. 
 
 The architect, Mr. R. W. Mason, is hereby made the 
 judge of the proper completion of said building according 
 to contract . 
 
 For the true and faithful performance of this contract, 
 and of each and all of its covenants and agreements, the 
 said parties hereto bind themselves each the other in 
 the penal sum of Two Thousand Dollars, as liquidated 
 damages to be paid by the failing party. Witness our 
 hands and seals the eighth day of August and year first 
 written as above. 
 
 Henry Clay, (L. S.) 
 
 Dorman Peltier. (L. S.) 
 
 CONTRACT FOR LAYING TILE. 
 
 Know All Men by these Presents: That this agreement 
 made this eighth day of August, A. D., 1902, between 
 Robert Kline, party of the first part, and Rector Haight, 
 l;Mrfy of the second part. 
 
 Witnosseth, That the party of the first part agrees to 
 lay three hundred (300) rods of eight inch tile at sixty 
 cents (60c) per rod. The average depth and fall of said 
 tile shall be sufficient to drain the land through which 
 said title may be laid. 
 
 The party of the second part shall direct place and part 
 of land to be drained by the aforesaid number of rods of tile. 
 
 Robert Kline, (Seal.) 
 
 Rector Haight. (Seal.) 
 
86 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 CONTRACT FOR BUILDING FENCE, 
 SIDEWALK, ETC. 
 
 This Agreement, Between Arthur Weller and Oscar 
 French, made this eighth day of August, 1902. Wit- 
 nesseth, That the said Arthur Weller agrees to 
 build two hundred (200) feet of picket fence at twenty 
 cents (20c) per foot. The height and designs of said fence 
 shall be as the said Arthur Weller may direct. 
 
 Arthur Weller, 
 Oscar French. 
 
 CORPORATIONS. 
 
 A Corporation is a body composed of different indi- 
 viduals authorized by a general or by a special charter 
 to transact business. 
 
 A Charter is the instrument embodying the rights and 
 privileges granted by law to the incorporated body. 
 
 Capital Stock is the money paid in to carry on the 
 business of the corporation. 
 
 A Share is one of the' equal parts into which the -lock 
 or capital is divided, and is usually $100, but sometimes 
 So() or $25. 
 
 Stockholders are the owners of one or more share of the 
 capital. 
 
 Certificate of Stock is the written statement setting 
 forth number and value of the share to which the holder 
 is entitled. 
 
 The Par Value of the stock is the amount named as each 
 share 1 ; it is also called the nominal value. 
 
 The Market Value is the sum for which -hares will sell. 
 They are said to be at par when they sell at their nominal 
 value, above par, or at a premium when they sell for 
 more, and below par when they sell for less than their 
 nominal value. 
 
 The Premium or Discount on stock is computed at a 
 certain per cent, on the original nominal value of the shares. 
 
 Preferred Stock takes preference of the ordinary or com- 
 mon stock, and the holders are entitled to a fixed per cent. 
 out of the earnings of the corporations before a dividend 
 can be declared on the common stock. 
 
 The Dividend is the declared share of the profits due 
 each stock holder after all expenses have been paid. 
 
 Corporation laws. A corporation acts through its 
 officers or authorized agents. Its business must be done 
 in its corporate name and in harmony with its charter. 
 
 A corporation may be plaintiff or defendant in suit at 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 87 
 
 law or equity. The notice or summons is served upon 
 any of the executive officers. 
 
 Liability. The stockholders are personally liable for 
 the debt of the corporation in accordance with the statutes 
 of the state. Their liability is often limited to the amount 
 of stock they hold in the corporation. 
 
 Dissolution of Corporation. Corporations are in theory 
 immortal, but practically they can be terminated in 
 various ways. If a corporation violates its charter, it 
 loses the right to continue its existence. It may also be 
 terminated by an act of the legislature when the law that 
 created it has reserved the right to dissolve or to abolish 
 it. A corporation limited as to time is of course dissolved 
 at the expiration of such time. 
 
 When dissolved, the debt of the corporation must be 
 paid out of the assets, and what remains beyond that is 
 divided among the stockholders. 
 
 Land granted to a corporation reverts to the 
 grantor when it is no longer used for the purpose for which 
 it \vas granted. If used for another purpose, or not used 
 at all, the grantor can claim it as forfeited. 
 
 HOW STOCK IS WATERED. 
 
 Sometimes the charter of a corporation forbids the 
 declaring of a dividend exceeding a certain per cent. 
 of the par value of the stock. In case the directors may 
 find it desirable to "water" the stock, that is, issue addi- 
 tional shares. This increase in the number of shares 
 of course reduces the percentage of dividend, although the 
 same profit, in the aggregate, is secured to the stock- 
 holders. 
 
 FORM OF APPLICATION FOR 
 INCORPORATING. 
 
 State of Ohio, 
 
 City of Toledo. 
 To John Brown, Secretary of State: 
 
 We, the undersigned, Otto Schindier, Wm. Oarman 
 and Fred Derby, propose to form a corporation under an 
 act of the General Assembly of the State of Ohio, entitled, 
 "An Act Concerning Corporations," approved Sept. 1, 
 1902, and all acts amendatory thereof, and that for the 
 purpose of such original organization we thereby state 
 as follows, to wit: 
 
 The name of such corporation is the Toledo Hardware 
 Company. 
 
88 MANUAL- OF BUSINESS. 
 
 2. The object for which it is formed is to carry on 
 the business of manufacturing hardware in all its branches 
 and to sell the product so manufactured. 
 
 3. The capital stock shall be Two Hundred Thousand 
 ($200,000) Dollars. 
 
 4. The amount of each shaiv i< Fifty ($50.00) Dollars. 
 
 5. The number of shares four thousand (-1,000). 
 
 6. The 'location of the principal office is in Toledo, 
 State of Ohio. 
 
 7. The duration of the corporation shall be (50) 
 years. 
 
 Otto Srhindlrr, 
 William ( >arman, 
 Fred. Derby. 
 
 The document must bear the following: 
 
 INDOIISKMKNT o\ TIII; BACK. 
 State of Ohio, 
 
 City of Toledo. 
 
 I, a notary public in and for the said City of Toledo, 
 and State aforesaid, do hereby certify that on this 10th 
 day of September, A. 1). 1!>02, personally appeared be- 
 fore m- Otto Schindler, \Yilliam Oainian and Fred Der- 
 by, to me personally known to be the same persons 
 who executed the foregoing statement, and severally 
 acknowledged that they executed the same for the pur- 
 pose- therein set forth. 
 
 In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and 
 seal the day and year above written. 
 
 Notary Public. 
 DEEDS. 
 
 A deed is a writing by which lands and appurtenance, 
 thereon are conveyed from one person to another. It 
 must be written on paper or parchment, properly signed, 
 sealed and witnessed. It must be acknowledged before 
 competent officers, as a justice of the peace, notary 
 public, master in chancery, judge and clerk of a court 
 mayor of the city, or commissioner of deeds, etc. 
 
 Persons competent to gire a deed. In order to legally 
 convey property a person must be of a sound mind, of age, 
 and the right fit) owner of the pro pert;/. 
 
 The maker of a deed is the grantor, the party to whom 
 it is delivered the grantee. 
 
 If the grantor has a wife, she must, even in the absence 
 of a statute' to that effect, sign and acknowledge the deed, 
 otherwise she may, after her husband's death, claim the 
 use of one-third during her life. 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 A deed of a homestead not acknowledged by the wife 
 of the grantor is void. Her acknowledgment must be 
 of her own free will and accord, and the officer before 
 whom the deed is acknowledged must certify to the fact. 
 Special care is necessary to have the deed properly ac- 
 knowledged and witnessed and the proper seal attached. 
 
 After the acknowledgment of a deed the parties have 
 no right to make the slightest alterations. Any altera- 
 tion or interlineation made before acknowledgement 
 must be carefully noted at the bottom of the instrument 
 and properly witnessed. 
 
 An alteration of a deed after execution in favor 
 of the grantee renders it void. If altered before delivery, 
 such alteration destroys the deed as to the party alter- 
 ing it. 
 
 The deed takes effect upon its delivery to the person 
 authorized to receive it, and should be recorded a*t once. 
 
 DIFFERENT KINDS OF DEEDS. 
 
 A Warranli/ Deed is so called because the grantor 
 covenants to warrant and defend lands mentioned against 
 all persons, and to the extent specified. 
 
 .1 (icneral Warranty covenants and warrants against 
 all persons whatsoever. 
 
 A 8 [ire i a I- Warranty covenants and warrants only 
 against one person, his heirs and those claiming under him. 
 
 A Quit Claim Deed is one which conveys all the in- 
 terest which the grantor possesses, whatever it may 
 I.e. in the lands specified without containing any warrants. 
 By it the grantor merely quit claims any interest he may 
 have, but does not warrant his title. 
 
 .1 Trust Deed conveys property to persons to hold 
 for the use of some person who is entitled to the proceeds, 
 title, or use of the property. 
 
 Deeds Requiring no Warranty. Deeds by executors, 
 administrators or guardians generally contain no war- 
 ranty; and every requisition of the law should be com- 
 plied with to obtain a good title. 
 
 Caution. Do not purchase real estate without first 
 carefully examining the title, and always procure an 
 abstract of title before advancing money or signing con- 
 tract for purchase of property. 
 
 WARRANTY DEED. 
 
 Tliis Indenture, made this sixth day of September 
 in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and 
 two between Ralph White and Mary White, his wife, 
 
90 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 of the Village of Marengo, in the County of Kane, State 
 of Illinois, party of the first part, and Howard Pierce, 
 of the City of Rockford, in the County of Winnebago, and 
 Stale of Illinois, party of the second part. 
 
 \\'/fnesseth, That the >uid party of the first part, for 
 and in consideration of the sum of Seven Thousand 
 ($7,000) Dollars, in hand, paid by the said party of the 
 second part, the receipt whereof is hereby acknowledged, 
 have granted, bargained, sold, remised, released, con 
 aliened and confirmed, and, by these presents, do grant, 
 bargain, sell, remi-e, release, convey, alien and confirm unto 
 the said party of the second part, and his heirs and assigns 
 forever, all that certain piece, or parcel, of land situated 
 and being in the Village of Marengo, County of Kane, 
 and State of Illinois and described as follo\\<, to \\it: 
 
 The Southwest Quarter of Section Twenty ('2\^. in 
 TownsRip Thirty-Two (3'2), North of Range Si 
 East of the Fourth Principal Meridian, containing Two 
 Hundred acres by government survey. 
 
 Together with all and singular' the hereditaments 
 thereto belonging or in any way appertaining, To Have 
 and to Hold the said premises as described, with the 
 appurtenances, unto the said party of the second part, 
 and to his heirs and as-i^ns forever. And the said party 
 of the first part, their heirs, executors and administrators, 
 do covenant, grant, bargain and agree to and with the 
 said party of the second part, his heirs and assigns, that 
 at the time of the ensealing and delivery of the<e presents 
 they are well-seized of the premises above conveyed, 
 as of a good, sure, perfect, absolute and indefeasible 
 estate of inherit ance in law, in fee simple, and have good 
 right, full power and lawful authority to grant, bargain, 
 sell and convey the same in manner and form aforoaid: 
 that they are 'free from all other grants, bargains, -ales. 
 liens, taxes, assessments and encumbrances of what 
 kind of nature whatsoever, and that they will, and their 
 heirs, executors and administrators shall, warrant and 
 defend the same against all lawful claims whatsoever. 
 
 In MY/wxx II7/ov<>/. The said party of the first part 
 have dereunto set their hands and seals the day and 
 year first above written. 
 
 Signed, Sealed and Delivered 
 in the presence of 
 
 P. H. Murray, Ralph White, L. S. 
 
 R, S. Simmins. Mary White. L. S. 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 91 
 
 QUIT CLAIM DEED. 
 
 This Indenture, made the first of September, in the 
 year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and two, 
 between Robert H. Powers and Emma H. Powers his 
 wife of Union, Cook County, State of Illinois, parties of 
 the first part, and William Fleming, of Huntley, County 
 of Cook, State of Illinois, party of the second part. 
 
 Witnesseth, That the said parties of the first part, for 
 and in consideration of the sum of Two Dollars to them 
 in hand paid by the party of the second part, the receipt 
 whereof is hereby confessed and acknowledged, do, by 
 these presents, grant, bargain, sell, remise, release, and 
 forever quit claims unto the party of the second part, and 
 to his heirs and assigns, forever, all that certain piece, 
 or parcel, of land situated and being in the County of 
 Cook, and State gf Illinois, and described as follow 
 to- wit : 
 
 The Northeast quarter of Section Number Ten, in 
 Township Number Four, South of Range Number Two, 
 \Yc<t, containing Three Hundred Acres of Land, be the 
 same more or less. Together with all the singular the 
 hereditaments and appurtenances thereto belonging, To 
 Have and To Hold the said premises, as above described, 
 to the said party of the second part, and to his heirs and 
 assigns, to the sole and only proper use and benefit of the 
 said party of the second part, his heirs and assigns, for- 
 ever. 
 
 In Witness Whereof, The said parties of the first part 
 have hereunto set their hands and seals the day and year 
 first above written. 
 
 Signed. Sealed and Delivered 
 in the presence of 
 
 James Brown, Robert H. Powers, (Seal.) 
 William Simmins. Emma H. Powers. (Seal.) 
 
 GUARANTIES. 
 
 A guaranty is an assurance made by a second party 
 that the first party will perform some specific act, and 
 that, on his default, the guarantor will pay all damages. 
 
 He who guarantees the performance is called the guar- 
 antor, and the person to whom the pledge is made is 
 called the guarantee. 
 
 The first liability rests upon the person who is guaranteed 
 by another, but if he fails to meet the obligation then the 
 party who gives the guaranty is held to the same extent 
 as the other. 
 
92 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 A guaranty, to be binding, should be for some consider- 
 ation, such consideration for giving the pledge should be 
 either named or expressed, as, "for value received." 
 
 A guaranty must be accepted to make it a contract, 
 and the guarantor must have notice of its acceptance 
 within a reasonable time. 
 
 A guarantor, after paying the debt, has a right to sub- 
 stitute himself in the place of the creditor. 
 
 A guaranty For a collection is a very different thing from 
 a guaranty of payment. The first' guarantees that the 
 money is collectable, the latter that it will be paid at 
 maturity. In the Jirst case the party guaranteed must 
 be able to prove that due diligence was employed in at- 
 tempting to collect the money, in tin- second no such 
 proof is necessary. 
 
 The only form necessary in guaranteeing a note is in 
 writing one's name across the back of it, a proce-- l .ni- 
 monly called indorsing. 
 
 The laws recognize guaranties of any contract, legally 
 made, and aid in enforcing them. 
 
 Guaranties of commission merchants, binding them to 
 warrant the solvency of the purchaser of goods tin 
 on credit, need not be in writing. 
 
 GUAKAXTY OF A NOTE. 
 
 For value received 1 guarantee the due payment of a 
 promissory note, dated September 12, 1902, whereby 
 William Jennings promises to pay Howard Smith ( hie 
 Hundred Dollars in one year. 
 
 John Bright . 
 
 Belvidere, September 18, 1902. 
 
 GUARANTEE FOR THE PEHFoli MANGE 
 OF A mXTRACT. 
 
 For a good and valuable consideration, by u> received, 
 \ve, the undersigned, do hereby guarantee a faithful com- 
 pliance with the terms of the above (or within) agreement 
 upon the part of the said contractor, John Williams. 
 
 Done at Elgin, Kane County, State of Illinois, this 
 10th day of September, A. D., 1902. 
 
 Signed, Sealed and Delivered 
 in the presence of 
 
 Henry Worth, (/has Smith, (Seal.) 
 
 Chas. Buckley. William Jennings. (Seal.) 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 93 
 
 GUARANTY FOR THE PURCHASE 
 OF A HORSE. 
 
 Chicago, 111., Sept., 1, 1902. 
 
 In consideration of Two Hundred Dollars for a black 
 mare, I hereby guarantee her to be only five years old, 
 sound, free from vice and easy to ride or drive. 
 
 H. P. Blackwell. 
 
 N. B. In this guaranty the seller will be held for all 
 the defects in the animal at the time of sale. This is 
 the safest way for one who is not an experienced judge of 
 horses to purchase one. 
 
 GUARANTY OF A DEBT NOT 
 YET INCURRED. 
 
 Chicago, 111., Sept. 1, 1902. 
 Mosrs. Williams & Worth, Dubuque. 
 
 Gentlemen: The bearer of this, Mr. R. J. Walker, 
 of this city, is on the point of visiting your city for the 
 purpose of buying goods, and desires articles in your line. 
 He is considered worth some thirty thousand dollars, 
 and such is our confidence in his ability and integrity, 
 that we hereby guarantee the payment of any bills 
 which he may make with you during this year, to an 
 amount not exceeding five thousand dollars. 
 Yours respectfully, 
 
 Jacobs and Walker. 
 
 GUARANTY OF DEBT ALREADY 
 INCURRED. 
 
 Chicago, 111., September 2, 1902. 
 The Chicago Supply Co., Chicago. 
 
 Gentlemen: In consideration of two dollars, paid by 
 
 yourselves, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, 
 
 ! iMiarantee that the debt of six hundred dollars, now 
 
 owing to you by L. D. Graham, shall be paid at maturity. 
 
 Yours truly, 
 
 William Maitland. 
 
 INSURANCE. 
 
 Insurance is a contract, an agreement by which one 
 a -si Hues a certain risk which another would otherwise 
 bear. The consideration on which the contract rests is 
 called the premium; the instrument by which the con- 
 tract is made, the policy. 
 
94 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 Insurance is of four principal kinds: Fire, marine, life 
 and accident insurance. Many general principles are 
 applicable to all. Insurance is usually made by in- 
 corporated companies. 
 
 All stipulations and conditions contained in the policy 
 are binding upon both parties, though signed by but one, 
 the insurer. 
 
 The holder of the policy must have a personal interest 
 in the property or life insured. 
 
 An Open Policy. This is one in which the property 
 upon which the risk is taken is not fully described, but 
 referred to in general terms. 
 
 I IRE INSURANCE. 
 
 Fire insurance is a contract to indemnify the owner 
 of certain property, if it is damaged or destroyed by fire, 
 whether upon buildings, ships, or the goods or stock con- 
 tained therein, or live stock. 
 
 1. The CoHlrurt has two parties, (1) the owner of the 
 property, and (2) the company. In it the owner agi 
 to pay the company a certain sum of money called the 
 Premium, in any event, the company agrees to pay him 
 whatever his damage amounts to. it' there is a fire, up to a 
 slated amount. When no fire occurs the company gains 
 the whole premium. 
 
 The Time. The insurance may be for any time. 
 but it is usually one, two or three years. At the end 
 of this time a renewal is usually issued without making 
 a new policy. 
 
 The ftisfe*. The company is responsible for damage 
 done by fire or by the water, etc.. in putting it out. 
 
 Payment of Premium. The policy is usually so made 
 as not to go into effect until the premium is paid to the 
 company, either by the insured himself or by his proker. 
 
 If such a provision does not exist, then the policy is 
 binding before the premium is paid, and the amount of 
 unpaid premium i< deducted by the company from the 
 amount allowed for damages. Notice of losses mu.-t 
 without delay be given to the company. 
 
 Ownership OJ Pro/xrh/. A person may insure property 
 he owns, or in which he has an interest or upon which he 
 holds a mortgage. The insurance policy does not go with 
 out the consent of the company. 
 
 The amount of premium is based upon the degree of 
 danger there is of fire. The insured must, therefore, 
 not increase the risk; if he does the policy becomes void. 
 Changes made should therefore be reported to the com- 
 pany and its consent obtained. 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 95 
 
 Changes made after the policy is issued for which 
 the insured is not responsible will not affect the contract. 
 
 Amount Paid. The amount to be paid in flre in- 
 surance is the amount of the loss, unless the loss exceeds 
 the amount of the policy. It never pays more than the 
 policy. Thus if the policy is for $3,000 and the loss is 
 $300, it pays $300 and the policy becomes $2,700. If 
 the policy is $5,000 and the loss $6,000 the company 
 pays only the $5,000 and the policy is discharged. 
 
 Full Insurance. Many companies do not take more 
 than a $5,000 or $10,000 risk on property. To obtain 
 different companies until he obtains the desired amount. 
 
 Xcgligence. A fire caused by negligence does not 
 exempt the company from paying the loss. Most fires 
 are caused by carelessness, and against such losses the 
 owner wishes to protect himself. But the owner must do 
 all he can to save his property and to set it on fire is a 
 crime. 
 
 Misrepresentations on the part of the owner as to 
 the character of the property or the danger to which 
 it may be exposed make the policy void. 
 
 Conditions in the Policy. All policies contain certain 
 additional agreements such as: that no gun-powper 
 or kerosene oil, or other explosives, are to be kept on 
 11 u; premises insured; that they shall not become vacant, 
 or that if any other insurance is added the company be 
 notified. 
 
 Agencies. Every company is strictly liable for all 
 any of its duly authorized agents may do or engage to do. 
 
 Mutual Companies. These differ from the Common 
 Stock Companies in this, that every insured party 
 is a member of the same, and is entitled to his share of the 
 profits. 
 
 Mutual companies are usually forbidden by their char- 
 ters to insure for more than two-thirds of the full value 
 of the property. 
 
 FIRE INSURANCE POLICY. 
 
 THE MAIN CLAUSE. 
 
 No. 390,147. $10,000. 
 
 THE ROCKFORD FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY 
 OF ROCKFORD. 
 
 In consideration of ($50.06) fifty dollars, do insure 
 William Worth against loss or damage by fire to the amount 
 amount of ten thousand dollars, as follows: 
 
96 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 On certain books, engravings, steel and copper plates, 
 and other merchandise row contained in the building at 
 No. 345 Loomis Street, Illinois. 
 
 And the said company hereby agree to make good unto 
 the assured, his executors, administrators and assigns, all 
 such immediate loss or damage (not exceeding in amount 
 the sum insured) as shall happen by fin- 1<> the property 
 above specified, from the 10th day of September, 1902, 
 at noon, to the 10th day of September, 11)03, at noon, the 
 amount of such loss and damage to be proven and paid 
 or made good according to the following terms and con- 
 ditions : 
 
 (Here follow ordinarily a large number of additional 
 da uses. See below.) 
 
 In witness whereof we have caused this policy to be 
 attested by the president and secretary of the company 
 the 12th day of September, 1902. 
 
 Chas. Ilammel, William IJyan, 
 
 Secretary. President. 
 
 EXAMPLES OF SOME OF THE ADDI- 
 TIONAL CLAUSES. 
 
 1. No assignment of this policy shall be \alid until 
 indorsed hereon and approved by the company. 
 
 2. This company shall not be liable for loss in ea-e of 
 fire caused by rioting, or by explosion, or in case the as- 
 sured shall keep on the premises gunpowder, fireworks, 
 phosphorus, naptha, etc. 
 
 3. This policy shall not be binding upon the company 
 until the premium be actually paid. 
 
 4. In case there should be any other insurance on the 
 property hereby insured, whether prior or subsequent, the 
 assured shall be entitled to recover on this policy no 
 greater proportion of the loss sustained than the sum herein 
 insured bears to the whole amount insured thereon. 
 
 RENEWAL OF FIRE INSURANCE. 
 
 Rockford, 111., Sept, 1, 1902. 
 THE ROCKFORD INSURANCE COMPANY. 
 Do insure 'John Williams, in consideration of fifty 
 dollars, being the premium on five thousand five hundred 
 dollars; this being a renewal of policy No. 157,874, which 
 is hereby continued in force for one year, to wit, from 
 September 1, 1902, to September 1, 1903, at noon. 
 
 James Wood, . William Downs. 
 
 Secretary. President. 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 97 
 
 LIFE INSURANCE. 
 
 Life insurance is a contract to pay a certain sum of 
 money on the death of a certain person or when he reaches 
 a certain age. 
 
 The premium is a fixed sum paid by the person insured 
 annually or semi-annually. 
 
 The object of life insurance, when properly conducted, 
 is to give those dependent upon a certain person some 
 means of support if he should suddenly die; or to secure 
 to the insured himself, when he arrives at an age or is 
 placed in circumstances when he may need such support 
 or assistance as the insurance will supply. 
 
 The insurance may also be taken out in favor of any 
 legal representative who has an insurable interest, as 
 is possessed by a creditor in the life of his debtor, by a 
 father in the life of his minor child, by a wife in her hus- 
 band, by a sister in the life of her brother, and in general, 
 when by the death of the insured there would naturally 
 follow actual and pecuniary loss or disadvantage to him 
 to whom the policy is issued. If there is no insurable 
 interest the contract is void, as being a gaming policy. 
 
 The consent of a person whose life is insured must be 
 obtained to a policy issued in favor of a third party. 
 If the insurable interest exists when the policy is issued 
 and ceases before the death of the insured the contract 
 still holds good. 
 
 Any material misrepresentations made by the insured 
 at the time the policy is issued will render it void. Thus 
 a false statement as to health such as a denial that the 
 applicant had heart disease, would void the contract. 
 
 Very often that third party is the one insured; he is 
 then said to insure his own life. He may make it payable 
 to himself, and if it is payable at his death it then forms 
 part of his estate, or he may make it payable to his wife 
 and children or any one else he chooses. If made pay- 
 able to another it cannot be touched by his creditors, nor 
 can he in his will deprive the other of it. 
 
 Tli? Contract is not to indemnify, qut to pay a certain 
 sum, and in this respect differs from fire and marine 
 insuranee. A person may insure this own life in as many 
 companies as he chooses, providing he is willing to pay 
 the premiums 
 
 Payment of Premium. ' The insurance ceases if the 
 premium is not paid when due. This is so even 
 though it were accidentally forgotten, and even for a 
 day. Some companies will re-insure upon the same 
 
98 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 terms, but require a new examination and certificate 
 of good health. 
 
 AxNifjnitii'tt!. Policies .-ire frequent ly as>ign-d. Thus, 
 instead (if ;i creditor obtaining a policy on his debtor's 
 life, the debtor may obtain it on his o\vn life and 
 it to the creditor. In i-m-i/ <i*xi</n)/nnt tin i>r>ulciit rule 
 is to obtain the c<t*rnt of the <<>/// [KIHI/. Sometimes the 
 policy provides that it shall be void if it is assigned with- 
 out consent . 
 
 Mo>t mutual companies i>sue policies that are not 
 assignable 1o any other persons except blood relations. 
 
 Misrepresentations. Veracity is in life insurance of 
 the utrno-t importance. The comj)any be lore foiling 
 a policy requires a written application in which the 
 applicant must an.-wer many questions with regard 
 to his health, occupation, etc. Tho-e questions mu>t 
 be answered truthfully. If deception is practiced the 
 policy becomes void. 
 
 If , persons g<> on a journey or change their residence 
 by which their life may be exposed to greater danger, 
 they nm-t give notice thereof to the company to obtain 
 their consent. Mo>t companies state all such conditions 
 in their policies, which should be carefully read by the 
 applicant before he insures and faithfully lived up to 
 afterwards. 
 
 LIFE INSURANCE POLICY. 
 
 No. 1'.)x,2()3. $2,000. 
 
 Tin: l'i;ii:\i)'s LIFE IxsruAxci: COMPANY. 
 
 In consideration of the representations made to them 
 in the application for this policy, and of the sum of fifty 
 dollars and the further sums of fifty dollars to be paid 
 on the lOtii day of September and April of each year 
 during the continuance of thi> policy, do insure tin- 
 life of Howard .\el-on, of San Francisco, in the County 
 of Cook, State of California, in the amount of two thou- 
 sand dollars for the term of his natural life. And tin- 
 said company does promise and agree to pay the amount 
 of the said insurance at its office in California to Howard 
 Nelson's legal representatives in sixty days after due- 
 notice and satisfactory proof of his death during the 
 continuance of this policy. 
 
 In witness whereof, the said Friend's Life Insurance 
 Company has by its president and actuary signed and 
 delivered this contract this 12th day of September, 1902. 
 William Smith, Holden Jinks, 
 
 Actuary. President. 
 
 Premium $50.00 payable semi-annually. 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 99 
 
 ACCIDENT INSURANCE. 
 
 Accident Insurance covers the causalities to which 
 travelers by land or sea are constantly exposed, without 
 undue carelessness on their part. If loss of limb or health 
 occurs the insurer agrees to pay a stipulated sum to the 
 insured in accordance with the premium paid. 
 
 Mutual companies usually pay a certain stipulated 
 sum per week as long as the accident sustained renders 
 the party incapable to resume his occupation. 
 
 Opportunities to affect an accident insurance are offered 
 in all prominent railroad depots and in ocean steamship 
 offices. It is the part of prudence for any person who 
 travels extensively to take out an insurance for his own 
 benefit or for those dependent upon him. 
 
 LANDLORD AND TENANT. 
 
 LEASES. 
 
 Leases are contracts by which one party called the 
 lessor or landlord gives to the second party called the 
 ]esxT or tenant possession of land or other real estate for 
 a fixed period of time, receiving in return for the use, 
 possession and profit thereof a fixed compensation called 
 the rent . 
 
 Duration. A lease may be for life, at will, on 
 su (Trance or for a term of years. A lease for life terminates 
 with the death of the lessee or tenant or any person speci- 
 fic 1 as such in the lease. 
 
 .1 Lease of Suff ranee of the landlord exists when 
 a lease or a term of years has expired and the tenant 
 is allowed to remain in possession. Such possession 
 may be terminated without notice. 
 
 A LCIIKC. df ll'ill is one which exists only during the 
 will of the llandlord and may terminate at the will of 
 either party, as the rights of possession on the part of the 
 landlord or the rights of abandonment on the part of the 
 tenant may justify or by the death of either party. 
 
 .1 Lease for a 'Term of Years begins and ends at a 
 certain -perilled date. Under the latter the tenant 
 greater privileges than under either of the for- 
 mer. When the number of years is not mentioned it is 
 eon-trued to mean not less than two. 
 
 s Written or Unwritten. In some states a lease 
 to be \ alid must be in writing, in others verbal agreements 
 holds good in law. It is best under all circumstances 
 to specify clearly and definitely all the terms of the con- 
 tra et in writing. In some states, where leases are re- 
 
100 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 quired to be in writing, the mere signatures of the parties 
 is sufficient; in others they must also be sealed and wit- 
 nessed. 
 
 A'.s-xr nfffil Specifications in a written lease are: Dates, 
 Names, Rent, Description. 
 
 The date fixes the beginning of the lease. Where no 
 date is mentioned the time commences ordinarily with 
 the delivery of the lease. This, however, is not always 
 conclusive if another date can be proven. 
 
 Names. Tin- law recognizes only one Christian name 
 and the surname. If the partv asMimes a false name he 
 is nevertheless responsible. The landlord deals with the 
 man and not with the name. 
 
 Tin Ifi'tif. Hents may be payable in other valuables 
 besides inoni-y; the amount should, however, always be 
 stated. If not stated the law will allow the landlord what 
 the u>r <>i' the premises is reasonably worth. 
 
 Description of Premise*. The 'lease must describe 
 the premises. It need not be in full detail : any general 
 description that will identify the property is sufficient . 
 The parts and appurtenanes as ordinarily belong to such 
 premises are included. 
 
 H7/o Cannot (iin- a /.M/.sr. A husband cannot make 
 a lease which will bind his wife's property after his death. 
 A guardian cannot give a lea-e extending beyond a 
 minor's majority which the minor cannot annul if he 
 wishes, but if he does not annul it the tenant is bound by 
 it. Cnder the common law a married woman cannot 
 lease her property, but under the statutes of most states 
 she can. A special statute supersedes the common law. 
 
 A minor cannot make a valid lease but can become a 
 tenant. Students under age hiring rooms come under 
 this class. 
 
 RIGHTS OF LANDLORDS. 
 
 Subletting and Assigning Lease. The landlords can 
 prohibit his tenant from supletting the premi- 
 any part of them, or from assigning ihe lease, by stating 
 the prohibition in a special clause of the same. 
 
 2. Tenant Breaking the Condition. If the tenant has 
 broken the condition of the laese by subletting the pre- 
 mises, the landlord, if he accepts the rent due cannot 
 remove the tenant. 
 
 3. Making Demand for Rent. To make a non-pay- 
 ment of rent' a cause for removal of the tenant the land- 
 lord must make his demand for the rent on the day 
 when due, before sunset, and in the most prominent 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 101 
 
 place of the same. The absence of the tenant at such 
 time does not relieve the landlord from making such a 
 demand. 
 
 4. Making _ Repairs. Unless expressly covenanted, 
 the landlord is not obliged to make the necessary re- 
 pairs, If a tenant wishes his landlord to make special 
 repairs during the term he must stipulate for the same in 
 the lease. But if the landlord does agree to make all 
 necessary repairs and fails to do so, even that does not 
 relieve the tenant from paying rent. 
 
 5. Notice to Qujt. When the tenancy is from year 
 to year the landlord can terminate the same only by 
 a notice to quit. Such notice must be explicit, in writing, 
 served personally and signed not by the agent, but by the 
 person who has the right to immediate possession. In 
 some states the statutes require six month's notice in 
 some three, in others one. 
 
 G. Refusal to Vacate. If a tenant refuses to Yacate 
 the premises after the termination of his lease, from 
 any cause, the proper and safest way for the landlord, 
 as well as the cheapest, is to get him out by process of 
 law, or by a sealed lease to a third party, who can legally 
 claim possession. 
 
 7. Right to Inspect Premises. The landlord has the 
 right to enter upon the premises to ascertain whether there 
 is any waste or injury done, after first giving notice of his 
 intention. 
 
 RIGHTS OF TENANT. 
 
 Some of the rights of tenants are embodied in the 
 above statements of the rights of the landlord. 
 
 1. To What a Tenant is Entitled. In taking possession 
 of the premises the tenant is entitled to all the privileges 
 and appurtenances to the property in all their details 
 without being expressed in the laese. 
 
 2. Sale of Property. The landlord has no rigdt 
 to interfere with the tenant's rights by selling the pro- 
 perty. Such sale must be made subject to the rights 
 of the tenant. 
 
 3. The Right to Sublet. A tenant can sublet the 
 rented premises or any part of them, unless expressly 
 prohibited from doing so by the terms of the lease. He, 
 how ver, remains responsible to his landlord, unless fc he 
 latter accepts such thirdparty as his tenant in place of the 
 former and release him in writing. 
 
 4. Lease Assignable. A tenant's lease is always 
 assignable unless it contains restrictions to the contrary. 
 
102 MANUAL OF BUSIM 
 
 Such an assignment may be for a part of the whole of Un- 
 original term, but if for less than the original term ihen it 
 is properly subletting. 
 
 5. The tinhlnuint. The subtenant bears no rela- 
 tion to the original landlord and is not responsible to 
 him for the rent. The tenant from whom he has rented 
 is his only landlord. In the ea-e of an alignment of 
 the lease the new tenant becomes the tenant or the orig- 
 inal landlord and must pay him the rent. 
 
 (i. Ih-jHtfrx. A tenant cannot make repairs upon 
 the property rented and then deduct the amount paid 
 out from the rent, for that would be in effect compelling 
 the landlord to do it. 
 
 7. Making Improvements. For improvements that 
 become part of the premi-es. or such a- cannot be re- 
 moved without injury to the same, the tenant can claim 
 n allowance from the landlord: but a tenant may re- 
 move from rented property articles which he has placed 
 for use in some trade. ^\u-}\ afi -team engines or other 
 machines, or even buildings erected for the <ame purpo-e, 
 or articles for dome-tic u-e, such as furnaces, -helve-. 
 gas fixtures, etc. Of course hi- personal property a 
 tenant can remove any time at plea-ure. 
 
 8. Right to (Juit. Where the renting is for a de- 
 finite time no notice from either party to the other is 
 neces>ary. as the landlord has the immediate right of 
 possession as soon as the time expire-; so the tenant has 
 also the right to vacate at that time without giving 
 notice, to the landlord. Where, however, no limit of 
 time is set a notice from either party is required for six 
 month's time or le-s. 
 
 9. Paijntcut of 7V/./V.V. Where the tenant is to pay 
 the taxes on the property he occupies it must be distinctly 
 stated in the lease, as a verbal promise is of no effect. 
 
 10. .1 J\ccur<ll Ltosc. If a lease for three or more 
 years is acknowledged and recorded in the recorder'- 
 office then the leased property cannot be -ecivtly or 
 fraudulently conveyed during that time. 
 
 11. Effects of Mortgage. If after renting, the landlord 
 should mortgage the property, the mortgagee's rights 
 would be subject to those of the tenant, and a sale for 
 foreclosure could not disturb the tenant's possession. 
 
 DUTIES OF THE LANDLORD. 
 
 1. It is the landlord's duty to see to it that his tenant 
 has the quiet enjoyment of the premises and is not dis- 
 turbed by anyone having a better title to the same than 
 the landlord. 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 103 
 
 2. The landlord must not render the tenant's occu- 
 pation uncomfortable by erecting anything like a nuis- 
 ance on or near the premises. 
 
 3. If not otherwise provided for in the lease, it is 
 the landlord's duty to pay. the taxes, ground rent, or 
 interest on a mortgage that may exist. 
 
 4. The landlord is not bound to make repairs or 
 allow the tenant for repairs which he may make unless 
 especially agreed for in advance and so stated in the lease. 
 
 DUTIES OF THE TENANT. 
 
 1. The tenant must take such care of the premises 
 that others may not be injured by any neglect of any 
 part of it. 
 
 2. The chief duty of the tenant is to pay rent. If 
 no time for his possession is fixed then he is only obliged 
 to pay for the time he has occupied; but if under an agree- 
 ment for a certain term he will have to pay for that term. 
 
 3. He is expected to keep the premises wind and water 
 tight and repair all damages made or suffered by him. 
 Natural war and tear he need not make good. 
 
 !. The tenant is obliged to return the premises to 
 his landlord at the end of his term un diminished in value 
 by any wilful or neglcgent act of his. This requires 
 him to replace broken doors or windows, or such other 
 articles as may have been broken by use, neglect or 
 accident. 
 
 LKASKS FOR RENTING A HOUSE, 
 
 SHORT FORM. 
 
 This Instrument, made the fourth day of September, 
 1902, wihiesseth that I have this day let and rented unto 
 William Smith my house and premises, No. 120 Forest 
 A\e., in the citv of Boston, and State of Massachusetts, 
 with t he sole and uninterrupted use and occupation thereof 
 for one year, to commence the first day of October next, 
 at the monthly rent of thirty dollars, payable in advance. 
 
 Witness my hand and seal. 
 
 John Wilson. (Seal.) 
 
 LEASE FOR RENTING A HOUSE. 
 
 LONG FORM. 
 
 This Indenture, made the 1st day of September 
 1902. between John Smith, of Union, State of Indiana, 
 of the first part, and John Jones, of the same place, of the 
 second part. 
 
104 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 Witnesseth, That the party of the first part has hereby 
 let and rented to the party of the second part, and the 
 party of the second part has hereby hired and taken from 
 the party of the first part, the ground floor, cellar and 
 second story of the premises known as 2049 Union Ave., 
 in the city of Belvidere, with the appurtenances, for the 
 term of three years, to commence the third dav 
 tember, 1902, .-it the yearly rental of one thousand (S1000) 
 dollars, payable in equal quarterly payments on the 
 usual quarter days in each year. 
 
 And it is airreed thai if any rent shall be due and unpaid, 
 or if default shall be made in any of the covenants herein 
 named, then it shall be lawful for the said party of the 
 fir>t part to re-enter the said premises and lo remove all 
 persons therefrom. 
 
 And the said party of the second part covenants to pay 
 to the said party of the lir-t part the said rent- a- herein 
 specified and that at the expiration of the said term the 
 said parly of the second part will quit and surrender the 
 premises in as <rood state and condition as reasonable 
 us.- and wear thereof will permit, damages by the elements 
 except ed; and the said party of the second part on paying 
 the said yearly rent and performing the covenants aforesaid 
 shall and may peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy 
 the said demised premises for the term aforesaid. 
 
 In witness whereof the parties hereto have hereunto 
 interchangeably set their hands. 
 
 E. H. Worth. 
 R. W. Hohn<. 
 
 LANDLORD'S AGREKMKXT. 
 
 This certifies that I have let and rented, this fourth day 
 of September, 1902, unto William Maker my house anil 
 lot, No. 152 Wabash Ave., in the City of Chicago, State 
 of Illinois, and its appurtenances; he to have the free and 
 uninterrupted occupation thereof for one } r ear from this 
 date at the yearly rental of four hundred dollars, to be 
 paid monthly in advance, rent to cease if destroyed by 
 fire or otherwise made untenantable. 
 
 William Jones. 
 
 TENANT'S AGREEMENT. 
 
 This certifies that I have hired and taken from William 
 Jones his house and lot, No. 152 Wabash Ave., in the City 
 of Chicago, State of Illinois, with appurtenances thereto 
 belonging for one year, to commence this day, at a yearly 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 105 
 
 rental of four hundred dollars to be paid monthly, in 
 advance unless said house becomes untenantable from 
 fire or other causes, in which case rent ceases, and I further 
 agree to give and yield said premises one year from this 
 fourth day of September, 1902, in as good condition as 
 now, ordinary wear and damage by the elements excepted. 
 Given under my hand this day, etc. 
 
 William Baker. 
 
 LANDLORD'S NOTICE TO QUIT. 
 To William Baker. 
 
 Sir: Please observe that the term of one year for which 
 the house and land situated at 152 Wabash Ave v and 
 now occupied by yourself, were rented to you expired on 
 the fourth day of September, 1903, and as I desire to re- 
 possess said premises you are hereby requested and 
 required to vacate the ^ame. 
 
 Respectfully yours, 
 
 William Jones. 
 Chicago, 111., Sept. 12, 1902. 
 
 TENANT'S NOTICE OF LEAVING. 
 
 To William Jones. 
 
 Sir- The premises I now occupy as your tenant at No. 
 152 Wabash Ave., I shall vacate on the third day of 
 September, 1903. You will please take notice accordingly. 
 
 Yours truly, 
 
 William Baker. 
 Chicago, 111., Sept. 3, 1903. 
 
 FARM LEASES. 
 
 While the foregoing laws are of general application to 
 landlords and tenants, some additional features per- 
 taining to farm leases demand special attention. 
 
 General Duties of Farm Tenants. A tenant of a farm is 
 bound without a special clause in the lease to cultivate the 
 land, and generally so to manage all the affairs of the tarm 
 as good husbandry requires, and is as the custom in the 
 
 vicinity. . , 
 
 Crops. As a general rule when no time is specified 
 at which the. tenancy shall cease, the tenant is entitled 
 to the so-called "away-going crops/' or crops ot the 
 present season, but when the time is fixed and certain 
 the tenant is not entitled to such crops, because he knew 
 
106 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 when he sowed that he took the risk of getting his crops 
 off before the, termination of his term. It is also held 
 that the tenant leaving; is entitled only to the annual 
 production of the soil raided by hi< own labor, which 
 does not include the permanent and natural products of 
 the earth, such us trees, fruits of the orchard, natural 
 grasses and the like. Local usages of the country are, 
 however, largely taken into consideration h'-re, and 
 special statutes of the states may vary greatly in this 
 respect. 
 
 Miniiin. It i- a general law that manure upon a 
 leased farm cannot l>e removed l>y the outgoing tenant. 
 
 /'/.// an*. The question as to what constitute iix- 
 ture< on a farm is a broad one, and we can only say 
 that respecting this the rules are liberal in favor of the 
 tenant. It is stated in a general way that a tenant may 
 sever and remove at any time all such fixt un-s of a chattel 
 nature as he ha- himself erected or placed upon the rented 
 premises for the purpose of ornament, domestic con- 
 venience, or to carry on a certain trade, such may be 
 steam engines or other stationary machinery and build- 
 ings erected by him for such machinery. 
 
 Tu.ns. The tenant in poxs, ion i- generally con- 
 sidered as liable for the taxes, .but without special agree- 
 ment he is under no obligations to his landlord to pay the 
 taxes, :md if he does pay them so a- to protect himself 
 in the possrion and free enjoyment of the premises 
 he can deduct the amount from the rent and hold his 
 landlord for any excess above the rent due him. 
 
 Good Advice. No class of litigation is more intri- 
 cate and technical than that of landlord and tenant. 
 It should therefore be avoided if possible. In order to 
 do so have your lease carefully executed, specifying as 
 far as possible all details of conditions and then observe 
 them carefully. Tf, however, any one. be he landlord 
 or tenant, anticipates difficulty, then we advise him to 
 secure the services of a competent lawyer to help if pos- 
 sible to avert the litigation or to conduct it for him. 
 
 "Law and justice are two things which God has joined 
 but man has put asunder." 
 
 LEASE OF A FARM. 
 
 This Indenture, made this second day of September, 
 1902, between John Wilkins. of the township of Union, 
 County of Cook, and State of Indiana, of the first part, 
 and William Burke, of the said township and county, 
 of the second part. 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 107 
 
 Witnesseth, That the said John Wilkins, for and 
 in consideration of the yearly rents and covenants here- 
 inafter mentioned and reserved on the part and behalf of 
 the said John Wilkins, his heirs, executors and adminis- 
 trators, to be paid, kept and performed, hath demised, 
 set and to farm let, and by these presents doth demise, 
 set and farm let unto the said William Burke, his heirs 
 and assigns, all that certain piece, parcel or tract of land 
 situated, lying and being in the township of Union afore- 
 said, known as lot No. (Description of farm here), now 
 in iln' possession of William Worth, containing four hun- 
 dred acres of land, together with all buildings and im- 
 provements, to have and to hold the same unto the said 
 William Worth, his heirs, executors and assigns, from 
 the fifth day of September next, for and during the term 
 of five years next ensuing, and fully to be complete and 
 ended, yielding and paying for the same unto the said 
 John Wilkins, his heirs and assigns, the yearly rent or 
 sum of Two Thousand Dollars on the fifth day of Septem- 
 ber in each and every year during the term aforesaid 
 and at the expiration of said term or sooner if determined 
 upon, he, the said William Burke, his heirs or assigns, 
 shall and will quietly and peacefully surrender and yield up 
 said premises with the appurtenances unto the said 
 John Wilkins, his heirs and assigns, in as good order and 
 repair as the same are now, reasonable wear, tear and 
 easualities which may happen by fire or otherwise only 
 excepted. 
 
 In witness whereof, we have hereto set our hands and 
 seals. 
 
 Signed, Sealed and Delivered 
 in the presence of 
 E. J. Smith. 
 
 John Wilkins, (L. S.) 
 William Burke. (L. S.) 
 
 A LEASE OF REAL ESTATE. 
 
 This Indent ure, made this second day of September, 
 A. j>. 11)02, between John Simmins of the Town of Ep- 
 worlh in the County of Cook, and State of Illinois, of 
 t he first part, and Ronald Smith of the Town of Dubuque, 
 in the County and State aforesaid, of the second part, 
 - Witnesseth', that the said John Simmins, for the con- 
 sideration hereinafter named, has demised, granted and 
 teased and doth by these presents hereby demise, grant 
 and lease unto the said Ronald Smith and his assigns 
 Lots five (5) and six (6) in Block eight (8) of the original 
 
108 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 town of Epworth, as shown by the plat of said town. 
 Also the southeast quarter (S. ~E. ) of Section six (6), 
 in Township ten (10), Range seven (7). west of fourth 
 Principal Meridian, and containing one hundred (100) 
 acres, according to government survey, together with 
 all the privileges and appurtenances belonging thereto, 
 to have and to hold the above described premi- 
 and during the time of four years from the date hereof. 
 
 And the said Honald Smith doth covenant and agree 
 to pay the said .John Simmins or his assigns the sum of 
 One Thousand Dollars as yearly rent for said premises, 
 in three equal payments of Three Hundred and Thirty- 
 Dollars and one-third eaeh, at the expiration of every 
 four months from date, during the continuation of thi's 
 Lease. 
 
 In witness whereof the said parties have to this and 
 one other instrument of the same tenor and date inter- 
 changeably set their hands and >eals the day and year 
 first above written. 
 
 Signed, Sealed and Delivered. 
 in the presence of 
 YY. II. Jennings. 
 
 John Simmin< (Seal.) 
 Ronald Smith 
 
 LETTERS OF CREDIT. 
 
 These are written papers in which the writer author- 
 izes the person addressed to pay a certain amount to 
 the bearer. 
 
 Letters of this kind are commonly <ent by a banker 
 or other responsible men to a distant banker or wealthy 
 friend. The person bearing the latter may deposit ah 
 equivalent sum with the person who has given it to him 
 in money, bonds, mortgages or stocks. Between in- 
 timate friends no security may be required. 
 
 The person sending the letter must sign it and guard 
 it against fraud as are drafts, checks, etc. A copy of the 
 letter is also sent by mail to the person addressed, in 
 which the bearer is so described that lie may be recognized. 
 Having been fully identified, the bearer must then com- 
 ply strictly with all the conditions of the letter before he 
 receives the money. 
 
 In case the money is to be used to pay a debt due 
 from the bearer to another party it should be stated in 
 the letter. 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 109 
 
 If the letter is not accepted by the person to whom it 
 is addressed the bearer should at once notify the author 
 and give the reason why it has not been honored. Such 
 a letter may also be used in an ordinary business trans- 
 action and combined with a letter of introduction and 
 addressed to a business house where the writer is well 
 known and the bearer is not, setting forth his financial 
 ability for credit and guaranteeing the payment of any 
 indebtedness contracted by him to a certain specified 
 limit. This lette'r should also contain a description of 
 the person. 
 
 Or if the bearer has a debt with the party addressed 
 the letter may guarantee payment at a specified time. 
 
 The party whose signature~the letter bears is held re- 
 sponsible for the amount involved, if the business house 
 accepts the guarantee when presented. 
 
 LETTER OF CREDIT. 
 
 Chicago, 111., Sept. 1,1902. 
 Messrs. Smith & Jones, 
 Washington, D. C. 
 
 Dear Sirs: We take pleasure in introducing to you 
 Mr. Woodbury, of this city, who visits Washington for 
 the purpose of investing in property in the city or vicinity 
 of Washington and desires to open a credit with you 
 of Two Thousand Dollars. We hereby authorize you 
 to honor his drafts to an amount not exceeding in the 
 aggregate the above named sum and charge the same 
 to us. 
 
 The signature of Mr. Woodbury accompanies this. 
 
 Yours very respectfully, 
 
 James & Wilkins Co. 
 Signature of Mr. Woodbury. 
 
 James & Wilkins Co.'s Letter Sent by Mail. 
 Messrs. Smith & Jones, Washington, D. C. 
 
 Gentlemen: We have to-day granted a letter of credit 
 on your house (as per enclosed duplicate) to Mr. Wood- 
 bury for Two Thousand Dollars. 
 
 Mr Woodbury is forty-five years of age, five teet ten 
 inches tall, has a light complexion, light brown hair and 
 
 blue eyes. 
 
 Respectfully yours, . 
 
 James &lWilkms. 
 
110 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 A GUARANTEE LETTER OF CREDIT. 
 
 Mr. fleorge Brown, 
 
 S;in Franeiseo. Cal. 
 Dear Sir: 
 
 Mr. Smith, the bearer of this letter, is an extensive 
 dealer in boots and shoes in this city and is no\v about 
 visiting your city for the first time, with a view of purchas- 
 ing goods. \Yr have reason to know the condition of his 
 financial ability and his prompt ness in meeting his liabil- 
 ities. We then-lore readily guarantee the payment of 
 any indebtedness that he may contract with your house not 
 exceeding Five Thousand Dollar-. 
 
 Very respect fully, 
 
 Iv.I. .Myers. 17:* Newark Axe. 
 
 THK I.KTTKI; SI-:\T I:Y MAIL. 
 
 17:-5 Newark Ave.. St. Louis. .M.... Sept. 10, 1902. 
 Mr. (ieorge Brown, 
 
 San Franeiseo, Cal. 
 Dear Sir: 
 
 We have to-day given a guarantee letter of credit upon 
 yon for Five Thousand Dollars in merchandise. The 
 bean-r of our letter of credit i- Mr. Smith, an acquaintance 
 of ours and a prominent merchant of this city. 
 
 Mr. Smith is thirty years old. six feet tall, has a dark 
 complexion, with dark hair and eyes. 
 
 \Ye commend him to your consideration. 
 
 Respectfully, 
 
 !:. .!. Myers. 17:* Newark Ave. 
 
 LICENSE. 
 
 A Licence is a permission granted by the proper author- 
 ities to a person or persons to sell certain kinds of nrer- 
 chandise or to transact any other lawful and specified 
 business within a certain district, city or village, on the 
 payment of a special tax or premium for such privileges. 
 
 Such licenses are granted by the geneial government, 
 the state, county or city, or by others in authority. 
 
 The trades, vocations and professions for which licenses 
 are granted are of great variety. They are regulated by 
 .statutes and ordinances of city governments which pro- 
 vide restrictions and fix penalties for violating the con- 
 ditions? of the lieen.se by misrepresentation or other 
 fraudulent practice. 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. Ill 
 
 A license is liable to be recalled or cancelled by the 
 authorities who have issued the same either in accordance 
 with a fixed date or because of some by violation the 
 licensed person. 
 
 A license may be legally granted in mere words without 
 writing, but in such cases the presence of a competent 
 witness is required to substantiate the same. 
 
 The following forms may serve as general models and 
 prove of service to some interested party. 
 
 FORM OF PEDDLER'S LICENSE. 
 
 By authority of the City of Springfield, permission is 
 hereW given to John Dempsey to peddle notions of all 
 descriptions, numbered 179, from the date hereof until 
 the first day of Sept., next in said city, subject to the 
 ordinances of said city in such cases made and provided 
 and to revocation by the Mayor at any time at his discre- 
 tion. 
 
 City Seal. Witness the hand of the Mayor of 
 
 said city and the corporate seal hereof, 
 this 1st day of September, 1902. 
 
 Gorman Brown, Mayor. 
 Attest: City Clerk. 
 
 On the back of the license is printed the following: 
 LICENSE 197. 
 
 To I '(-(Idlers- Your attention is directed to the follow 
 inn- section from the ordinance relating to peddlers: 
 
 <n 5. Any person who shall exercise the voca- 
 tion of peddler by means of a wagon, cart or other vehicle 
 shall cause his name, together with the number of his 
 license, to be painted on the outside of his vehicle, the 
 letters and figures not less than one inch in length. 
 
 Any violation of this section shall subject the offender 
 to a fine of not less than Ten Dollars and not more than 
 Sixty Dollars. 
 
 LIENS. 
 
 A Lien is a claim which one person has upon the property 
 of another as security for some debt or charge. 
 
 1 lien hi/ force of common law consists in a mere right to 
 retain possession of the property until the debt or charge 
 
 b ^Particular Lien holds the property of another because 
 of labor bestowed upon it or money expended for it. 
 
112 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 A General Lien includes a particular lien and con- 
 sists in a right to retain the property of another because 
 of a general balance due from the owner. 
 
 Parties Having a Particular Lien Without Special Sta- 
 tute. ];/< rij Mechanic has a particular lien on any article 
 on which he has expended labor and money. 
 
 Carriers also have a lien on all goods consigned them 
 for special services rendered. Lawyers have a lien on all 
 the paper in a case for their pay. 
 
 Pawnbrokers have a right of lien in oa-e whore the 
 pcr.-on pawning the goods has authority to pledge, but 
 not other wise. 
 
 All \'cnder* have a lien on goods for their pay a- long 
 as they are not delivered, but not after that. 
 
 ConimiKKion M< rclmnlK and Brokers have a general lien 
 on goods for commission due. 
 
 ke<jni Kites of a Lion. The assential requisite of a 
 lien con.-i.-ts in the lawful delivery of the property to 
 the party claiming the lion or to his authorized agent. 
 Whenever posse-.-ion is voluntarily given up the lien is 
 lost, 
 
 h'il/lits of Creditor. A creditor can by lien retain j. 
 sion of goods even again.-t the assignee of debtor, provided 
 they have been placed honestly into his hand-. 
 
 Shippers of goods have a lien for the value of goods 
 shipped. 
 
 Liens by Express Ayreenicnt. Tin's occur- when goods 
 are placed into the hands of aa person for >ome special 
 purpose with an expiv.-s contract that the good* shall be a 
 pledgt for the labor or expense incurred or where property 
 is delivered to another with the express understanding 
 that it is necosary fora loan made on the -redit of it. 
 
 \o f.itn Without Sjtccidl Shitnte*. Boarding-house 
 keepers and livery keepers are entitled to lens only by 
 special statutes of the state. 
 
 S/xcidl Statutes. The foregoing cases are all covered 
 by common law, but in many states special statutes 
 have been passed which by particular laws mark out 
 minutel)' the course of procedure to enforce the lien. 
 In many states by special statutes the right of liens 
 lias been given to" boarding-house keepers, livery men 
 and others. 
 
 /Enforcement of Liens. A person holding a lien un- 
 der the common law has in general not the power to 
 sell the property; it is only a right to force payment 
 by holding the property and thereby depriving the owner 
 from the use of it until he renders justice where it is due. 
 Where property is held as security for a loan the lender 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 113 
 
 may sell, but he must give due notice of the time and 
 manner of sale so as to give the owner of the property 
 all possible chance to redeem or to waive rights. Many 
 states have special statutes for the enforcement of liens 
 and it is safest to consult these where enforcement be- 
 comes necessary. 
 
 MECHANIC'S LIENS. 
 
 Liens created by statutes, although based upon the 
 principles of common law are designed to go further, 
 namely: to give liens even where the possession is not 
 with the consent of the owner or where exclusive pos- 
 ses>ion is impossible. 
 
 Mechanic's liens are exclusively created by statutes; and 
 no matter how just the claim may seem the lien will not 
 exist unless the party brings himself under the provisions 
 of the statute. 
 
 The statute is based upon the principle that the party 
 who has increased the value of the property by his labor 
 or material furnished should have security upon the 
 property although changed in form. 
 
 Mechanics arc here assured of their right to a lien upon 
 the property for their labor and material furnished, but 
 as to details concerning the conditions of the lien and the 
 manner of enforcing it they will do well to consult the 
 statutes of their particular state. 
 
 The form given below will serve as a general model: 
 Clerk of the Boone County Court. 
 Belvidere, Ind. 
 
 Sir . Please Take Notice, that I, James Brown, residing 
 at 198 East Ave., in the city of Belvidere, County of Boone. 
 have a claim against William McCormick, owner (or only 
 contractor, as the case may be) of a new four-story brick 
 (1 welling house, amounting to One Thousand Six Hun- 
 dred Dollars, now due to me, and that the claim is made for 
 and on account of material furnished in pursuance of a con- 
 tract entered into the 1st day of September, 1902 (here 
 describe the contract, between the undersigned and the 
 said James Brown. The said building is situated on Lot 
 , in Block , in Johnson's addition to 
 
 the City of Belvidere, on the east side of State St., and is 
 known as No. 1987 of said street. The following is a 
 diagram of said premises. 
 
 (INSERT DIAGRAM.) 
 
 And that I have and claim a lien upon said building and 
 the appurtenances and lot on which said building stands, 
 
114 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 subject to the provisions of an Act of the Legislature of 
 tin- state of Indiana entitled, " An Act to Secure the Pay- 
 incut of Mechanics, Laborers and Persons Furnishing 
 .Material Toward the Erection, Altering; or Repairing of 
 Buildings in the City of Belvidere," passed . 19 
 
 and of the acts amending the same. 
 
 Dated this 10th day of September, 1902. 
 
 James Brown. 
 
 James Brown, being duly sworn, says that he is the 
 claimant mentioned in the foregoing notice of lien; that 
 he has read the said notice and kno\v> the content^: and 
 that the same is true of his own knowledge, except a> to 
 those matters stated on information and belief, as to 
 those matters he believes to be true. 
 
 Sworn before me this 10th day of September, A. D. 1902. 
 John Jones, Police Justice. 
 
 A lien should be sworn to before a Notary, a Justice of 
 the Peace or County Judge, and in some states, County 
 
 Clerk. 
 
 It should be filed with the Clerk of the County Court. 
 
 LEGAL RELATION OF E.MIM.oYKH AND KM l'L< )VK. 
 AGREEMENT FoR PERSONAL SERVICES. 
 
 An agreement to work for another is a very common 
 kind of contract in business life. 
 There are two general kind-. 
 
 1. To do some particular thing. 
 
 2. To do whatever the employer may direct. 
 Brokers, commission merchants, lawyers, tradesmen, 
 
 and many others belong to the first class; clerks and all 
 others employed to do general work belong to the second 
 class. 
 
 The act of employing in both clashes is a contract in 
 which each party agrees to do a certain thing. 
 
 1. The Compensation. All agreements to employ, con- 
 tain an agreement to pay for the services rendered,' which 
 latter agreement is either expressed or implied. When 
 xerricex (ire requested there /* lw<i>/!< an implied contract to 
 IKII/ u'liat theij arc worth, i. e., the price usually paid by 
 others for such services. 
 
 2. Employer's Agreement. The person employed to do 
 a certain work must fulfill his agreement, but he need not 
 do anything else. It is an implied 
 
 to 
 
 , 
 
 anything else. It is an implied part in crer;/ a<j;'' 
 render services, that the work will be done with ordinary 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 115 
 
 skill, care and diligence. A failure in this makes him for- 
 feit his compensation, no matter how much he has done, 
 all respects responsible for the work done. 
 
 3. Loss or Injury. AVhen one has another's pro- 
 perty in his possession, he is expected to take all possible 
 care of it; if through his carelessness it is lost or injured, 
 the careless one is not only not entitled to any compensa- 
 tion for what work he has done, but must compensate 
 the owner for his loss or injury. For losses occasioned 
 otherwise he is not responsible. 
 
 4. Length of Employment. Where in the second class 
 a person is employed to perform a certain class of duties, 
 the time for which he is hired is an important element, whether 
 that time be a day, a week, a mounth, a year, or longer. 
 When no time of service is specified, the time when pay- 
 ment is made will indicate the length of employment. Thus 
 so many dollars a week, or a month, it is a hiring for a week 
 or a month, respectively. If the work continues the next 
 week or month in the same manner it is a new contract 
 on the same terms. 
 
 5. Discharge of Employe. An employe may be 
 di-vharired at the end of his time without any cause 
 or previous notice. If hired at so much per week and 
 for no definite time he may be discharged at the end 
 of any week, or even during the week, and he has no 
 right to insist upon working after he is discharged. If, 
 however, the discharge is without good cause, i. e., if the 
 work is all right, he is entitled to payment for the whole 
 period. If. on the other hand, there was good reason for 
 the discharge, arising from his own fault, he is entitled 
 to no pay for any of that period. 
 
 (>. Leaving Services. An employe can leave at the 
 end of the time without giving notice. But if he leaves 
 before the expiration of the time he is entitled to no pay 
 lor that period, no matter how much of the time he has 
 worked. 
 
 Thus, if he agreed to stay a month and left at the end 
 of three weeks he would be entitled to nothing. 
 
 The general rule applies here as elsewhere. Each party 
 MUNI kcc j> ///.v part of the contract if the other does,' but need 
 not if the other does not. 
 
 REAL ESTATE MORTGAGES. 
 
 A Mortgage is a conveyance of property, either personal 
 or real, given to secure payment of a debt, or the perfor- 
 mance of some special act. When the debt is paid the 
 mortgage becomes void and of no value. 
 
116 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 The word means a " dead pledge, " because the property 
 is dead to him who executed the mortgage unless he fulfills 
 the conditions necessary to redeem it. 
 
 The person mortgaging his property is called the Mort- 
 gagor, and the person to whom the mortgage is given 
 the Mortgagee. 
 
 In real estate mortgages, unless otherwise provided, 
 the person giving the mortgage resins po.-se><ion of the 
 property, receives all the rents and other profits, and pays 
 all taxes and other expenses. 
 
 Muxt l>r Acknowledged. A mortgage pledging real 
 estate inu.-t be acknowledged like a deed, before a 
 proper public officer, whose duty it is to record >uch 
 instruments. 
 
 Must be in Writing. All mortgages must be in 
 writing, signed and scaled. The time when the debt, to 
 secure which the mortgage was given, is due must be 
 plainly stated, and the property conveyed nm>t be clearly 
 described, located and scheduled. 
 
 Owner and shipRedernption. Formerly the mort- 
 gagee was considered the legal o\\ner of the property 
 but now he is regarded as having only a lien upon the 
 property by \vay of security. Tin- tit'le still remains in 
 the mortgagor, Mid by having inserted a redemptive 
 clause he has a right to redeem it. An equity of redemp- 
 tion is a right which the mongagor ha- to retain hi- 
 by meeting the conditions of the mortgage, after the time 
 set forth in the terms of the deed, and it is enforcible at 
 equity and not at law. 
 
 The time of redemption is generally limited by statute 
 to one year. The heirs and legal representatives of the 
 mortgagor may also have the right of redemption; but 
 nothing short of paying the whole debt gives the right to 
 redeem, for a mortgagee is not bound to take his money 
 on installments. 
 
 Power of Sale. A power of sale is not essential to 
 a mortgage, but it may contain a clause permitting 
 the sale of the property, if forfeited by non-payment of 
 debt, as required. A mortgage may be so drawn that 
 the property can be sold without decree from the court 
 according to the statutes of the state, or by agreement 
 of the parties. 
 
 Mortgages are sometimes so drawn that a single failure 
 in paying the interest at a stated time renders due the 
 whole*, both principal and interest, and gives the mortgagee 
 authority to sell the property long before the debt is due. 
 
 The Accompanying Bond or Note. It is usual not 
 only to insert a covenant of promise in the mortgage 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 117 
 
 to pay the debt, but for the mortgagor to give also his 
 bond or note, as collatera, to the personal security. 
 In this case the mortgagee may sue and recover upon the 
 note or bond, or he can foreclose his mortgage; and if 
 there is not sufficient realized from the sale to pay the 
 debt, he may -recover the balance on the bond or note. 
 
 The Note or Bond is the principal debt, the mortgage is 
 only collateral there to. 
 
 Assignment, A mortgage can be assigned, but unless 
 the bond or note is also assigned it is worthless and gives 
 no right to foreclose. 
 
 Making Pai/nicntx. If the wording in the mortgage 
 or note is "payable on or before" a certain date, the 
 creditor cannot compel payment before that date (if the 
 interest is kept up), but the debtor, if so disposed, can 
 pay at any time, and the creditor must accept it. 
 
 A debtor cannot compel his creditor to accept payment 
 before it is due because he has a right to have his money 
 remain on interest according to agreement. 
 
 Whenever payment is made upon a note or bond or 
 mortgage it should be carefully indorsed upon the in- 
 strument. 
 
 Tendering Payment. If the full amount due on a 
 mortgage is tendered to the cridetor it stops the interest 
 and releases the lien on the mortgage, but the debt remains. 
 The creditor has, after that, only the individual respon- 
 sibility of the debtor to secure his claim. This rule is 
 applicable to mortgages on real and personal property, 
 as also to all liens for personal labor and chattels. 
 
 Foreclosure. If the mortgagor fails to meet the con- 
 ditions of the mortgage then the mortgagee may fore- 
 close. The method of foreclosure differs in several 
 . In some the statutes prescribe a short summary 
 method; in others an action of the court is necessary; in 
 still others either method is legal. 
 
 Referring the case to a master in chancery. 
 
 Selling it to the highest bidder at auction. 
 
 Hearing the parties by the Court. 
 
 Deeding to the purchaser. 
 
 Advertising the property. 
 
 Application to a Court of Chancery for authority to 
 foreclose. 
 
 Paying over any surplus fund remaining from the sale 
 to the mortgagor. 
 
 Since the interests involved in giving and taking a 
 mortgage on real estate are of such great importance that 
 a mistake in executing it or in complying with its condi- 
 tions may subject the interested parties to much trouble 
 
118 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 and heavy losses the mortgage, bond and note should be 
 drawn up with the utmost can- and the conditions laid 
 down strictly and promptly complied with. 
 
 Pi:< >MISS< >I{ Y \( >TK SECURED BY M( )I!T< IAGE. 
 
 $5,000. Chieago. Sept., 10, 1902. 
 
 Two years after date I promise to pay to John Smith 
 Five Thousand Dollars at tke Continental Hank of 
 Chicago, with interest at the rate of six per cent, p.-r 
 annum, making such sale, on demand, to the party for 
 
 value received. 
 
 This note i- .-eeiired by a mortgage of even date here- 
 with on certain real estate (d"seril>e the premises.) 
 
 William .Jones. 
 
 REAL ESTATE MORTGAGE TO SECURE PAYMENT 
 (>K A HOVE NOTE. 
 
 This Indenture, made this Kith day of September in 
 the year one thousand nine hundred and two. between 
 William .Jones of the City. County and Stale of 
 
 Illinois, and Mary his wife, parties of the first part, and 
 .John Smith, of the City of Belvidere. County of Hoone 
 and State of Indiana, party of the second part, 
 
 ]\'ilm i wfli: That the said party of the first part, 
 for and in consideration of the sum of Kive Thousand 
 Dollars, does grant, bargain, sell and convey unto the 
 said party of the second part and to his heirs and a-signs 
 all (give a complete description of the premises mortgaged) 
 together with all the hereditament- and appurtenances 
 thereto belonging or in anywise appertaining. 
 
 This conveyance is intended as a mortgage to secure 
 the payment of the above note 1 according to the condi- 
 tion of the same, and these presents shall be void if such 
 payment be made. 
 
 But in case default shall be made in the payment of the 
 principal or interest as above provided, than the party 
 of the second part, his executors, administrators as- 
 signs, are hereby empowered to sell the premises above 
 described, with all and every of the appurtenances or any 
 part thereof, in the manner prescribed by law, and out 
 of the money arising from such sale to retain the said 
 principal and interest, together with the costs and charge's 
 of making the such sale, and the surplus, if any there be, 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 119 
 
 shall be paid by the party making such sale, on demand, 
 to the party of the first part, his heirs or assigns, etc. 
 
 In witness whereof said party of the first part hereunto 
 set their hands and seals the day and year first above 
 written. 
 
 Signed, Sealed and Delivered William Jones (L. S.) 
 in presence of Mary Jones, (L. S.) 
 
 William Baker, 
 
 John Scott. 
 
 MORTGAGE-SHORT FORM. 
 
 The mortgagor, William Smith and Mary Smith, his 
 wife of the lown of Garden Prairie, in the County of Cook 
 and Slate of Illinois, Mortgage and Warrant to Howard 
 .Jones, of the same place, to secure the payment of a cer- 
 tain promissory note for the sum of Two Thousand Dollars 
 payable to the order of the said Howard Jones in three 
 yeans from the date thereof, with interest at the rate of 
 five per cent, per annum, payable semi-annually, the 
 following described Real Estate: Lots number one (1), 
 two (2), "and three (3) in Block No. fifteen (15) of John- 
 son's addition to the Town of Garden Prairie, in the 
 County of Cook and State of Illinois, hereby releasing 
 and waiving all rights under and by virtue of the Williams 
 Exemption Laws of this State. 
 
 Dated this 3rd day of September, A. D. 1902. 
 
 Signed, Sealed and Delivered 
 in presence of 
 
 Amos Brown, William Smith, (L. S.) 
 
 Seth Barstow. Mary Smith. (L. S.) 
 
 CHATTEL MORTGAGES. 
 
 A Chattel Mortgage is a mortgage on personal property. 
 Persons sometimes desire to use their personal property 
 as security and yet retain possession of it, as for instance, 
 furniture, machinery, tools, a library, or a stock of goods 
 from which they are selling. This can be done by giving 
 a Chattel Mortgage, which is really a conditional sale of the 
 property, to the creditor, whose the property becomes it 
 the debt is not paid when due. 
 
 RULES GOVERNING CHATTEL MORTGAGES. 
 1 A Chattel Mortgage must be acknowledged before 
 a Justice of the Peace or before the County Judge. 
 2. It runs out in two years. 
 
120 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 3. The property must be taken possession of by the 
 mortgagor when the mortgage matures, or other creditors 
 can claim the property. 
 
 4. If the debt is not paid when due the property be- 
 comes the creditor's, and the debtor is entitled to no 
 surplus. 
 
 5. It is a criminal offense for the mortgagor to sell the 
 property covered by a chattel mortgage. 
 
 6. Mortmain's of prr-onal properly should have a 
 clause providing for the equity of redemption. 
 
 7. A mortgagee may sell or transfer his mortgage to 
 another, but the purchaser cannot sell Hie property until 
 the mortgage matures. 
 
 FOIIM OF CHATTKL MORTGAGE. 
 
 Know All Men by these Presents. That I, William 
 Jones, of the City of Milwaukee, in the County of lioone 
 and State of Indiana, acknowledge myself to be indebted 
 to John Henderson of the same ])lace. in the sum of 
 Six Hundred Dollar . to be paid on the :?rd day 
 
 of September, 11)02, with interest at live per cent, from 
 t his date. 
 
 Now, therefore, in consideration of such indebtedness, 
 and in order to secure i he payment of tin- >ame a^ afore- 
 said, 1 do hereby sell, a<>ign. iran>fer and ^>t over unto 
 the said John Henderson, his executors, admim'st ralors 
 and assigns, the goods arid chattels mentioned in the 
 schedule 1 hereto annexed and now at th'> residence No. \~>S 
 Maple Street in the City of Milwaukee aforesaid. 
 
 Provided, however, that if said debt and interest be 
 paid as above specified, this sale and transfer shall be 
 void, and this conveyance is also subject to the following 
 conditions: 
 
 The property hereby sold and transferred is to remain 
 in my possession until default be made in the payment 
 of the debt and interest aforesaid, or some part thereof: 
 but in case of a sale or disposal or attempt to remove the 
 same from said residence, or an unreasonable depreciation 
 in value, the said John Henderson may take said property 
 or any part thereof unto his own possession. 
 
 Upon taking said property or any part thereof into his 
 possession, either in case of default or as above provided 
 the said John Henderson shall sell the same at public 
 or private sale, and after satisfying the aforesaid debt 
 and interest thereon and all necessary and reasonable costs, 
 charges and expenses incurred by him, out of the proceeds 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 121 
 
 of such sale, he shall return the surplus to me or my repre- 
 sentative. 
 
 In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and 
 seal this 3rd day of September, 1902. 
 
 Executed in the presence of 
 
 Herman Brown. John Henderson, (L. S.) 
 
 RELEASE AND SATISFACTION OF 
 MORTGAGE. 
 
 Know All Men by these Presents, That the debt se- 
 cured by mortgage upon the following described property, 
 situated in Milwaukee, in Boone County, in the State of 
 Indiana, to wit: (describing it), wherein William Jones is 
 grantor and John Henderson is grantee, and dated Septem- 
 ber 3rd, a of which is in volume , page , 
 the office of the (register or recorder) of deeds of Boone 
 
 County , has been fully satisfied, in consideration of 
 
 said mortgage is hereby released. 
 
 Witness. William Jones. 
 
 PARTNERSHIP. 
 
 .1 Partnership exists when two or more persons com- 
 bine their property, their labor, their skill, or all of these 
 in business, to share the gains and losses in certain propor- 
 tions. 
 
 DIFFERENT KINDS OF PARTNERSHIP. 
 
 A General Partnership is constituted between indi- 
 viduals if 11 icy agree to enter into a general or particu- 
 lar business 1o share the profits and losses together with- 
 out fixing any limitations or conditions. 
 
 A Special Partnership is an agreement entered into 
 to perform only a particular work and to put in a limited 
 amount of capital and to receive a corresponding share of 
 the profits, and be held correspondingly responsible for the 
 contracts of the firm. 
 
 . t Secret Partner is one who is not openly or generally so 
 declared. 
 
 A Dormant or Silent Partner is one who takes no part 
 in the transaction or control of the business, but shares in 
 the profits and losses according to certain agreements. 
 
 A Nominal Partner is held out to the world as such, 
 without actually participating in the profits and losses of 
 the business. 
 
122 MANUAL OF BUSIM 
 
 HOW PARTNERSHIPS ARE FORMED. 
 
 All persons who are legally competent to do business 
 for themselves may enter into partnership. 
 
 A partnership may he formed by a mere verbal agree- 
 ment and stand in law, but a written agreement is the 
 only safe one, and he who neglects it will doubtless have 
 reason i<> regret it later. 
 
 The parties may agree as they plea-e a- to sharing 
 profits or losses but in the absence of writing to prove 
 the contrary, the law will assume that partners .-hare 
 profits and losses equally. 
 
 The articles of agreement -hould be drawn up with 
 special care in writing the detail- of conditions, liabilities 
 and proportionate -hare of profit.- or lo fully stated. 
 
 I/uir Sonti a I'urlin rxlii i> /* /// F<-n . \\ i- presumed 
 I hat a partnership commences at the time the article- of 
 copartnership are drawn mile-- otherwise -la ted. 
 
 Use oj \<in/<' in Purtntrxlti f>. It is generally supposed 
 that one partner cannot -ue another. Thi< is not wholly 
 true. A partner can sue for a balance due him after 
 settlement of general accounts or for a balance due 
 him or some specific account. It is. hmxever. le-t 
 to appeal to a Court of Equity, for that Court can do for 
 partnership what the law cannot do. 
 
 DISSOLUTION OF PAllTXF.b'SHIl'. 
 
 A partnership may be dissolved by mutual consent, by 
 expiration of pre-determined time, by death of one of the 
 partners, by insanity, by the bankruptcy of either partner 
 or by the Court for any good cause, -uch a- dishonesty 
 of one partner against 'the rest, or incapacity cau-ed by 
 habitual drunkenness 'or conviction of any crime. 
 
 A partner may withdraw at any time if no time for the 
 continuation of the partnership is mentioned in the articles 
 of agreement, but he must give notice due of his intention 
 to the other partners. 
 
 If the time for the continuance of the partnership is 
 mentioned, a partner can nevertheless withdraw at any 
 time, but he is responsible to the firm for damages caused 
 by the breach of his promise. 
 
 If a partner dies the surviving partners alone have the 
 right to settle up the business. To his heirs and legal 
 representatives they need only to render an account of 
 the business. 
 
 \otice to be Given. Upon the dissolution of a part- 
 nership by mutual consent, it should be indorsed on 
 the articles of copartnership, and a notice given in some 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 123 
 
 prominent newspaper. Special notice should also be sent 
 to each one of -the creditors of the firm. 
 
 Authority of Partners. As a general rule, the whole 
 firm and each member of it is bound by the acts and 
 contracts of one partner, because, in the eye of the law, 
 the act or contract of one is regarded as the act of all. 
 Each is regarded as the agent of all without any express 
 authority being given. Thus, loans, purchases, sales, 
 assignments, pledges, or mortgages effected by one partner 
 on the partnership account, and with good faith in the 
 third party are binding on all the firm. 
 
 So is also release by one a release; notice to one is 
 notice to all ; demand of one is demand of all. In matters, 
 however, not connected with the partnership, but intended 
 for his own personal interests the firm is not bound. 
 
 Liability of the Several Partners. For the payment of 
 partnership debts the property of the firm, both real and 
 personal, us well as that of each individual partner, is held 
 responsible for amount of the unpaid partnership debt. 
 
 Partners in order to bind all must act in unison; two 
 members of a firm cannot conclusively bind a third. If 
 one of my partners were about making a trade with A., 
 of which I do not approve, and I thus express my dissent 
 to A., the trade, if consummated, will not bind me, pro- 
 vided I give notice in time to prevent A. from entering 
 into it. 
 
 Imlii'ithtfil Debts of Partners. If a partner has in- 
 dividual debts then his interest in the firm is held re- 
 sponsible for them, after the debts of the firm have been 
 paid. The liabilities of the firm, however, always have 
 the first claim upon its own property. 
 
 Liabilities of a New Partner. A new partner is not res- 
 ponsible for the debts of the firm contracted by the same 
 previous of his admission. 
 
 Selling of a Partner's Interest. No partner can sell his 
 interest to an outside party, in order to have him take his 
 place, without the consent of the other partner. 
 
 .1 nth or it i/ of Partners After a Partnership is Dissolved. 
 After dissolution each partner has the right to settle up the 
 business, unless the partners agree otherwise and give 
 notice thereof. He can, however, create no new obliga- 
 tions, but only settle up the old ones. The statute law ot 
 the state should be carefully complied with in this respect. 
 
 The following forms will serve as models for drawing 
 up articles of copartnership: 
 
124 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 ARTICLES OF COPARTNERSHIP. 
 
 Articles of Agreement made and concluded this second 
 day of September, in the year, A. D. one thousand nine 
 hundred and two, between John Meyers of the first part 
 and William Smith of the second part, both of the City of 
 Boston, County of Boone, State of Massachusetts 
 
 The said parties have agreed to associate themselves 
 as co-partners for the purpose of carryingon the Hardware 
 Business at No. 197 South Square in the City of Boston. 
 
 1. The name, title and style of such partnership shall 
 be Meyers <fc Smith and it snail continue five years from 
 date hereof, except in case of tin- death of either of the 
 said partners within the .-aid term. 
 
 2. That the said John Meyers contribute. 
 Thousand Dollars ($7,000) and 'the said William Smith 
 One Thousand Dollars ($1,000). 
 
 3. All the net profits arising out of the business >hall 
 be divided in the following proportions: Seven-eights to 
 the said John Meyers and one-eight to the said William 
 Smith. 
 
 4. That books of account shall be kept, in which shall 
 be entered a full and exact account of all purchases, -ales, 
 transactions and accounts of said firm, and which shall 
 always be open to the inspection of both parties and their 
 legal representatives respectively. 
 
 5. That the said John Meyers shall have exclusive 
 charge of all the buying for the firm. 
 
 6. Each partner shall devote all his time to the -aid 
 business and will use his best efforts to make the business 
 successful and promote the interests of the firms in every 
 way. 
 
 7. Neither party shall assume any obligation or lia- 
 bility in the name of the firm for the accomodation of any 
 other person or persons whatsoever without the consent 
 of the other party; nor shall either party lend any of the 
 funds of the firm without the consent of the other partner. 
 
 And it is further agreed that if either party violates 
 any of the aforesaid articles of agreement the other shall 
 have the right to dissolve this co-partnership immediately 
 upon becoming informed of such violation. 
 
 In witness whereof, we have hereunto set our hands and 
 seals the day and year above written. 
 
 John Meyers, (Seal.) 
 
 Executed and Delivered William Smith. (Seal.) 
 
 in the presence of 
 Martin Smith. 
 William Durlap. 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 125 
 
 DISSOLUTION OF PARTNERSHIP. 
 
 We, the undersigned, do mutually agree that the within 
 mentioned partnership be and the same is hereby dis- 
 solved, except for the purpose of the final liquidation 
 and settlement of the business thereof; and upon such 
 settlement wholly to cease and terminate. 
 
 In witness whereof, we have hereunto set our hands 
 and seals this third day of September, 1902. 
 
 John Meyers, (Seal.) 
 
 William Smith. (Seal.) 
 
 Signed, Sealed and Delivered 
 in the presence of 
 E. G. Norton. 
 E. P. Johnston. 
 
 NOTICE OF DISSOLUTION. 
 
 Notice is hereby given that the partnership heretofore 
 existing between John Meyers and William Smith, of 
 Boston^ Mass., under the firm name of Meyers & Smith, 
 is, this third day of September, 1902, dissolved by mutual 
 consent. 
 
 John Meyers. 
 
 William Smith. 
 
 The business will be continued at Boston by John 
 Meyers, who is authorized to settle, the affairs of the 
 said firm. 
 
 Boston, September 3, 1902. 
 
 PASSPORTS. 
 
 A Passport is a written permit to citizens of this country 
 to travel unmolested in any foreign country. It recom- 
 mends them to the protection of foreign governments 
 
 " The Senary rfState of the United States, at Wash- 
 ington, is alone properly authorized to issue passports, 
 but the ministers and other diplomatic representatives 
 of our government abroad may also grant, issue and verity 
 
 th None but citizens of the United States can receive 
 passports. The charge is $5.00. u- on + a 
 
 Any officer granting unlawfully a passport subjects 
 himself to punishment by fine ^ imprisonment 
 
 Passports may be issued by Collectors of Customs to 
 United States vessels visiting foreign ports, and tne 
 
126 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 master of a ship who sails without one to a foreign port 
 makes himself liable to punishment. 
 
 The name, age and residence of the applicant, with 
 a description of his personal appearance, are entered in 
 it, to properly identify him. 
 
 CHAI'TKK VII. 
 Notes. 
 
 RULES KOH WHITING, COLLECTING AM) II: \ \ -FKK K I \< ; NOTES 
 
 A note is void when founded upon fraud. 
 Notes are made payable to hearer or order. 
 Money paid under mistake must he refunded. 
 A *ignatuiv written with a lead pencil is valid. 
 A note made on Sunday is void in some states. 
 A note a- a gift is void for want of consideration. 
 The face of a note is the sum for which it is given. 
 If no time i> specified the note is payable on demand. 
 A note made by an intoxicated person or minor i- void. 
 Outride evidence cannot change the time of negotiable 
 paper. 
 
 A note given by one who cannot write should be wit- 
 nessed. 
 
 Always write the name of the place and state, as it is 
 just as important as the date. 
 
 The signatures on a note or bill need not be proven, 
 unless it is first denied under oat h. 
 
 He who makes the note is the first debtor, and the in- 
 dorsers are held conditionally liable. 
 
 The person who promises is called the maker, and the 
 one to whom he promises is called the payee. 
 
 A note made in one state, payable in another, must be 
 governed by the laws in the state in which it is to be paid. 
 Evidence i* allowed in correcting a mistake made in 
 stating the amount. 
 
 An extension of the time of a note by holder releases 
 sureties and indorsers. 
 
 An indorser can avoid liability by writing, "without 
 recourse" on the back of a note with his signature. 
 
 Days of grace are allowed in all states except California, 
 Arizona, Idaho, Illinois and Wisconsin. 
 
 A written agreement signed by one person to pay another 
 at a fixed time a stated sum of money is called a note. 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 127 
 
 Upon presentation for payment and refusal by maker 
 at maturity, the note should be protested by a Notary 
 Public. 
 
 If " with interest " is included in the note, it draws the 
 legal rate of the state where it is given from the time it is 
 made. 
 
 A note obtained through fraud in the hands of an inno- 
 cent party who has acquired it in good faith may be col- 
 lected. 
 
 All the parties who have written their names on a note 
 are liable for the amount due; but only one satisfaction 
 can be recovered. 
 
 A note given by one who is not of age cannot be collected 
 by law. If the minor ratines after becoming of age, it 
 becomes valid. 
 
 If a person at the time of taking a note has notice that 
 it is void through fraud, or upon any legal grounds, he 
 cannot collect it. 
 
 One who receives a note (knowing it to have defects) 
 get < IK) better right to collect it than the one from whom he 
 received it had. 
 
 If the note is to draw a special rate of interest higher 
 than the legal, but not higher than the laws allow, the rate 
 must be specified. 
 
 When a note says I promise, but it is signed by two 
 or more parties, each signer is bound for the full amount 
 and either or all may be sued. 
 
 Changing the date, amount, time of payment, or any 
 other alterations in a note, releases all parties from liability 
 who have not consented thereto. 
 
 Demand for payment of a note must be made upon the 
 last day of grace; if that day is a Sabbath or a holiday, 
 demand must be made on the day previous. 
 
 The words " value received" are not required by law, 
 and can be safely omitted. The law always presumes 
 value was received until evidence is shown to the contrary. 
 
 .Negotiable paper, payable to bearer, or indorsed in 
 blank which has been stolen or lost cannot be collected by 
 the thief or finder, but a holder who receives it in good faith 
 before maturity for value can hold against the owner's 
 claims. 
 
 To make the indorser of a note responsible the note must 
 be presented and payment demanded of the maker on the 
 very day when it becomes due. If payment is refused 
 notice must be given immediately to the indorser or 
 indorsers. 
 
 When several persons unite in a note and say, we promise 
 or we jointly promise, it is a joint liability only, and all 
 
128 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 must be sued ; but if they say we or either of us promise, or 
 we jointly and severally promise, the liability is both 
 joint and several, and either or all may be sued. 
 A negotiable note must contain five thi 
 
 1. That the date of payment be certain to eome. 
 
 2. That it have one of the two words "order" or 
 " bearer." 
 
 3. That the amount be specified and certain. 
 
 4. That it be payable in money only. 
 
 5. That it be an unconditional promise. 
 
 FORMS OF NOTES. 
 
 $625.00 Nashville, Trim., July 26, 1 { .)<!2. 
 
 Six months ;ifter date 1 promise to pay to J. E. Grady, 
 or order, Six Hundred and Twenty-five Dollars for value 
 received, with interest at eiirht percent. 
 
 G. E. Smith. 
 
 PAYABLE AT HANK. 
 $300.00 Ottawa, 111., July 6, 1902. 
 
 Two years after date, for value received, I promise to 
 pay to R. E. Powers, or order, Three Hundred Dollar- at 
 First National Bank. Interest six per cent, per annum. 
 
 J. J. Ruddy. 
 
 JOINT AND SEVERAL NOTE. 
 
 $500.00 Rock Fall,-. Neb. Aug.,1 1902. 
 
 Six months after date, we, or either of us, promise to 
 pay to M. E. Brown Five Hundred Dollars, value received. 
 Interest at six per cent. 
 
 J. J. Clark, 
 
 M. E. Williams. 
 
 MY OWN ORDER. 
 
 $100.00 St. Louis, Mo., July 16, 1902. 
 
 For value received I promise to pay fifty days after date, 
 to my own order, One Hundred Dollars, with interest at 
 six per cent. 
 
 J. R. Taylor. 
 
 PRODUCE NOTE. 
 
 $50.00 Lexington, Ky., July 25, 1902. 
 
 For value received I promise to pay to Leo Smith, on 
 demand, Fifty Dollars in goods at our store. 
 
 M. E. Woods & Co. 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 129 
 
 PRINCIPAL AND SURETY NOTE. 
 $600.00 Toledo, Ohio, Aug. 5, 1902. 
 
 For value received on or before June 5, 1903, I promise 
 to pay to the order of Wm. E. Brown, $600.00. Interest 
 at five per cent. 
 
 J. E. Smith, Principal. 
 J. G. Ward, Surety. 
 
 ON DEMAND. 
 
 $25.00 Waterloo, Iowa, Aug. 6, 1902. 
 
 On demand I promise to pay to the order of James L. 
 Gray Twenty-five Dollars with interest at five per cent. 
 
 R. E. Edwards. 
 
 JOINT NOTE. 
 
 $500.00 South Bend, Ind., July 2, 1902. 
 
 Six months after date I promise to pay to C. E. Baker, 
 or order, Five Hundred Dollars, value received. Interest 
 at six per cent. 
 
 Wm. E. Rose. 
 
 ACCOMMODATION NOTE. 
 $65.00 Henderson, Mich., July 23, 1902. 
 
 Twenty days after date I promise to pay to the order 
 of J. E. Barker Sixty-five Dollars at the Davenport Com- 
 mercial Bank, without defalcation. Value received. 
 Credit the drawer J. J. Long. 
 
 J. E. Barker. 
 
 A NOTE BY ONE WHO CANNOT WRITE. 
 
 $25.50 Denver. Colo., July 28, 1902. 
 
 Two years after date I promise to pay to T. E. Ford, 
 or order, Twenty-five j 5 <j Dollars, with interest at six 
 per cent. Value received. his 
 
 John X Carson. 
 James Lynch, Witness. mark. 
 
 A NOTE BY A MARRIED WOMAN. 
 $400.00 Buffalo, N. Y., July 1, 1902. 
 
 Five years after date I promise to pay George Snider, 
 or order, Four Hundred Dollars, with interest at seven 
 per cent. Value received. 
 
 Mrs. A. A. Hartnett. 
 
130 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 COLLATERAL NOTE. 
 
 $600.00 South Bend, Ind., July 25, 1902. 
 
 One year after date I promise to pay to the order of 
 John Larney Six Hundred Dollars, without defalcation, 
 for value received. Interest at six per cent. 
 
 Having deposited United States Bonds of the nominal 
 value of Six Hundred Dollars, which I authorize the holder 
 of this note, upon the non-performance of this promise at 
 maturity, to sell either at Broker's Board or at a public 
 or private sale, without demanding payment of this note, 
 or the debt due thereon, and without further notice, and 
 apply proceeds, or as much thereof as may lie nec< 
 to the payment of this note and all necessary charges, 
 holding myself responsible for any deficiency. 
 
 J. J. Nonan. 
 
 JUDGMKXT NOTE. 
 
 $600.00 Toledo, Ohio, July 24, 1902. 
 
 Two years alter date I promise to pay to J. J. Kelly, or 
 order, Six Hundred Dollars, at the Fiist National Hank. 
 with interest at five per cent. 1 per annum, after September 
 2, 1902, until paid. 
 
 And to secure the payment of the said amount I hereby 
 authorize irrevocably, any attorney of any court of record 
 to appear for me in such court, in" term time or vacation, 
 at any time hereafter, and confess a judgment without 
 process in favor of the holder of this note, for such amount 
 as may appear to be unpaid thereon, together with the 
 costs and twenty dollars attorney's fees, and to waive and 
 release all errors which may intervene in any such pro- 
 ceeedings and consent to immediate execution upon such 
 judgment, hereby ratifying and confirming all that the 
 said attorney may do by virtue thereof. 
 
 D. E. Ackerman. 
 
 CORPORATION NOTE. 
 
 $800,00 Henderson, Mich. 
 
 One year after date the Congdon Hardware Co. prom- 
 ises to pay L. E. Hampson, or order, Eight Hundred Dol- 
 lars with interest at six per cent. Value received. 
 Congdon Hardware Co., 
 
 J. C. Congdon, Pres. 
 Attest: L. L. Cooley, Secy. 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 131 
 
 CHATTEL NOTE. 
 
 $500.00 Omaha, Neb., July 26, 1902. 
 
 Sixty days from date, for value received, I promise to 
 pay J. E. Gorman, Five Hundred Dollars in No. 3 oats, 
 at the then market rate the same to be delivered at the 
 option of the owner within the limits of the city of Hender- 
 son. P. E. Peters. 
 
 GOOD PRINCIPLES TO PRACTICE 
 REGARDING NOTES. 
 
 Notes Past Due. Do not buy a note past due, 
 especially such as are not secured by mortgage. In ex- 
 ceptional cases it may be right and proper^ A cautious 
 business man will seldom have anything to do with a note 
 that is past due. 
 
 Canceled Notes. In the case of notes secured by 
 mortgage, it is well to cancel them or mark them paid, 
 whenever they are taken up, but do not destroy them. 
 Every note should be kept until the last one has been paid 
 and the mortgage released. 
 
 Indorsements. Whenever a payment of interest or 
 principal is made upon your note, see that it is properly 
 indorsed, and examine to be sure that it is your note. 
 Indorsements are sometimes made upon the wrong paper. 
 
 Notes Held at Bank. When you call for your note 
 at a bank, always mention the exact day when it be- 
 comes due. If it is another party's paper which the 
 bank holds for collection, then you must also give the 
 names of that person. Banks keep their own notes and 
 those of their customers separately. 
 
 Notes Without Recourse. In selling a note payable 
 to your order, you must write your name upon the back, 
 otherwise it cannot legally be transferred. With your 
 name written on the back, you are held legally 
 responsible for the payment of the note should the 
 maker fail to pay. But if it is distinctly understood 
 when you sell the note that you assume no further re- 
 sponsibility then you must write on the back above 
 your signature, the words "without recourse." 
 
 Notes With Surety. When holding a note against 
 a party that is signed by someone else as surety, you 
 must not consent to an extension of time when the note 
 comes due, unless the person who has signed it gives 
 his consent in writing. If the time of the note is to be 
 extended it is better to write a new note and have the 
 parties sign it. 
 
132 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 Notes Paid at a Distance. When you pay notes to 
 parties living at a distance, request them 'to send it to the 
 nearest bank for collection. You can then go there and 
 make payment. This is the proper and most businesslike 
 way to pay a note held by parties living at a distance. 
 
 Payments on Notes. Do not accept interest or part pay- 
 ment of principal without having them indorsed upon the 
 notes. All payments of principal and interest must ap- 
 pear as indurH-ments upon the back of the note. 
 
 RULES FOR INDORSING NOTES 
 AND BILLS. 
 
 The word indorsement signifies a writing on the back 
 of a bill or written instrument. 
 
 The indorsement may be on any part of the note or 
 on a paper attached to it, in ink or in pencil. But it 
 is better that the indorsement be written on the back of 
 such a paper and in ink to prevent erasure. 
 
 When a note or bill is drawn payable to a person or his 
 order, it is transferable only by indorsement. In law 
 nothing else will hold parties to a note directly liable to 
 the holder. 
 
 When you receive money on a note or bill, the amount 
 and the date on which it was received should be written 
 on the back of the paper. 
 
 When "the indorsement is in blank the instrument 
 may be transferred by mere delivery. 
 
 When the indorsement is in full, the indorsee must 
 indorse the same on transferring it to a subsequent holder. 
 
 A qualified indorsement releases the indorser from 
 liability. 
 
 A restrictive indorsement expressly restricts the pay- 
 ment of a paper to a particular person only. 
 
 A conditional indorsement is one that involves some 
 condition. 
 
 FORM 1. 
 INDORSEMENT IX BLANK. 
 
 A. B. Crow. 
 
 FORM 2. 
 
 INDORSEMENT IN FULL. 
 Pay to the order^of 
 
 J.U. -White, 
 W._E. Lenning. 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 133 
 
 FORM 3. 
 
 RESTRICTIVE INDORSEMENT. 
 Pay to L. O. Jones only. 
 
 J. J. Collins. 
 
 FORM 4. 
 
 QUALIFIED INDORSEMENT. 
 Without recourse. 
 
 F. B. Kline. 
 
 FORM 5. 
 
 CONDITIONAL INDORSEMENT. 
 Pay to A. B. Jones, or order, unless I give you notice 
 not to pay before maturity. 
 
 M. E. Elkins. 
 
 FORM 6. 
 INDORSEMENT BY AGENT. 
 
 M. E. Wolf, 
 
 Agent for J. J. Smith. 
 
 FORM 7. 
 
 GUARANTY ON NOTE. 
 For value received in cash I hereby guarantee the pay- 
 nt of the enclosed note. J. J. Kane. 
 
 ment 
 
 FORMS OF INDORSEMENTS. 
 
 BLANK 
 INDORSEMENT. 
 
 A blank indorsement is 
 writing the name of the 
 holder on the back of 
 the note. 
 
 FULL, 
 
 INDORSEMENT. 
 
 s 1 ,. 
 *! 
 
 o 
 
 A full indorsement is 
 when the holder writes 
 upon the back of the note 
 the name of the party 
 to whom it is to be paid 
 and signs his name to it. 
 
134 
 
 MANUAL OF BUSINKSS. 
 
 QUALIFIED 
 INDORSEMENT. 
 
 RESTRICTIVE 
 INDORSEMENT. 
 
 '< * 
 
 = i ' = 
 
 In this indorsement one 
 can avoid liability by 
 inserting the words 
 "without recourse." This 
 method of indorsement 
 transfers the note to the 
 one to whom it is sold. 
 
 CONDITIONAL 
 INDORSEMENT. 
 
 This indorsement is in 
 tended to confine the 
 payment to some par- 
 ticular person or purpose. 
 
 MONEY 
 
 INDORSEMENT. 
 
 s 
 
 sS v - 
 
 !$ 
 
 This note can be paid 
 only on condition named 
 in the indorsement. 
 
 Form of indorsement 
 when presented for pay- 
 ment. 
 
 Form of indorsement 
 when transferred. 
 
MANU 
 
 INESS. 
 
 135 
 
 The following table shows the relative responsibility 
 of each indorser. Each indorser is responsible to the 
 one below him. 
 
 In a Note. 
 
 In an Un- 
 accepted Draft 
 or Uncertified 
 
 In an Accepted 
 Draft. 
 
 In a Certified 
 Check. 
 
 
 Check. 
 
 
 
 1. Maker. 
 2. First 
 
 1. Drawer. 
 2. First 
 
 1. Acceptor. 
 2. Drawer. 
 
 1. The bank. 
 2. First 
 
 Indorser. 
 
 Indorser. 
 
 3. First 
 
 Indorser. 
 
 3. Second 
 
 3. Socond 
 
 Indorser. 
 
 3. Second 
 
 Indorser. 
 
 Indorser. 
 
 4. Second 
 
 Indorser. 
 
 4. Third 
 
 4. Third 
 
 Indorser. 
 
 4. Third 
 
 Indorser. 
 
 Indorser. 
 
 Etc. 
 
 Indorser. 
 
 Etc. 
 
 Etc. 
 
 
 Etc. 
 
 RULES FOR WRITING RECEIPTS. 
 
 A Receipt is an acknowledgment in writing that a sum 
 of money or any consideration of value has been received 
 by the party giving and signing the same. 
 
 When an agent signs a receipt he should first sign his 
 name and then write his principal's name underneath. 
 
 A Receipt is not necessary when paying a note or draft 
 as the indorsement of the payee and the return of the 
 instrument itself becomes a receipt. 
 
 A receipt obtained through fraud or given by error 
 or mistake is void. 
 
 Do not neglect to state whether the receipt is "on ac- 
 count," "in full of all accounts," or "in full of all demands." 
 
 The law compels no one to give a receipt, but business 
 courtesy has established the custom of giving them 
 when desired. 
 
 If people who transact business were more particular 
 regarding the giving and taking of receipts, there would 
 be less trouble, fewer lawsuits and thousands of dollars 
 would be saved. 
 
 That clause in a receipt which defines the debt or pur- 
 pose for which payment is made is of great importance 
 and should not be omitted. 
 
 A complete receipt should contain the following state- 
 ments : 
 
 That the payment has been received. 
 
 The date of payment. 
 
 From whom received, and if for another it must be 
 so stated. 
 
136 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 To what debt or purpose it is to be applied. 
 By whom received, and if for another on whose behalf 
 it was received. 
 
 FORMS OF RECEIPTS. 
 
 (1) RECEIPT ON ACCOUNT. 
 
 $200.00 Springfield, 111.. July 23, 1902. 
 
 Received of R. E. Foster Two Hundred Dollars on 
 account. 
 
 S. E. O'Connor. 
 
 (2) RECEIPT FOR MERCHANDISE. 
 
 Denver, Colo., July 25, 1902. 
 
 Received from J. J. Smith one Liberty Hic-ydc Xo 
 
 value $75.00 on approval, to be returned or paid for in 
 two weeks. 
 
 M. E. Walsh. 
 
 (3) RECEIPT FOR Rl.NT. 
 
 Henderson, Mich., July 6, 1902. 
 
 Received from Grover Hamilton Twenty-five Dollars 
 in full for two months rent of residence at No. 3528 AY' 
 era Ave., Property of R. C. Lane. 
 
 T. E. Joyce, Agent. 
 
 (4) RECEIPT FOR NOTE. 
 
 South Haven, Midi., July 2, 1902. 
 
 Received from J. E. Powers his note at seventy days 
 for $264.00 in settlement of bill of Oct. 24, 1'Mil . 
 
 C. H. Grant. 
 
 (5) RECEIPT FOR BORROWED MONEY. 
 
 Aurora, 111., July 25, 1902. 
 
 Borrowed and received from J. J. Ford Fifty-five Dol- 
 lars which I promise to pay on demand, with "interest at 
 six per cent. 
 
 J. J. Collins. 
 
 (6) RECEIPT IN FULL OF ALL DEMANDS. 
 
 Newark, N. J., July 28, 1902. 
 
 Received of J. E. Murry Six Hundred Dollars in full of 
 all demands to date. 
 
 W. E. Lynch. 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 137 
 
 (7) RECEIPT FOR MONEY ADVANCED ON CONTRACT. 
 
 $2000.00 Springfield, 111., July 27, 1902. 
 
 Received from W. E. Lynch Two Thousand Dollars in 
 advance, on a contract to build for him a brick house at 
 No. 3352 S. Hamilton Ave., Springfield, 111. 
 
 Win. E. Smith. 
 
 (8) RECEIPT FOR PURCHASE OF A HORSE. 
 
 $200.00 Henderson, Mich., July 15, 1902. 
 
 Received from M. M. Larney Two Hundred Dollars 
 for one black horse, guaranteed to be only three years 
 old, gentle, quiet to ride or drive. 
 
 C. E. Baker. 
 
 (9) RECEIPT FOR A PARTICULAR BILL. 
 
 St. Louis, Mo., July 29, 1902. 
 
 Received from Thomas Kelly Twenty-five Dollars, in 
 payment for a bill of merchandise. 
 
 J. E. Lamb. 
 
 (10) RECEIPT FOR INTEREST. 
 
 South Haven Mich., July 2, 1902. 
 
 Received from J. M. Meyer Seventy-five Dollars, in full 
 for service rendered to date. 
 
 R. E. Smith. 
 
 (11) RECEIPT FOR INTEREST. 
 
 Newark, N. J., July 24, 1902. 
 
 Received from James E. Logan Two Hundred Dollars 
 for interest to July 2, 1902, on his bond and mortgage; 
 receipts to be acknowledged also on the bond. 
 
 A. L. Steele, Executor. 
 Rate 6 per cent. Time Months Days 
 
 (12) RECEIPT FOR PROPERTY. 
 
 Jacksonville, Fla., July 23, 1902. 
 
 Received from T. E. Jones the following enumerated 
 articles to be held in trust for him and returned on his 
 demand one bicycle, one gold ring, and one rifle. 
 
 M. E. Small. 
 
138 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 FOR MERCHANDISE. 
 
 Henderson, Mich., July 25, 1902. 
 W. E. Smith: 
 
 Please send me per bearer twenty boxes of Uneeda 
 biscuits, and oblige, Yours truly, 
 
 T. E. Brown. 
 
 ORDER TO CLOSE ACCOUNT. 
 
 $25.00 Newark. N. .!., July 3, 1902. 
 
 Please pay to H. E. Crowley, or bearer Twenty-five 
 Dollars in goods and this shall be your receipt in full of 
 my account. T. E. Jones. 
 
 RULES AM) FORMS FOR WRITING 
 DUE \\\\A<. 
 
 A due bill is a written acknowledgment that some- 
 thing is due to the party therein named. They are not 
 payable to order, and cannot be aligned by indorsement, 
 They draw no interest unless so >|veilied. 
 
 $200.00 Albany. N. V.. July 2. 1902. 
 
 Due W. E. Little, for value received. Two Hundred 
 Dollars. Walter Stewart. 
 
 IN MKIM-H \\DI-K. 
 
 *(><).<)<) Lynn, Mass., July 23. 1<><>2. 
 
 Due J. L. Vincent, or order Sixty Dollars payable in 
 merchandise at our store. 
 
 M. E. Jones. 
 
 ON DK.MANI). 
 
 $300.00 Toledo, Ohio, July 2. 11)02. 
 
 Due W. E. Lynch, on demand. Three Hundred Dollars 
 in cash, and Twenty Dollars in merchandise from our 
 factory. Piper & Orowley. 
 
 IMPORTANCE OF KEEPING A BANK ACCOUNT. 
 
 The keeping of a bank account is a matter of great con- 
 venience as well as of pecuniary benefit to business men 
 and women. \Yhere considerable business is done, money 
 is constantly accumulating which when deposited in a 
 reliable bank is more secure from burglary than elsewhere. 
 Sometimes money may be lost through robbery or failure 
 of a bank, but of all losses to which business men may be 
 exposed that by failure of banks is the least. 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 139 
 
 Henderson, Mich., , 19. . 
 
 Received of 
 
 ..Dollars. 
 
 The first line contains the date; the second "from 
 whom," the third, the amount in words; the fourth, the 
 consideration; and the fifth the signature, and the amount 
 in figures. 
 
 RECEIPT FOR PAYMENT BY HAND OF THIRD PARTY. 
 
 $300.00 South Haven, Mich., July 2, 1902. 
 
 Received from Wm. Smith, by the hand of R. E. Powers 
 Three Hundred Dollars in full for proceeds of sale of stock 
 sold April 25, 1902. 
 
 T. E. Ford. 
 
 RECEIPT FOR INTEREST ON NOTE. 
 
 Reading, Pa., July 23, 1902. 
 
 I have this day received from W. E. Lynch Twenty- 
 five Dollars in full of interest to date on his promissory 
 note for Two Hundred Dollars made in my favor on the 
 the 19th of July, 1901. 
 
 W. E. Lawe. 
 
 RULES AND FORMS FOR WRITING ORDERS. 
 
 1. An order is an authorization or command that 
 money be paid. 
 
 2. An order contains the following: The drawee, the 
 payee and words expressing the conditions as to negoti 
 ability. 
 
 3. Orders are negotiable, but the person on whom 
 they are drawn is not under obligation to pay them, unless 
 they have been accepted, for an order partakes ot 1 
 nature of a draft. 
 
 $100.00 Newark, N. J., July 25, 1902. 
 
 Messrs. Jackson, Hunt & Co., will please pay to the 
 
 bearer One Hundred Dollars in goods, and charge the 
 
 same to my account. * 
 
140 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 The practice of depositing each days accumulation 
 in a bank so as to be drawn whenever wanted, as a whole 
 or in part, is a great advantage to people doing a large 
 amount of Im-i 
 
 Of course when depo-it- are large, the banker is greatly 
 benefited by having the use of the money, provided the 
 rates of interest are good. Bankers on the other hand, 
 reali/ing their indebtedness to their customers, often 
 render such aid to them in time of need as to enable them 
 to carry forward certain enterprises which without such 
 aid they find very difficult. 
 
 CHECKS. 
 
 A written order on a bank directing a certain amount 
 of money to be paid to a person named, or to his order, is 
 called a check. This is the >imple>t form of negotiable 
 paper. A check requires no -et form of wording; any 
 properly dated demand upon a bank, by a depositor. 
 correctly signed, is a check and will draw money. The 
 words or bearer or order added to tip- name, makes the 
 cheek payable to anyone presenting it. but without the-e 
 words only the person named can cash the check. 
 
 CKIMIFIF.I) CHI 
 
 Certifying means that the person drawing the money 
 has funds to the amount mentioned to his credit in the 
 bank, and the bank guarantee^ its payment. The bank 
 ollicer writes acns t he face Certified, also the date and 
 his signature: of the words (iood, when properly indorsed, 
 and his signature. 
 
 FORGED CHECK^. 
 
 Some forgers can imitate a signature so closely that 
 even the one whose name is forged is not able to distinguish 
 it from his own, and can only swear th-it he did not make 
 out the check. The responsibility of detecting the forgery 
 is thrown upon the teller. The' bank pays every check 
 at its own risk. The person who.-e name lias been forged 
 is not allowed to rectify the forgery, because that would 
 shield crime and encourage it. 
 
 RAISED CHECKS. 
 
 To so alter the writing and the figures of a check that 
 it, will call for more money than the drawer gave instruc- 
 tion to pay is called raising the check. To prevent this 
 care should be taken to always (ill in the empty spaces 
 with lines. l">e words instead of figures. If a iai-ed 
 check is paid by a bank, it can only charge the depositor 
 with the amount for which he himself made out the check. 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 141 
 
 WRITING, PRESENTING AND INDORSING CHECKS. 
 
 A check is a written order on a bank for the immediate 
 payment of a certain sum of money. 
 
 A check is not due until presented. It is negotiable. 
 It has no days of grace. 
 
 The death of the maker of a check before presentment 
 to the bank renders the check null and void. 
 
 The amount of the check should always be written out 
 in words. 
 
 A forged check paid by the bank is the bank's loss and 
 not the depositors. 
 
 Giving a check is not payment of an indebtedness unless 
 the check is paid. 
 
 Payment of a check may be stopped by subsequent 
 order to the bank by maker before presenting of check. 
 
 In sending a check away from your own town or locality 
 it should always be certified. 
 
 In presenting a check to the bank for payment always 
 write your name on the back before presenting it. 
 
 A bank can stamp a check good, or certify it, and thus 
 heroine responsible to the holder for the amount. 
 
 10 very holder of a check is liable to a subsequent holder 
 only for the time for which he would be held if originally 
 liable. 
 
 If you have money in a bank and wish to draw out a 
 certain sum write " Pay to myself " instead of writing 
 your name in the body of the check, and then sign it. 
 
 A safe bank ought to be patronized, for it is dangerous 
 to keep in possession large sums of money. 
 
 Always keep the stub of your check book, and in is- 
 suing a check always fill the stub out first. 
 
 ( 'ertificates of deposit are used when money is deposited 
 for a short time, and no regular account is kept. They 
 can be used the same as a certified check. 
 
 FORMS OF CHECKS. 
 
 PAYABLE TO BEARER. 
 
 $300.00 South Haven, Mich., July 6, 1902. 
 
 Commercial State Bank, pay to J. J. Brown, or order, 
 Three Hundred Dollars. 
 
 W. E. Smith. 
 
 PAYABLE TO YOURSELF. 
 
 $75.00 Newark, N. J., July 2, 1902. 
 
 Frankfort Exchange Bank, pay to myself Seventy-five 
 Dollars. 
 
 S. E. Jones. 
 
142 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 CERTIFIED CHECK. 
 
 $500.00 Akron, Ohio, July 7, 1902. 
 
 Third National Bank pay to bearer Five Hundred 
 Dollar-. 
 
 No. 2r,r>. R. E. Kirhy. 
 
 (Writ ton across the face.) Good D. E. Larkins, Ca<hier. 
 
 CERTIFICATE OF DEPOSIT. 
 
 $400.00 Frankfort. Ky.. .Inly 4, 1902. 
 
 W. E. Smith ha- deposited in this hank Four Hundred 
 Dollars payable to tin- order of II. E. Powers on the return 
 of this certificate properly indorsed. 
 
 Y. E. Ford. 
 
 INDORSING CHECK-. 
 
 1. Checks are the mo-t convenient commercial paper 
 in use, hence they are very common. Vet many intelli- 
 gent and educated people do not thoroughly understand 
 the use of the same. 
 
 2. Bankers are very particular to have checks properly 
 indorsed before paying them. 
 
 3. Write across the hack, not length \\ i-e. near the 
 top. 
 
 4. Do not send away a check indorsed in blank but 
 make it payable to the person to whom you send it. 
 Then if lost it cannot be paid to anyone else. 
 
 5. In order to make the check payable to ,-ome par- 
 ticular person write, Pay to the order of (person's name), 
 and sign your name below. 
 
 6. Do not give or take a check dated ahead, it is not 
 a good policy. 
 
 7. Merely writing your nnme on the back is a blank 
 indorsement, and signifies that it ha- passed through 
 your hands and is payable to bearer, anyone into whose 
 hands it may come. 
 
 8. In depositing a check, write, For Deposit, and be- 
 low this your name. 
 
 9. Always indorse a check as it appears on the face. 
 If a check is written by W. E. Grady, it cannot be in- 
 dorsed William Grady/ If the spelling of the name on 
 the face is wrong, indorse it in that way and then write 
 it underneath correctly. 
 
CHAPTER VIII. 
 Patents. 
 
 A Patent is a written instrument issued by the National 
 Government, giving the inventor the exclusive right to 
 use, manufacture and sell his invention or improvement 
 for a given term of years within the United States. 
 
 Without such a patent on his part anyone else can use 
 or sell anything he has invented. A patent secures to 
 him the exclusive right. 
 
 A patent lasts for seventeen years; after that anyone 
 can make use or sell the thing patented. 
 
 The. patent is designed to encourage and protect in- 
 ventions. 
 
 How Obtained. To obtain a patent, application must 
 be made to the commissioner of patents, accom panied by 
 carefully prepared papers and . drawings, describing the 
 invention. 
 
 These are examined by the government officers to" 
 sec \\hether the case is a proper one for a patent, and if 
 it is the patent (also called letters patent) is signed and 
 scut to the inventor. Foreigners may also obtain patents 
 as well as citizens of the United States. 
 
 A complete application comprises the petition, speci- 
 fication, oath and drawings and the model of specimen 
 when required. 
 
 The Specifications. In framing the specifications it is 
 well to pursue following order: 
 
 1. Preamble giving the name and residence of the 
 applicant and the title of the invention. 
 
 2. General statement of the object and nature of the 
 invention. 
 
 3. Brief description of the drawings, showing what 
 each view represents, unless no drawing is practicable. 
 
 4. Detailed description, explaining fully the alleged 
 invention and the manner of constructing, practicing, 
 operating and using it. 
 
 5. Claim or Claims. 
 
 6. Signatures of inventor. 
 
 7. Signatures of witnesses. 
 
 The Oath. The applicant, if the inventor, must make 
 oath that he believes himself to be the first and original 
 
144 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 discoverer or inventor of the art, machine, manufactture, 
 composition or improvement for which he desires a patent ; 
 and that to his best knowledge and belief the same was 
 never before known or used. 
 
 1 )r<nrin<jx. The applicant for a patent must fur- 
 nish a drawing of his invention where the nature of the 
 CMSC admits of it. Drawings must be made upon pure 
 white bristol board. The size of the sheet must be 
 exactly ten by fifteen inches, leaving a margin of one 
 inch all around the drawing. 
 
 All drawings must be made with pen and with India 
 ink. 
 
 The inventor's signature must be placed at the lower 
 right-hand corner of the sheet and those of the witnesses 
 at the lower left -hand corner. 
 
 Drawings should be rolled, not folded. 
 
 Mntli'l* must clearly exhibit every feature of the machine 
 which forms the subject of the claim, but no other matter 
 except for illustration. 
 
 A working model is best where it can b> furnished. 
 
 Aimmhnrnlx. Tin* applicant has a right to amend 
 before or after the first rejection, and he may ainei; 
 often as the examining oflicers pre-ents any new refer- 
 ences or reasons for rejection. 
 
 In case an applicant does not prosecute his application 
 for two years after the date when the last official notice 
 was mailed to him it will be held that the application has 
 been abandoned. 
 
 /:.r/r/,>.s/V;.s. Patents >ince March 2, 1861, cannot 
 be exl ended except by Congi 
 
 Axxtf/nnicutx. Kvery patent or any interest therein 
 shall be assignable in law by an instrument in writing. 
 The patentee or his as.-igns may also grant and convey in 
 like manner an exclusive right under his patent for the 
 whole or any specified part of the United 81 
 
 Mark. Kvery patented article, before it is sold, 
 must be marked Patented, so as to give notice to everyone 
 that it is patented. 
 
 Infringement is the making, using or selling the pat- 
 ented article without the permission of the owner of 
 the patent. Its consequences are twofold: (1) The 
 infringer must pay to the owner of the patent whatever 
 damages the latter suffers through the infringement, 
 equivalent usually to the profits which the infringer has 
 made; (2) The Court will compel the infringer to stop. 
 By these two methods the exclusive right is enforced. 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 145 
 
 FEES REQUIRED BY LAW. 
 
 1. Application. On filing each original applica- 
 tion for a patent except in design cases, fifteen dollars, 
 patent, except in design cases, twenty dollars. 
 
 2. Original Patent. On issuing each original patent, 
 except in design cases, twenty dollars. 
 
 3. In Design Cases. For three years and six months, 
 ten dollars; for seven years, fifteen dollars; for fourteen 
 years, thirty dollars. 
 
 4. Caveat. On filing each caveat, ten dollars. 
 
 5. Re-issue of Patents. On every application for 
 the re-issue of a patent, thirty dollars. 
 
 6. Disclamer. On filing each disclanier, ten dollars. 
 
 7. 'Extension of Patent. On every application for 
 the extension of a patent, fifty dollars. 
 
 8. Grant <>/ l-^rifiision. On the granting of every ex- 
 t <ii-ion of a patent, fifty dollars. 
 
 9. Firxt Appeal. On an appeal for the first time 
 from the primary examiners to the examiner-in-chief 
 to the commissioner, twenty dollars. 
 
 10. Certified Copies of Patents. For certified copies of 
 patent^ and other papers, including certified printed 
 copies, ten cents per hundred words. 
 
 11. Rfcordintj. For recording every assignment, 
 agreement, power of attorney, or other paper, of three 
 hundred words or under, one dollar; of over three hundred 
 and under one thousand words, two dollars; of over one 
 thousand words, three dollars. 
 
 12. Copies of Drawing. For copies of drawings, the 
 reasonable cost of making them. 
 
 13. Full Information. These fees may be paid to 
 the Commissioner of Patents, or to the Treasurer or 
 any of the assistant treasurers of the United States. If 
 you desire to secure a patent write to the Commissioner 
 of Patents, Washington, D. C., and you will receive all 
 the necessary papers, blanks, and complete instructions 
 and directions. 
 
 TRADE MARKS. 
 
 A Trade Mark is a mark, emblem or symbol which a 
 merchant or manufacturer uses to denote his own goods. 
 11 is usually attached to them and may be in the form 
 of letters, words, or ornamental designs. The right 
 acquired in a trade mark is the exclusive right to use it, 
 or, in other words, the right to keep others from using 
 that trade mark. 
 
 The right may be acquired by a citizen or foreigner 
 and lasts as long as the trade mark is used. 
 
146 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 Its Object is to protect both the owner and the pub- 
 lic against imitations of an article which has acquired a 
 good reputation. If it were not for this exclusive right, 
 others might place, the same mark on their goods, and 
 thus deceive the public into believing they were manu- 
 factured by the same firm. This would deprive the one 
 who had built up the trade of the benefit of his industry 
 and skill or defraud the public into buying an inferior 
 article. 
 
 .\rf/uiring a Trade Mark. Copyrights cannot be 
 granted upon trade marks or labels intended to be used 
 for any articles of manufacture. 
 
 If protection for such names or labels is desired, appli- 
 cation must be made to the Patent Office, where they 
 are registered, if admitted, at a fee of $6 for label- and 
 $25 for trade marks. 
 
 Infrinyment of a trade mark is prevented in the same 
 way as in the case of patents, viz.: by a suit against the 
 infringer for damages and for an injunction to compel 
 him to cease using it. 
 
 COPYRIGHT. 
 
 Copyright is defined by the act of Congress of 1874 a.- t he 
 liberty of printing, publishing, eoinpilin.tr, executing and 
 vending any original book, map, chart, dramatic or 
 musical composition, engraving, print, photograph or 
 negative thereof, or of a painting, drawing, chromo, 
 statue or statuary and of models or designs intended to 
 be perfected as works of art. 
 
 The object of such copyright is to encourage the writing 
 of books or the production of anything that may con- 
 duce to the advancement of art and literature and the 
 general improvement of mankind. 
 
 COPYRIGHT LAWS. 
 
 AS REVISED BY AN ACT OF CONGRESS, INCLUDING THE 
 
 PROVISIONS FOR FOREIGN COPYRIGHT, OF 
 
 MARCH 3, 1891. 
 
 1. How Obtained. A printed copy of the title of 
 the book, map, chart, dramatic or musical composition, 
 engraving, cut, print, photograph or chromo, or a de- 
 scription of the painting, drawing, statue, statuary or 
 model or design for a work of the fine arts, for which 
 copyright is desired, must be delivered, to the Librarian 
 of Congress or deposited in the mail, within the United 
 States, prepaid, addressed. 
 
 Librarian of Congress, 
 
 Washington, D. C. 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS; 147 
 
 This may be done on or before day of publication in 
 this or any foreign country. 
 
 The style of print is immaterial; that of a typewriter 
 will be accepted. 
 
 The printed title required may be a copy of the title 
 page of such publications as have title pages. In other 
 cases the title must be printed expressly for copyright 
 entry, with name of claimant of copyright. But a 
 separate title is required for each entry, and each title 
 must be printed on a paper as large as commercial note. 
 The title of periodical must include the date and num- 
 ber, and each number of the periodical requires a separate 
 entry of copyright. 
 
 2. Copyright Fees. The legal fee for recording each 
 copyright claim is 50 cents, and for a copy of this re- 
 cord (or certificate of copyright under seal of the office) 
 an additional fee of 50 cents is required, making $1, if 
 certificate is wanted, which will be mailed as soon as 
 reached in the records. 
 
 For publications which are the productions of persons 
 not citizens or residents of the United States the fee for 
 recording title is $1, and 50 cents additional for a copy 
 of the record. 
 
 Copies Required. Not later than the day of pub- 
 lication in this country or abroad, two complete copies 
 of the best edition of each book or other article must be 
 delivered or deposited in the mail within the United States, 
 addressed to Librarian of Congress, Washington, D. C. 
 
 Must Be American. Books must be printed from 
 type set in the United States or from plates made there- 
 from; photographs from negatives made in the United 
 States; chromos and lithographs from drawings on stone 
 or transfers therefrom made in the United States. 
 
 Penalty. Without the deposit of copies above re- 
 quired the copyright is void and penalty of $25 is in- 
 curred. No copy is required to be deposited elsewhere. 
 
 New Edition. The law requires a copy of each new 
 edition wherein any substantial changes are made to be 
 deposited with the Librarian of Congress. 
 
 Notice By Imprint. No copyright is valid unless 
 notice is given by inserting in every copy published, 
 on the title page or following, if it be book, or if a map, 
 chart, musical composition, print, cut, engraving, photo- 
 graph, drawing, chromo, statue, statuary, or model or 
 design intended to be perfected as a work of the fine arts, 
 by inscribing upon some portion thereof or on the sub- 
 stance on which the same is mounted the following 
 words, viz.: "Entered According to Act of Congress 
 
148 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 in the year . by , in the office of the Librarian 
 
 of Congress at Washington," or the words, "Copyright, 
 19 , by 
 
 Penalty for False Claims. The law imposes a penalty of 
 $100 upon any person who has not obtained copyright who 
 shall insert the notice, " Entered According to Act of Con- 
 gress," or " Copyright," or words of the same import in or 
 upon any book or article. 
 
 Translation, Etc. The copyright law secures to au- 
 thors and their assigns the exclusive right to translate 
 or to dramatize any of their works; no notice or record is 
 required to enforce this right. 
 
 Duration of Copyright. The original term of copy- 
 right runs for twenty-eight years. Within six months 
 of the end of that time the author or designer, or his 
 widow or children may secure a renewal for the further 
 term of fourteen years. Applications for renewal must be 
 accompanied by a printed title and fee and by explicit 
 statement of ownership in the case of the author or rela- 
 tionship in the case of his heirs, and must, state definitely 
 the date and place of entry of the original copyright. 
 \\ it Inn two months from date of renewal the record thereof 
 must be advertised in an American newspaper for four 
 weeks. 
 
 Time of Publication. A copyrighs may be seeured 
 for a projected work as well as for a completed work. The 
 publication must, however, take place "within a reasonable 
 time." 
 
 Assignments. Copyrights are assignable by any in- 
 strument of writing. Such assignment must be recorded 
 in the office of the Librarian of Congress within sixty 
 days from execution. The fee for this record is $1 and for 
 a certified copy of assignment $1 . A duplicate copy of any 
 copyright record costs 50 cents. 
 
 Works of More Than One Volume must have a copyright 
 entered for each volume. Two copies of each volume 
 should be sent. So also of the successive numbers of a 
 periodical or other articles produced in serials. 
 
 International Copyright. The provision as to copy- 
 right entry in the United States by foreign authors, 
 etc., by act of Congress approved March 3, 1891 (which 
 took effect July 1, 1891), are the same as the foregoing, 
 except the difference in the cost, as stated above. 
 
 The right of citizens of subjects of a foreign nation to 
 copyright in the United States extends by presidential 
 proclamation to Great Britain, France, Belgium, Switz- 
 erland, Germany, Italy, Denmark and Portugal; and 
 Americans can secure copyrights in those countries by 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 149 
 
 making their arrangements there in conformity with the 
 laws of those countries. The Librarian of Congress can- 
 not take charge of any foreign copyright business. 
 
 Full ^ Xante. Every applicant for copyright should 
 state distinctly the full name and residence of the claimant 
 and whether the right is claimed as author, designer or 
 proprietor. No affidavit or witness to the application is 
 is required. 
 
 CHAPTER IX. 
 Measurements. 
 
 It is proposed in this connection to show, first, how 
 one may find out with absolute exactness any kind of 
 measurement, and, second, how to measure with approx- 
 imate accuracy. The latter is more important in every- 
 day life than might at first be supposed. It is often im- 
 possible to apply the general rules of weights and measures. 
 If, for example, one buys ten tons of coal he cannot stand 
 by and see it weighed, but he can, by a simple method, 
 satisfy himself whether he has good measure or not. 
 The following are metes and bounds of 
 
 EXACT MEASUREMENT. 
 
 Troy Weight. 24 grains make 1 pennyweight, 20 penny- 
 weight make 1 ounce. By this weight gold, silver and 
 jewels only are weighed. The ounce and pound in this 
 are the "same as in Apothecaries' weight. 
 
 Apothecaries' Weight. 20 grains make 1 scruple, 3 
 scruples make 1 dram, 8 drams make 1 ounce, 12 ounces 
 make one pound. 
 
 Avoirdupois Weight. 16 drams make 1 ounce, 16 ounces 
 make 1 pound, 25 pounds make one quarter, 4 quarters 
 make 1 hundred weight, 2000 pounds make 1 ton. 
 
 Dry Measure. 2 pints make 1 quart, 8 quarts make 1 
 peck, 4 pecks make 1 bushel, 36 bushels make 1 chaldron. 
 
 Liquid or Wine Measure. 4 gills make 1 pint, 2 pints 
 make 1 quart, 4 quarts make 1 gallon, 31 gallons make 
 1 barrel, 2 barrels make one hogshead. 
 
 Time Measure. 60 seconds make 1 minute, 60 minutes 
 make 1 hour, 24 hours make 1 day, 7 days make 1 week, 
 4 weeks make 1 lunar month, 28, 29, 30 or 31 days make 
 1 calendar month (30 days make 1 month in computing 
 interest), 52 weeks and 1 day, or 12 calendar months, 
 make 1 year; 365 days, 5 hours, 48 minutes and 49 seconds 
 make 1 solar year. 
 
 Circular Measure. 60 seconds make 1 minute, 60 
 minutes make 1 degree, 30 degrees make 1 sign, 90 degrees 
 make 1 quadrant, 4 quadrants or 360 degrees make 1 circle. 
 
150 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 Long Measure Distance. 3 barleycorns 1 inch, 12 
 inches 1 foot, 3 feet 1 yard, 5^ yards 1 rod, 40 rods 1 fur- 
 long, 8 furlongs 1 mile. 
 
 Cloth Measure. 2} inches 1 nail, 4 nails 1 quarter, 4 
 quarters 1 yard. 
 
 Miscellaneous. 3 inches 1 palm, 4 inches 1 hand, 6 
 inches 1 span, 18 inches 1 cubit, 21.8 inches 1 Bible cubit, 
 2$ feet 1 military pace. 
 
 Square Measure. 144 square inches 1 square foot, 9 
 square feet 1 square yard, 30} square yards 1 square rod, 
 40 square rods 1 rood, 4 roods 1 acre. 
 
 Surveyors' Measure. 7.92 inches 1 link, 25 links 1 rod, 
 4 rods 1 chain, 10 square chains or 160 square rods 1 acre, 
 640 acres 1 square mile. 
 
 Cubic Measure. 1728 cubic inches 1 cubic foot, 27 
 cubic feet 1 cubic yard, 128 cubic feet 1 cord (wood), 40 
 cubic feet 1 ton (shipping") 2,150.42 cubic inches 1 standard 
 bushel, 268.8 cubic indies 1 standard gallon, 1 cubic foot 
 four-fifths of a bushel. 
 
 Metric 11Y/V////X. 10 milligrams 1 centigram, 10 centi- 
 grams 1 decigram, 10 decigrams 1 gram, 10 grains 1 deka- 
 gram, 10 dekagrams 1 hektogram, 10 hektograms 1 kilo- 
 gram. 
 
 Metric Measures. (One millimeter Cubic centimeter.) 
 10 millileters 1 centiliter, 10 centiliters 1 deciliter, 10 
 deciliters 1 liter, 10 liters 1 dekaliter, 10 dekaliters 1 
 hektoliter, 10 hektoliters 1 kiloliter. 
 
 Metric Measure. 10 millimeters 1 centimeter, 10 centi- 
 meters 1 decimeter, 10 decimeters 1 meter, 10 meters 
 1 dekameter, 10 dekameters 1 hektometer, 10 hekto- 
 meters 1 kilometer. 
 
 RELATIVE VALUE OF APOTHECARIES' 
 AND IMPERIAL MEASURE. 
 
 APOTHECARIES'. IMPERIAL. 
 
 1 gallon equals . . .6 pints, 13 ounces, 2 drams, 23 minims 
 
 1 pint equals ' 16 " 5 " 18 " 
 
 1 fluid ounce equals 1 " " 20 " 
 
 1 fluid dram 1 " 2 " 
 
 SURVEYING LAND. 
 
 It is easy to get at the quantity of land in a given field 
 without a survey, provided exactness is not necessary. 
 A building lot in city or village should have its metes 
 and bounds determined to a nicety. The variation of 
 half an inch might make trouble and expense. 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 151 
 
 But, to determine whether a particular piece of ground 
 is larger or smaller than claimed, the following rule is 
 sufficient: Multiply the length, in rods, by the width, 
 and divide the result by 160, and you have the size, in 
 acres. If the opposite sides are unequal then take one- 
 half the aggregate of the two sides as the base of calcula- 
 tion. Fanners and gardeners often want to lay off 
 small portions of land for different crops. 
 ! Tin's is easily done by remembering that one acre of 
 ground contains 160 square rods, or 4,840 square yards 
 or 43,560 square feet. This dimension in square feet 
 forms the easiest base of calculation. The smallest 
 practicable fraction of an acre is one-sixteenth, thus 
 that fraction contains 2,722^ square feet. If the amount 
 be in excess of one acre, compute the excess by this frac- 
 tion, or 5445, the size of an eighth of an acre. 
 
 CAPACITY OF TILES. 
 
 The following table is convenient in determining the 
 capacity of different sizes, the calculation being for 
 gallons per minute: 
 
 FALL PER 100 FEET. 
 
 Size 
 of 
 Tile 
 
 1 in. 
 
 3 in. 
 
 6 in. 
 
 9 in. 
 
 12 in. 
 
 24 in. 
 
 36 in. 
 
 3-inch . 
 4-inch . 
 6-inch . 
 8-inch . 
 9-inch . 
 10-inch . 
 12-inch . 
 
 13 
 
 27 
 75 
 153 
 205 
 267 
 422 
 
 23 
 
 47 
 129 
 265 
 355 
 473 
 730 
 
 32 
 
 66 
 183 
 375 
 593 
 655 
 1033 
 
 40 
 81 
 224 
 460 
 617 
 803 
 1273 
 
 46 
 93 
 258 
 529 
 711 
 926 
 1468 
 
 64 
 131 
 364 
 750 
 1006 
 1310 
 2076 
 
 79 
 163 
 450 
 923 
 1240 
 1613 
 2551 
 
 HOW TO MEASURE COAL IN A BIN 
 
 OR BOX. 
 
 A solid cubic foot of anthracite coal weighs about 93 
 pounds. When broken for use it weighs about 54 pounds. 
 Bituminous coal, when broken up for use, weighs about 
 50 pounds. The consequent rule for the approximate 
 measurement of coal in a bin or box is to multiply the 
 length in feet by the height in feet, and again by the 
 breadth in feet, and this result by 54 for anthracite coal, 
 or by 50 for bituminous coal. The result will equal the 
 number of pounds, and to find the number of tons, divide 
 by 2,000. 
 
152 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 
 HOW TO TELL THE AGE OF ANIMALS. 
 
 By the time a colt is eight months old it has a full set 
 of milk teeth. The-e ti-eih have a slender fang, and on 
 their front surface grooves or furrows, which are worn 
 smooth on Ihe middle nippers by the time the colt is a 
 year old, and on the next pair in two years, from the 
 cutter teeth in three years. 
 
 At two the nippers are loose and fall out, their place 
 taken by two permanent teeth with deep, black cavities 
 and full sharp edges. At the age of three the next pair 
 undergo the same change and at four the corner teeth. 
 By five year- of age the hor>e ha a full set of permanent 
 teeth. These teeth grow longer by slow decrees, and at 
 the same time wear away at the bottom the wearing 
 about one-twelfth of an inch a year and gradually show 
 irregularity in form. 
 
 The age of cattle is told by the rings on the horns, as 
 al-o of rams. A- a rule the animal begins to have riny;s 
 at two years of age, forming a ring a year after that. 
 This is not an infallible rule, but it is a convenient OIK- to 
 know. 
 
 The age of a ,-heep i- told by the teeth. A young sheep 
 has eight even front lower teeth (no upper ones) At 
 the age of two the front two are supplanted by others of 
 greater width. At three a new small tooth appear- on 
 each side of the two broad ones. At four the animal has 
 six new teeth, and at five all the >et are broad. Then 
 they begin to narrow, and the teeth of an old sheep are 
 thin, sharp and long. 
 
 HOW TO ESTIMATE THE WEIGHT Ol CATTLE. 
 
 To find the weight of cattle without actually weighing 
 them, multiply the girth in inches by the distance along 
 the back from the tail to the fore part of the shoulder 
 blade, and divide by 1 11 for the superficial feet. Then 
 multiply the superficial feet by the number of pounds 
 allowed for cattle of different girths and the product will 
 be the numberof pounds of beef, veal or pork in the animal. 
 
 Cattle having a girth of from 5 to 7 feet, allow 23 Ibs. 
 to the superficial foot. 
 
 Cattle having a girth of from 7 to 9 feet, allow 31 Ibs. 
 to the superficial foot. 
 
 Small cattle and calves having a girth of from 3 to 5 
 feet, allow 16 pounds to the superficial foot. 
 
 Pigs and sheep having a girth of less than 3 feet, allow 
 11 Ibs. to the superficial foot. 
 
 When the animal is but half-fattened a deduction of 
 1 Ib. in every 20 is made, and if very fat, 1 Ib. for every 
 20 must be added. 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 153 
 
 HOW TO FIND THE NUMBER OF TONS OF 
 HAY IN THE MOW OR STACK. 
 
 A ton of dry hay is variously estimated from 400 to 
 500 cubic feet to the ton, but the latter figure is more 
 likely to strike the right averages. To measure a mow 
 that is well settled multiply the length in feet by the 
 height in feet, and this by the breadth in feet, and divide 
 the result by 500, and you have the number of tons. If 
 the hay be in a long stack multiply the length in feet by 
 the width in feet, and this by one-half the height, and 
 divide the product by 300. If it be in a round stack, 
 multiply the square of the distance around the stack in 
 yards by four times the height in yards, and point off two 
 places from the right, and this will be the number of 
 cubic yards in the stack, which, divided by 20, will equal 
 the number of tons. It is usually estimated that 20 
 cubic yards on a wagon or stack will weigh a ton; in a 
 well settled stack or mow fifteen yards will weigh it. 
 There is a greater variation in hay than most articles for 
 the reason that it settles more, and there is considerable 
 difference in different kinds of hay. 
 
 HOW TO MEASURE CORN IN THE CRIB. 
 
 A great deal of corn is sold in the crib on the cob. It 
 is estimated that it takes two bushels of corn on the cob 
 to make one bushel of shelled corn. Multiply the length 
 of the crib by the width, and that result by the height, 
 making allowance for the thickness of the crib in outside 
 measurement. Then you have the cubic feet. Multiply 
 the cubic feet by eight and divide by ten. This w T ould 
 b<- i-.'isy enough if the cribs were of uniform width, but 
 they generally widen as they rise. It is necessary to take 
 the middle of the crib, in height, as the base of calculation 
 for width as the broadening is gradual and uniform. 
 Another rule for a crib flared at the side is: 
 
 Multiply half the sum of the bottom breadths in feet 
 by the perpendicular height in feet, and the same again 
 by the length in feet; multiply the last product by .63 
 for heaped bushels of ears, and by .42 for the number of 
 bushels in shelled corn. 
 
 HOW TO MEASURE A PILE OF GRAIN. 
 
 A fanner often wants to estimate the number of bushels 
 in a loose pile of grain, vegetables or wood, or in a cock 
 of hay. To do so he should measure off the diameter 
 and the height of the pile, and then multiply the diameter 
 by itself, and the result by the height. This done, divide 
 the last result by four. This is not very accurate, but 
 it is near enough for all ordinary purposes of calculation. 
 
154 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 TO FIND THE NUMBER OF GALLONS IN A 
 
 CISTKKX OR TANK. 
 
 Multiply the square of the diameter in feet by the 
 depth in feet, and multiply this result by 6, and you have 
 the approximate contents of the tank in gallons. (For 
 exact results, multiply the product by 5'v, instead of 6.) 
 But if the tank be larger at the bottom than at the top, 
 find the average diameter by measuring the middle part 
 of the tank halfway between the top and bottom. 
 
 Another rule is to multiply the square of the diameter 
 in feet, arid multiply this result by 47, and divide the 
 product by eight. 
 
 In calculating the capacity of tanks. .'{IJ-g gallons are 
 estimated to one barrel, and' (':{ gallons to one hothead. 
 
 HOW To MEASUREA HAHIJKL, IN GALLONS. 
 
 The barrel is usually otimated at ^l 1 ^ gallons, and the 
 hogshead at CM gallons. But. the following will enable 
 one to lind the exact capacity of any barrel. A gallon 
 of water weighs nearly S,!o pound.-, avoirdupois. A pint 
 is generally estimated as a pound, and the rule is to add 
 together the diameters of the bung and head in inches 
 and divide the sum by two, which equals the average 
 diameter. Then multiply the average diameter by it>elf 
 in inches and again by the height in inches, then multiply 
 by 8 and cut off the right hand liguiv. and you have the 
 number of cubic inches. Divide by 231 and you have 
 the number of gallons. To find the number of bushels 
 divide by 2,150.4. 
 
 HOW MUCH A WAGON-BOX HOLDS. 
 
 Find the cubic feet of grain in a box and then multiply 
 the same by 4 and divide the result by 5, and you have 
 the number of bushels. This simple rule is based on a 
 calculation having as its bottom factor the United States 
 standard, 2150.42 cubic inches make a bushel. The 
 following table of bin or box capacity, inside measure- 
 ments, are furnished as helps in ready reckoning : 
 
 A box 24 inches by 16 inches, and 28 inches deep will 
 contain a barrel. 
 
 A box 26 inches by 15 J inches, and 8 inches deep, will 
 contain a bushel. 
 
 A box 13 inches square and 11 J inches deep, will con- 
 tain a bushel. 
 
 A box 12 inches by 11 inches, and 9 inches deep, will 
 contain a half-bushel. 
 
MANUAL OF-BUSINESS. 
 
 155 
 
 A box 10 inches square, and 10| inches deep, will con- 
 tain a half-bushel. 
 
 A box 8 1-5 inches by 8 inches square, and 8 inches 
 deep, will contain a peck. 
 
 A box 8 inches square and 4 inches deep will contain 
 a gallon. 
 
 A box 7 inches square and 4| inches deep will contain 
 a half-gallon. 
 
 A box 3 inches square and 4 1-5 inches deep, will con- 
 tain a quart. 
 
 A box 3 inches square and 3f inches deep will contain 
 a pint. 
 
 An average wagon-box 10 feet long, 4 feet wide and 
 
 15 inches deep, has a capacity of 40 bushels. 
 
 HOW TO MEASURE THE DISTANCE 
 TRAVELED IN PLOWING. 
 
 The farmer wants to know, sometimes, how much 
 ground he has plowed in a given space of time. This he 
 can estimate with reasonable accuracy, it being accepted 
 as the base of calculation that he travels at the rate of 
 
 16 to 18 miles per day of 9 hours. The following table 
 will serve as a guide in the calculation, taken together 
 with the fact that there are 43,560 square feet in an acre, 
 and that number of feet equals eight miles and a quarter: 
 
 Breadth of fur- 
 row slice. 
 
 Space traveled 
 in plowing 
 an acre. 
 
 Extent plowed 
 per day. 
 
 Inch. 
 
 Miles. 
 
 18 Mi. 16 Mi. 
 
 7 
 8 
 9 
 10 
 11 
 12 
 13 
 
 11 
 9 9-10 
 9 
 
 1 4-5 1 3-5 
 
 2 1/4 
 2 1-5 10-10 
 2J 21-10 
 
 
 Breadth of fur- 
 row slice. 
 
 Space traveled 
 in plowing 
 an acre. 
 
 Extent plowed 
 per day. 
 
 Inch. 
 
 Miles. 
 
 18 Mi 16 Mi. 
 
 14 
 15 
 16 
 17 
 18 
 19 
 20 
 
 7 
 61-6 
 
 5M 
 49-10 
 
 2?J 2 2 4 -5 
 2 9-10 2 3-5 
 3 1-10 2M 
 3K 2 9-10 
 3^ 3 1-10 
 3 1-5 3M 
 
156 MANUAL OF BUSIM 
 
 HOW MANY BRICKS REQUIRED 
 FOR A WALL. 
 
 The usual si/e of bricks is 8 inches long, 1 inches wide 
 and 2 inches, high, or 64 cubic inches. It takes 27 such 
 bricks to make a cubic foot, without mortar, and from 
 20 to 22 with mortar. The following is a common rule 
 for brick measurement: 
 
 Multiply the length of the wall in feet by the height 
 in feet, and that by its thickness in feet, and then multiply 
 that result by 20, and the product will be the number of 
 bricks in the wall. If there are doors or windows in the 
 wall then multiply their height, width and thickness 
 together and deduct the amount from the solid contents 
 of the wall, before multiplying by 20. 
 
 HOW TO MEASURE A WALL. 
 
 It is customary to estimate walls by the perch, a perch 
 being equal to 24% cubic feet. At least, that wa< cus- 
 tomary. The foot is now more commonly employed as 
 the unit of measurement. Cut -stone is sold by the cubic 
 foot. Brick largely is reckoned by the thousand brick 
 laid in the wall. The following scale for wall measurement 
 is in common use: 
 
 4 inch wall ( \ brick) per superficial foot, 7 bricks. 
 
 9 -inch wall (1 brick) per superficial foot, 1-1 bricks. 
 13 -inch wall (H bricks) per superficial foot, 21 bricks. 
 18 -inch wall (2 bricks) per superficial loot, 2S bricks. 
 22 -inch wall (2 bricks) per superficial foot, 35 bricks. 
 
 For every half-inch added to the thickness of a wall 
 seven bricks are allowed. A rule which often comes con- 
 venient for ascertaining the number of bricks in a wall 
 is to multiply the length by the height, deducting for 
 windows and doors, getting the square feet of the wall, 
 and then multiplying the number of feet found to the 
 surface measurement by the number of bricks per thick- 
 ness, as shown in the' foregoing scale. In buying and 
 selling the bricks in an old wall this rule is a great con- 
 venience. 
 
 HOW TO MEASURE FOR A CHIMXKV. 
 
 The usual way to ascertain the number of bricks needed 
 for a chimney is to apply the following rules : 
 
 The diameter at the base should be one-tenth the length, 
 and if the diameter of the chimney at the top is 1\ feet 
 or over, the top length should be a brick and a half in 
 thickness. The chimney should be one brick in thickness 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 157 
 
 for 25 feet from the top down, and a half brick additional 
 for each 25 feet to the bottom. 
 
 HOW TO MEASURE LOGS AND LUMBER. 
 
 First find the average diameter of the log, and then 
 allow 4 inches in diameter for slab waste, then square the 
 remaining diameter and multiply length in feet. That 
 will give the number of feet in board measure contained 
 in the log. 
 
 In board measurement, one inch in thickness is the 
 unit employed. Thus, if a board is twenty feet in length 
 one foot in width and one inch thick, it constitutes twenty 
 feet of lumber, but if it is two inches thick it constitutes 
 forty feet, or if half an inch, ten feet. If then, the measure- 
 ment is by count, the thickness must be the base of cal- 
 culation. 
 
 It is customary to compute the length and height of a 
 pile of boards in feet and the width in inches. Then, 
 bearing in mind that twelve inches make a foot, the 
 computation is simplified. For example, if the boards 
 are twenty-four feet long and six inches wide, each board 
 will contain twelve feet in lumber. If the board be two 
 inches thick, that is, a plank, then double the figures in 
 price measurement. But any kind of timber can be 
 computed readily by remembering that one foot in length 
 one foot in width and one inch in thickness, constitute a 
 foot of timber. 
 
 HOW TO MEASURE FOR WALL PAPER. 
 
 To find the amount of paper required to paper a room, 
 multiply the distance around the room, in feet, by the 
 height of the room; this gives the superficial area of the 
 walls. Multiply the length of the windows by their 
 width and this by the number of windows. Do the same 
 with the doors, and subtract the sum of these two from 
 the superficial area of the walls, and you have the number 
 of square feet of paper needed. Now each roll is 1$ feet 
 wide and 24 feet long, containing 36 square feet; divide 
 the square feet of paper needed by 36 and the result will 
 be 1he number of rolls needed, except that five per cent, 
 should be allowed for waste. 
 
 HOW TO MEASURE A WOOD PILE. 
 
 A cord of wood is a pile 8 feet long, 4 feet wide and 4 
 feet high, making 128 cubic feet. Consequently the rule 
 for measurement is self-obvious. Tan-bark is also sold 
 
158 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 by the cord. What is called a " stove-length " cord differs 
 from a regular cord in width. It is 8 feet long and 4 feet 
 high, but its width is simply the length of a stick cut or 
 sawed to fit actual use in an ordinary stove. 
 
 HOW TO MEASURE CISTERNS AND WELLS. 
 
 It is often desirable to know how much water there 
 is in a cistern or old-fashioned well. The rule is: Multiply 
 the square of the diameter in inches by the depth of the 
 water inmches, and this by oJ, and then point off four 
 figures. The result will be the quantity in gallons. Of 
 course, if the rapacity of the cjstern or well, if full, were 
 the point to be determined, the depth of the well or ri-tern 
 itself would be taken. If it be desired to reduce the 
 calculation to barrels divide by 31$; if to hogsheads, 
 by 63. 
 
 HOW TO MEASURE A FLOOR 
 FOR A CARPET. 
 
 Multiply tho length of the room in feet by the width 
 in feet, and divide the result by the number of square feet 
 in one yard of carpeting, and the result will equal the 
 number'of yards of carpeting it will take to cover the floor. 
 
 HOW TO MEASURE GAS. 
 
 In every house lighted by gas is a meter by which it can 
 be determined just how much gas is actually consumed, 
 but very few people pay any attention to their meters, 
 and, as a consequence, are liable to imposition. 
 
 Gas bills are rendered monthly and are based on the 
 record made by the meter in one's own house. That 
 record, or registry, is taken off by an agent of the gas 
 company. He goes to the house, asks to see the meter 
 and then makes a memorandum of the number of feet 
 shown to have been used during the month. Every 
 householder should insist that any member of his house- 
 hold who opens the door for the agent should accompany 
 him and take off the record on a piece of paper, or better 
 still, a little blank-book kept for that purpose. Then 
 when the bill comes, figure it up and see if the amount 
 used actually comes to the amount charged, at the rate 
 given. In this way errors will be corrected, as well as 
 frauds detected. It is not necessary to understand the 
 mechanism of the meter, or the way it works only to 
 take pains to know what the meter really records. 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 159 
 
 If the gas bill is still unreasonably large procure a 
 gasometer, or regulator, the object of which is to maintain 
 an even and equitable pressure. If the pressure is uneven 
 or excessive the light will not be as good and the expense 
 will be greater. But the first thing is to make sure that 
 the bill presented is only for the number of feet registered. 
 In many cases the house is not visited at all and the bill 
 is based on guess work, but if the householder takes a 
 record he is protected against that sort of imposition, 
 if his own book shows no record he knows that no agent 
 of the gas company visited his house that month. A 
 little practical attention to this matter will prove an 
 effectual safe-guard against extortionate gas bills. The 
 gas meter usually has three dials which are .used in 
 determining the number of feet consumed, and a fourth 
 for testing the meter. 
 
 The right hand dial of the three used for actual meas- 
 urement records the number of feet by hundreds, up to 
 one thousand, and the left hand one, the number in tens 
 of thousands up to one hundred thousand. Thus, if the 
 hands or pointers have passed the 5, 6 and 7 figures on 
 these dials the amount consumed is 76,500. If you have 
 any suspicion that the gas meter is wrong, or that you 
 do not read it correctly, apply to the gas inspector of your 
 city to test and, if need be, explain the meter. If you 
 pay no attention to the matter and simply pay whatever 
 bill is presented, you have only yourself to blame if you 
 are imposed upon. 
 
 HOW TO ADJUST THE LOAD 
 TO THE TEAM. 
 
 It is highly important for a farmer or teamster to under- 
 stand how to adjust the load to the team, the burden to 
 the horses bearing it. For example, if the load weighs 
 two ton.-, and is a hard strain on the horses, one of them 
 being much larger and stouter than the other, it is neces- 
 sary to regulate the evener, or whimetree or one or both. 
 The evener is usually attached to the tongue of the wagon 
 or the beam of the plow, in the middle, and the clevises 
 are equally distant from the end. In that case each 
 horse has the same strain put upon him. But move the 
 evener one inch from the center and the horse having the 
 short end will have to draw about one-twentieth more 
 than the other, and if the clevises are uneven one inch 
 the difference is one-half as great. Bearing this in mind 
 the driver can adjust either the clevises or the evener to 
 his idea of the difference between the drawing capacity of 
 the two animals. 
 
160 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 Eveners vary in length according to the nature of the 
 road or the character of the ground over which the team 
 must travel, but this general idea of the effect of chang- 
 ing the evener or the clevises will enable one to form an 
 estimate of how to make the adjustment, which is suffi- 
 ciently exact for all practical purposes. (.'are should be 
 taken not to impose upon the willing beast of burden. 
 The adjustment suggested can be used to protect the 
 willing from the natural shirk. 
 
 GENERAL RILKS FOR ESTIMATES OF 
 MEASUREMENT. 
 
 This chapter on measurements cannot be concluded in 
 any better way than by giving the following standard 
 rules of mensuration : 
 
 Multiply three >ides of a cube together and the result 
 is it< solid contents, and multiply the jiiaiv of the length 
 of one side of the cube by six, and you have its surface 
 
 The surface of a sphere is found by multiplying its 
 diameter by its circumference, and its' solidity i'~ 
 tained by multiplying the square of the diameter by 
 3.1416. 
 
 The solidity of a cylinder is found by multiplying the 
 area of one end by its length. 
 
 The area of a triangle is found by multiplying the base 
 by one-half the altitude. The area of a rectangle is found 
 by multiplying the length by the breadth. 
 
 The area' of a circle is ascertained by multiplying one- 
 half the diameter by one-half the circumference. 
 
 The circumference of a circle i> three and one- 
 seventh times greater than its diameter. 
 
 NAILS REQUIRED FOR DIFFERENT 
 KINDS OF WORK. 
 
 For 1,000 shingles, 3* to 5 Ibs. 4d nails or 3 to 3 Ibs. 3d. 
 
 For 1,000 laths, about 7 Ibs. 3d. fine. 
 
 For 1,000 feet clapboards, about 18 Ibs. 6d. box. 
 
 For 1,000, feet covering boards, about 20 Ibs. 8d com- 
 mon, or 25 Ibs. lOd. 
 
 For 1 ,000 feet upper floors, square edged, about 38 Ibs. 
 lOd. floor, or 41 Ibs. 12d. floor. 
 
 For 1,000 feet upper floors, matched and blind-nailed, 
 38 Ibs. lOd., or 42 Ibs. 12d. common. 
 
 For 10 feet partitions, studs or studding, 11 Ibs. lOd. 
 common. 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 161 
 
 For 1,000 feet furring, 1x3, about 45 Ibs. lOd. common. 
 
 For 1,000 feet furring, 1x2, about 65 Ibs. lOd. common. 
 
 For 1,000 feet pine finish, about 30 Ibs. 8d. finish. 
 
 For roofs and gutters use seven-pound lead; for hips 
 and ridges, six-pound; for flashings, four-pound. 
 
 Gutters should have a fall of at least one inch in ten feet. 
 
 No sheet lead should be laid greater in length than ten 
 or twelve feet, without a dip to allow for expansion. 
 
 Joints to lead pipes require a pound of solder for every 
 inch in diameter. 
 
 MEMORANDA FOR PAINTERS. 
 
 Painter's work is generally estimated by the yard, and 
 the cost depends upon the number of coats applied, be- 
 sides the quality of the work and the material to be 
 painted. 
 
 One coat or priming will take, for 100 yards of painting, 
 twenty pounds of lead and four gallons of oil. Two-coat 
 work, forty pounds of lead and four gallons of oil. Three- 
 coat work, the same proportionate quantity as two coats; 
 so that a fair estimate for 100 yards of three-coat would 
 be 100 pounds of lead and sixteen gallons of oil. 
 
 One gallon priming oil will cover 50 superficial yards. 
 
 One pound of paint covers about four superficial yards 
 the first coat and about six each additional coat. One 
 pound of putty, for stopping every twenty yards. 
 
 One gallon of tar and one pound of pitch will cover 
 twelve yards superficial the first coat, and seventeen 
 yards each additional coat. 
 
 A day's work on the outside of a building is 100 yards 
 of first coat, and 80 yards of either second or third coat. 
 An ordinary door, including casings, will, on both sides, 
 make eight to ten yards of painting, or about five yards 
 to a door without casings. An ordinary window makes 
 about two and one-half or three yards. 
 
 RULE FOR FINDING THE REQUIRED AREA 
 . FOR ANY CHIMNEY. 
 
 Multiply the nominal horse-power of the boiler by 112, 
 and divide the product by the square root of the height 
 of the chimney in feet. The quotient will be the required 
 area in inches, at the top of chimney. 
 
162 
 
 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 Table showing diameter and height of chimney for any 
 boiler: 
 
 Horse 
 Power of 
 Boiler. 
 
 Height of 
 chimney 
 in feet. 
 
 Interior 
 diameter at 
 top. 
 
 Horse 
 Power of 
 Boiler. 
 
 Height of 
 chimney 
 in feet. 
 
 Interior 
 diameter at 
 top. 
 
 10 
 12 
 16 
 20 
 30 
 50 
 60 
 
 60 
 75 
 90 
 99 
 105 
 120 
 120 
 
 14 in. 
 14 in. 
 16 in. 
 17 in- 
 21 in. 
 26 in. 
 27 in 
 
 70 
 90 
 120 
 160 
 200 
 250 
 380 
 
 120 
 120 
 135 
 150 
 165 
 180 
 195 
 
 30 in. 
 34 in. 
 38 in. 
 43 in. 
 47 in. 
 52 in. 
 57 in. 
 
 WEIGHT OF BRICKWORK. 
 
 Placing tin- weight of brickwork at 112 pounds pel- 
 cubic foot, the weights per superficial foot for different 
 walls are: 
 
 9 inch wall 84 Ib. 
 
 13 inch wall 121 Ib. 
 
 18 inch wall 168 Ib. 
 
 22 inch wall 205 Ib. 
 
 26 inch wall . ..2431b. 
 
 CONTRAST OF COLORS. 
 
 White-Black and all colors. 
 Yello\\-Yiolet, la\emler, white. 
 Red-Green, olive. 
 Blue-Orange, auburn, brown. 
 Orange-Bine, gray. 
 Violet-Yellow, citrine, buff, dun. 
 
 Green-Red, russet, maroon, chocolate, citrine, purple, 
 violet, lavender. 
 Russet ) 
 
 Maroon x- Green, olive. 
 Chocolate ) 
 
 Gray-Orange, auburn, brown. 
 Olive-Red, russet, maroon, chocolate. 
 
 PAPER. 
 
 24 sheets 1 quire 
 
 20 sheets 1 quire outsides. 
 
 25 sheets 1 quire printers. 
 20 quires 1 ream. 
 
 21 quires. . 1 ream printers.' 
 2 reams 1 bundle. 
 10 reams 1 bale. 
 60 skins 1 roll of parch- 
 ment. 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 163 
 
 WEIGHTS AND MEASURES. 
 
 LINEAL MEASURE. 
 
 2\ inches 1 nail. 
 
 4 inches 1 hand. 
 
 3 inches 1 palm. 
 
 9 inches 1 span. 
 12 inches 1 foot. 
 45 inches 1 ell. 
 
 3 feet 1 yard. 
 
 6 feet 1 fathom. 
 
 4 poles or 22 yards 1 chain. 
 220 yards or 40 poles 1 furlong. 
 1760 yards or 8 furlongs 1 mile. 
 7.92 inches 1 link. 
 100 links or 66 ft. 1 chain. 
 10 chains 1 furlong. 
 80 chains 1 mile. 
 3 miles 1 league. 
 
 feet or 5 yards 1 rod, pole, or perch. 
 
 LENGTH OF A FOOT IN DIFFERENT 
 COUNTRIES. 
 
 Inches. Inches. 
 
 Spain 11 . 03 Denmark 12 . 35 
 
 Holland 11.14 Prussia 12.36 
 
 Sweden 11 . 14 Austria 12.45 
 
 America '. 12 Portugal 12.96 
 
 England 12 Russia 13.75 
 
 LENGTI 
 Russian . 
 
 I OF A Mil 
 COUN1 
 
 Am. yards. 
 . .1,100 
 1,467 
 . . . .1,760 
 . . . .1,760 
 . . . .1,984 
 . .2,200 
 
 L,E IN DIFFERENT 
 r RIES. 
 
 Am. yards. 
 Spanish 5,028 
 German 5,866 
 Swedish and Danish. 7,233 
 Hungarian 8,630 
 
 Italian 
 English 
 \ incrican 
 
 Scotch 
 Irish. . 
 
 Norwegian 12,400 
 
 French league 3,666 
 
 SQUARE MEASURE. 
 
 II 1 square inches- I squarefoot. 
 
 9 square feet 1 square yard. 
 2721 feet 1 square rod or pole. 
 40 rods 1 square rood. 
 
 I!) rood.-, 1 
 
 160 rods 
 
 4,840 yards \ 1 acre 
 
 43,560 feet 
 
 10 square chains 
 
 640 acres 1 square mile. 
 2,471 acres 1 hectare. 
 7,840 square yards 1 
 
 Irish acre. 
 6,150 square yards 1 
 
 Scotch acre. 
 30 square acres 1 yard 
 
 of land. 
 
 100 acres Ihide of land. 
 40 hides 1 barony. 
 
164 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 SOLID OR CUBIC MEASURE. 
 
 1728 inches 1 cubic foot. 
 27 cubic feet 1 cubic yard. 
 40 cubic feet of rough or 50 cubic feet of hewn timbei 
 
 1 ton or load. 
 
 108 cubic feet 1 stack of wood. 
 128 cubic feet 1 cord of wood. 
 
 AVOIRDUPOIS WEIGHT. 
 
 16 drachms 1 ounce. 112 pounds 1 cut. 
 
 1(> ounces 1 pound. 20 cwt. 1 ton. 
 
 28 pounds 1 quarter. 
 
 TROY WEIGHT. 
 
 24 grains 1 d\vt. 12 oz. 1 11 >. 
 
 20 clwt. 1 oz. 
 
 DRY MEASURE. 
 
 2 gallons 1 peck. 04 gallons 1 quarter. 
 
 S gallons 1 bushel. 1 bushel 1.28 cubic feet. 
 
 LIQUID MEASURE. 
 
 8.665 cubic inches 1 gill. 
 
 4 gills 1 pint. 
 
 2 pints 1 quart. 
 
 4 quarts Igallon. 
 
 1 gallon U. S. 8.34 Ib. 
 
 1 gallon U. S. 231 cubic inches. 
 
 1 cubic foot 7.48 U. S. gallons. 
 
 SIZE OF PAPER. (Whatman's.) 
 
 Inches. 
 
 Emperor 72 x48 
 
 Antiquarian 53 x31 
 
 Double elephant 40 x26f 
 
 Atlas 34 x26 
 
 Colombier 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 165 
 
 SIZE OF PAPER. CONTINUED. 
 
 Imperial 30 x22 
 
 Elephant 28 x23 
 
 Super Royal 27 x!9 
 
 Royal 24 x!9 
 
 Medium 22 x!7 
 
 Demy 20 xl5 
 
 Large post 20fxl6| 
 
 Post 19 x!5i 
 
 Foolscap 17 xl3| 
 
 Post 15 x!2 
 
 Copy 20 x!6 
 
 TABLE OF SQUARE ROOTS, 
 
 No. Sq. Root, No. Sq. Root. 
 
 25 5. 1400 37.42 
 
 50 7.071 1450 38.08 
 
 75 8.66 1500 38.73 
 
 100 10.00 1550 39.37 
 
 125 11.18 1600 40.00 
 
 150 12.25 1650 40.62 
 
 175 13.23 1700 41.23 
 
 200 14.14 1800 42.43 
 
 250 15.81 1900 43.59 
 
 300 17.32 2000 .44.72 
 
 350 . .18.70 2100 45.82 
 
 400 20.00 2200 46.90 
 
 450 21.21 2300 47.95 
 
 500 22.36 2400 .48.99 
 
 550 23.45 2500 50.00 
 
 600 24.49' 2600 50.99 
 
 650 25.46 2700 ' 51.96 
 
 700 26.46 2800 52.91 
 
 750 27.39 2900 53.85 
 
 800 28.28 3000 54.77 
 
 850 29.15 3200 56.57 
 
 900 30.30 3400 58.30 
 
 950.. ..30.82 3600 60.00 
 
 1000. . 31.62 3800 61.64 
 
 1050 32.40 4000 63.24 
 
 1100 33.16 4200 64.80 
 
 1150 33.91 4400 .66.32 
 
 1200.. 34.64 4600 67.82 
 
 1250 . .35.36 4800 69.28 
 
 1300 36.06 5000 70.72 
 
 1350.. ..36.74 
 
CHAPTER X. 
 Laws Concerning Public Roads. 
 
 1. To Prevent Collisions, and to secure the safety and 
 COnvenie&Oe of travelers meeting and passing each other 
 upon the highway, a code of rules has been adopted which 
 constitutes what is called the law of the n.ad. These 
 rules, originally established by custom, have, in many 
 instances, been re-enacted and declared by .-tatute. and 
 are of general and uniform observance in all parts of the 
 I'nited States. In general, they apply to private ways 
 as well as public roads and. indeed. extend to all places 
 appropriated either by law or in fact, for the purp< 
 travel. 
 
 2. Public ROCK]* are those which are laid out and sup- 
 ported by officers entrusted with that power. Their care 
 and control is regulated by the statutes of the different 
 States, and in detail will not be referred to here, a^ they 
 can be easily looked up by those who desire information 
 so entirely local. 
 
 3. Ownership. The soil and the land remain?* in the 
 owner, who may put the land to any use. and derive from 
 it any profit, not inconsistent with the rights of the public. 
 If the road is at any time discontinued, the land reverts 
 to the owner. 
 
 4. Liability. The repair of highways is usually im- 
 posed upon towns, and they are made' liable by statute 
 for all damages against persons or estates, from injuries 
 received or happening in consequence of a neglect of duty 
 on the part of the officers haveng the same in charge. 
 
 5. The Primary Law of the road is that all persons 
 using the same must exercise due care to prevent collisions 
 and accidents. No one can claim damages for an injury 
 mainly caused by his own negligence. 
 
 6. Persons traveling with carriages or vehicles of 
 transportaton, meeting on any public way, are required 
 to turn their carriages or wagons to the right of the center 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 167 
 
 of the road, so far as to permit such carriages or wagons 
 to pass without interruption. Any unreasonable occupa- 
 tion of the public way, whether arising out of a refusal 
 to turn out and allow a more rapid vehicle to pass, or 
 from an unjustifiable occupancy of such a part of the 
 road as to prevent others from passing, will render the 
 party so trespassing liable for damages to any suffering 
 injuries therefrom. A loaded vehicle must turn out, 
 and allow those to pass who may reasonably and lawfully 
 travel faster. 
 
 7. Riders are not governed by any fixed rules, but 
 are required to use reasonable prudence at all times to 
 prevent accidents. They need less room and can make 
 quicker movements, and are, therefore, not under as well 
 defined rules as vehicles. 
 
 8. Pedestrians have a right to use the carriage-way 
 as well as the sidewalk, and drivers must exercise rea- 
 sonable care to avoid injuring them, but a foot pas- 
 senger in crossing the street of a city has no prior right 
 of way over a passing vehicle; both are bound to act 
 with prudence to avoid an accident, and it is as much 
 the duty of the pedestrian to look out for passing vehicles 
 as it is for the driver to see that he does not run over 
 anyone: nor does the rule requiring vehicles to keep to 
 the right apply to carriages and foot passengers, for, as 
 regards a foot passenger, a carriage may go on either side. 
 
 '.). Runaways. The owner of a runaway horse or 
 horses, if negligent, or not exercising due care, is respon- 
 sible for all damages that may occur. If a horse naturally 
 quiet to ride and drive is frightened by a railroad train, 
 steam thrasher or other causes not under the control of the 
 rider or driver, does any damage, or injures any person or 
 persons, the owner is not responsible. If horses are known 
 to be vicious, or sustain a runaway reputation, break loose 
 or run away with their driver, or injure any person 
 persons, the owner is responsible, unless it can be shown 
 that the horses were frightened by some obstacle which 
 would naturally frighten a gentle or ordinarily quiet 
 horse. 
 
168 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 PETITION FOR LAYING OUT A ROAD. 
 
 To the Commissioners of the 
 Town of Milwaukee, County 
 of Boone, State of Wisconsin. 
 
 Your petitioners, of the town of Milwaukee, would 
 respectfully represent that the public convenience and 
 wants require that a road and highway should be laid out 
 and constructed, 'beginning at the northeast corner of 
 William .Jones' farm, in the town of Milwaukee, and lead- 
 ing in a direct line south to the town of Southport. 
 
 Your petitioners would therefore ask that your honors 
 would view the premises and locate ;uul construct said 
 road and highway, according to the laws in such ca<es 
 made and provided, a^ shown by the statutes of the State. 
 
 Signatures. Signatures. 
 
 I'KTITloX l/oi! CHAXdlXG A ROAD. 
 
 To the Commissioners for the 
 County of 
 
 The undersigned respectfully represent that the public 
 road and highway from the house of P. X. Malone, in the 
 town of Helvidere, passing the house of L. K. Peterson, 
 to the house of William Jones, in the town of Belvidere, 
 is indirect, inconvenient and out of the way: wherefore. 
 your petitioners request your honorable body to view the 
 premises, straighten or new locate such road, and discon- 
 tinue such parts of the present highway a< may l>e useless 
 or make such alterations or improvements as shall appear 
 to your honors necessary. 
 
 Signatures. Signatures. 
 
CHAPTER XI. 
 Posted Regulations. 
 
 HOW TO SEND MONEY. 
 
 There are several ways to send money. How to send 
 it by telegraph is explained elsewhere. 'The way to send 
 the identical money is to send it by express. The package 
 should be counted with the greatest care, and then a 
 thread sewed through it so that a bill could not be slipped 
 out if it be paper money. If it be coin it should be put 
 in a strong canvas bag, then seal the knot with which 
 it. is tied. Better still, put the bag in a box securely 
 nailed or screwed down. If the package be in bills the 
 wrapper should be carefully tied and the knots sealed 
 with scaling wax. The express company will give a receipt 
 for the amount which it is said to contain. But a better 
 way to send money by express is to buy a money order. 
 They issue for any amount without any formal application. 
 If a person has a bank account he often finds it most 
 convenient to remit by draft. You fill out and deposit 
 the following blanks: 
 
 Chicago, 111 190.. No. 
 
 THE METROPOLITAN NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO. 
 
 Pay to the order of $ 
 
 . . DOLLARS. . 
 
 METROPOLITAN NATIONAL BANK 
 OF CHICAGO. 
 
 Chicago, 190. . 
 
 Wanted by 
 
 and Cents. $ 100 
 
 Payable at 
 
 State of 
 
 Payable to 
 
 Residence or place of business of person to whom 
 money is to be paid. 
 
 Town or city 
 
 State of ' 
 
 No Street, 
 
 Sent by 
 
 (Signature of Remitter to be written here.) 
 
170 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 Residence or place of business of Remitter. 
 
 No ................... Street ..... 
 
 Town or city ..................... 
 
 State of. .-. ...................... 
 
 On the reverse side is the following blank: 
 
 v 
 
 FKKS CHAI;<;I:I) F<>K MUNKY OUDKIIS. 
 For Orders for sums of $5 or less ............ ;1 cents. 
 
 Over s", and not exceeding S10 .......... 8 cents. 
 
 ( )ver -810 and not exceeding sl."> .......... 10 cents. 
 
 Over SI") and not exceeding -830 ........ lo cents. 
 
 Over $30 and not exceeding 810 ........ 20 cents. 
 
 Over SlO and not exceeding $50 ......... 12.1 cents. 
 
 Over 8-10 and not exceeding 8<iO ......... 30 cents. 
 
 Over 800 and not exceedinir S70 .......... 3.1 cents. 
 
 ( )ver 870 and not exceeding SXO .......... 10 cents. 
 
 Over 8<SO and not exceeding 8100 ......... 1.1 cents. 
 
 A single money order may be issued For any amount 
 from one cent to One Hundred Dollars, inclusive, but 
 
 must not contain a fractional part of a cent. 
 
 VYAIYKI! or IDFATinCATlOX. 
 
 The Remitter who desires to relieve the Payee of his 
 indorse or attorney from the inconvenience of proving 
 indentity at the office of payment, by the testimony of 
 another person, may do so. at his own risk, by signing 
 the following form: 
 
 Draft on ........... 
 
 Order of .............................. $ .......... 
 
 You then receive the following draft, duly filled out, 
 
 which you send by mail to the payee: 
 
 Chicago .............. 190 No ......... 
 
 .............................. Pay to the order of 
 
 .................................. $ ............... 
 
 .............................. DOLLAIIS. 
 
 With Exchange. 
 Value received, and charge the same to account of 
 
 To .......... '" 
 
 No Protest. Take this off before presenting. Papers 
 accompanying this draft must not be delivered unless 
 Draft is paid. 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 171 
 
 Still another way is to send the money through the 
 post office. The cheapest way is to buy a postal note, 
 but that is not available, for there is no safety in it. Any 
 person could get it cashed without identification. The 
 best way is to procure a money order. The following 
 is the blank used: 
 
 No Amount ") 
 
 No Amount }> 
 
 No Amount J 
 
 These numbers and amounts are to be written in by 
 the Postmaster. There being three blank spaces, more 
 than one application is not needed when the Remitter 
 sends over $100. 
 
 APPLICATION FOR MONEY ORDER. 
 
 (To be filled up by the Remitter, or by some one for 
 him, not employed in the post office.) 
 
 Date 190. . 
 
 (Date must not be omitted.) 
 
 For the sum of DOLLARS. 
 
 Identificaton of Payee, Indorsee or Attorney waived. 
 
 Remitter. 
 
 If the Remitter signs this form, the issuing Postmaster 
 must write or stamp across the face of the Money Order 
 and of the Advice, these words : " Identification of Payee, 
 Indorsee or Attorney waived, " and must add there 
 to his official signature. 
 
 Note: The issue of a single applicant, in one day, of 
 more than three orders payable at the same office, and 
 to the same payee, is positively forbidden. 
 
 In the application the given 'names of the Remitter and 
 Payee, or the initials thereof, should precede their sur- 
 names, respectively. If the Payee has only one given 
 name, it should be written in full,if known to the Remitter. 
 For example, the name John Jones should be written, 
 and not as J. Jones. Observance of this rule will tend 
 to prevent mistakes and delay in payment. 
 
 Names of firms, places and streets, as well as numbers 
 and amounts, should be written in full and in the plainest 
 manner possible. A money order must not be made 
 payable to more than one person or firm. 
 
172 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 As there are several Post Offices of the same name in 
 the United States, an applicant for an order paj^able at 
 one of such offices must be careful to indicate carefully 
 which one of them he means, and the Po-t master will 
 satisfy himself, before writing out the order, that the 
 office indicated is, the one intended. 
 
 These are the various methods in vogue for sending 
 money. The choice between them is largely a matter 
 of circumstance and convenience. 
 
 Third Clax* Mall<-r (not exceeding \ pounds'). Printed 
 matter, books, proof-sheets, corrected or unconvcted, 
 unsealed circulars, inclosed so as to admit ea-y inspection 
 without cutting cords or wrapper 1 cent for each 2 ounces 
 
 Fourth r/f/x.s Malta-. Not exceeding 4 pounds, em- 
 bracing merchandise and samples, excluding liquids, 
 poisons, grease, inflammable or explosive articles, live 
 animals, insects, etc., 1 cent an ounce. Po-tage to Can- 
 ada and Hritish North American States, 2 cents per ounce, 
 must be prepaid, otherwise, c. cents. 
 
 On any third or fourth class packages may be written 
 the names and numbers of articles enclosed. The sender 
 is also allowed to mark a word or passage in a book or 
 paper, to which he desires to call special attention. He 
 may also write a simple inscription, or dedication, upon 
 the cover or blank leaves of a book or pamphlet. He 
 may attach to articles of merchandise, by tag, or labels, 
 a mark, number, name, or letter for purpose of identifica- 
 tion. Printed circulars may contain the written name 
 of the sender, and the date. The sender's address, pre- 
 ceded by the word "from." may be added (inside or out) 
 to any package 1 . Any other writing on third or fourth 
 class matter will subject the package to letter rates of 
 postage, ami render the sender liable to a fine of ten 
 dollars for each offence. 
 
 Money can be sent with absolute safety by mail, by 
 procuring a Money Order. The fees are: On orders not 
 exceeding *">. 5 rents; $10, 8 cents; $10 to $15, 10 cents; 
 $15 to $30, 15 cents; $30 to *K). 2n cents; S 10 to $50, 25 
 cents; $80 to $100, 45 cents. 
 
 All postmasters in the Tinted States issue Postal Notes 
 for any sum under $5 at 3 cents each. 
 
 FOREIGN POSTAGE. 
 
 To all parts of Europe. Turkey, Persia, Egypt, India, 
 Japan, Bermudas, Cuba, Porto Kico, Mexico, Honduras, 
 Venezuela, Brazil, Argentine Republic, Chili, Peru, 
 Ecuador, and Newfoundland for letters, 5 cents per half 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 173 
 
 ounce, prepayment optional; if not prepaid a fine is col- 
 lected on delivery. 
 
 Postal-Card, 1 cent in addition to stamp impressed. 
 
 Newspapers, 2 cents each, if not over four ounces, and 
 2 cents for each additional four ounces or parts thereof. 
 
 For other Printed Matter and Samples, 1 cent for each 
 package and an additional 1 cent for each two ounces or 
 fraction thereof the minimum rate for commercial papers 
 being five cents for a package. 
 
 All matter, except Letters must be prepaid. 
 
 Letters and other packages may be registered on pay- 
 ment of a fee of ten cents. 
 
 Letters to New South Wales, Queensland, Victoria via, 
 San Francisco, 12 cts. per oz. ; Australia, except above 
 places, 5 cts. per oz. ; New Zealand, 12 cts. per | oz. 
 
 SUGGESTIONS. 
 
 Owing to the frequent handling all mail matter neces- 
 sarily receives it is advisable always to use good envelopes, 
 as many of the thin ones split open, which excites suspicion 
 and blame against entirely innocent officials. 
 
 Prepayment of one full rate of postage on first class 
 matter insures its being forwarded, but it is best to fully 
 prepay, else the receiver of the letter must meet the defi- 
 ciency. All mail, except first-class matter, must be fully 
 prepaid or it will not be forwarded. 
 
 When the full rate of postage has been prepaid on first 
 class matter, and all other matter when fully prepaid, 
 may, at the request of the party addressed, be forwarded 
 from one post-office to another. Postmasters can return 
 second, third and fourth-class matter only upon zeceipt 
 of postage stamps to cover remailing. A printed or writ- 
 ten request on such matter, asking postmasters to notify 
 sender of non-delivery, and of amount of postage required 
 to return same, is allowable and will be honored. 
 
 All inquiries relating to lost mail matter of any sort, 
 either domestic or foreign, should be addressed to the 
 Chief Inspector, Post Office Department, Washington, 
 D. C. 
 
 Inquiries relating to mail matter supposed to have been 
 sent to the Dead Letter Office, should be sent to the Third 
 Assistant Postmaster General. 
 
 In all letters of inquiry fullest information must be 
 given, such as name and address .of sender or writer, date 
 and place of mailing, to whom and to what address the 
 article was mailed, and a brief description of the contents. 
 Whenever it is known when or why letter was sent to the 
 
174 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 Dead Letter Office, this should be stated as should the 
 number of any registered matter. 
 
 Always write "Transient" or "General Delivery" on 
 matter for persons not living where you send mail to them 
 
 \Ylien directing to cities, always add the street and 
 number, or post office box, of the person addressed, unless 
 marked "Transient " or " (Jem-nil Delivery." 
 
 To insure certainty in dispatch of mail, give the county 
 in which post-office is, and spell out the name of the State 
 in full. 
 
 If you will write or print your name and addn 
 the contents, it' a package) in the upper left hand corner 
 of your mail matter, it will be returned to you for correc- 
 tion, if improperly addressed, or insufficiently paid, and if 
 not called for at it- destination, it can be returned to you 
 without going to the Dead Letter Office. If a letter, it 
 will be returned free. 
 
 Register all valuable letters and packages. Registry 
 fee ten eents, which with the postage mu>t be fully pre- 
 paid. The name and address of the .-ender must be given 
 on the outside of the envelope or wrapper of all registered 
 articles. Hegist ration does not make the Department 
 responsible for lost letters, but it does so mark the progress 
 of a letter that tampering with it is almost wholly im- 
 possible. 
 
 FOREIGN POSTAO \ :. 
 
 To all parts of the I'liiver-al Postal I'nion (embracing 
 neaarly every civili/ed country! : 
 
 On letter*, /ire cent* for each Imlj ounce or fraction thereof, 
 prepayment optional. Double rate- are collected on 
 delivery of unpaid or short-paid letter-. 
 
 On newspapers, book-, pamphlets, photographs, sheet 
 music, map engravings, and similar printed matter, one 
 cent for each two ounces or fraction thereof. 
 
 To Canada (including Nova Scotia, New Brunswick, 
 Manitoba and Prince Edward Island): Letters, two 
 cents for each ounce or fraction thereof; Books, Circulars 
 and similar printed matter, one cent for each two ounces, 
 or fraction thereof. Second ('lass Matter, same as in 
 the United States Samples and Merchandise, on- 
 per ounce. Packages must not exceed \ pounds, (i ounces 
 in weight, prepayment compulsory. 
 
 To Mexico: Letters, Postal Cards and printed matter, 
 same rates as in the Tinted States. Samples, one cent 
 per ounce; Merchandise other than Samples, can only be 
 sent by Parcel Post. 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 175 
 
 To Australia (except New South Wales, Queens- 
 land and Victoria), via San Francisco: On Letters, 
 five cents for each half ounce or fraction thereof. To 
 places excepted above, twelve cents for each half ounce; 
 on Newspapers, two cents each, prepayment compulsory. 
 
 Limits of Size and Weight: Packages of samples 
 of merchandise to the countries named above (except 
 Great Britain, France, Belgium and Switzerland), must 
 not exceed 8f oz., nor measure more than 8 in. in length, 
 4 in. in breadth and 2 in depth; and packages of printed 
 matter must not exceed 4 Ibs. 6 oz. Packages of mer- 
 chandise samples to Great Britain, France, Belgium, 
 Switzerland and Argentine Republic are limited to 12 
 oz. in weight, 12 in. in length, 8 in. in width, and 4 in. 
 in depth. Packages of printed matter to Germany and 
 Great Britain are limited to 2 ft. in length and 1 ft. in 
 each other dimension. 
 
 INTERNATIONAL OR FOREIGN 
 MONEY-ORDER FEES. 
 
 On Algeria, Belgium British India, Cape Colony, Con- 
 si am inople, Denmark, Dominion of Canada, Egypt, 
 England, France, German Empire, HongHong, Ireland, 
 Italy, Jamaica, Japan, Newfoundland, New South Wales, 
 Xc\v Zealand, Portugal, Sandwich Islands, Scotland, 
 Shanghai, Sweden, Switzerland, Tasmania, Victoria. 
 
 For sunls not exceeding $10 lOcts. 
 
 ( )ver $10, not exceed. $20 20cts. 
 
 Over $20, not exceed. $30 30cts. 
 
 ( >ver $30, not exceed. $40 40cts. 
 
 ( her $40, not exceed. $50 SOcts. 
 
 Orders can also be obtained on Austria and the East 
 Indies, by remittance through the Postal Department of 
 Switzerland, subject to the rates of the Swiss Department 
 to those countries. Also on Norway and the Nether- 
 lands, through the Postal Department of the German 
 Empire, subject to the rates of the German Department 
 to those countries. 
 
 No order issued for a larger amount than $50 in United 
 States money. 
 
 UNITED STATES POSTAGE RATES. 
 Letters. Prepaid by stamps, 2 cents each ounce 
 or fraction thereof 'to all parts of the United States and 
 Canada; forwarded to another office without charge on 
 
176 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 request, of the person addressed; if not called for, re- 
 turned to the writer free if indorsed with the request. 
 If the stamp is omitted the letter is forwarded to the 
 Dead Letter Office, and returned to the writer. For 
 registering letters the charge is ten cents additional. 
 Drop letters, at letter carrier offices, 2 cents per ounce 
 or fraction thereof, at the other offices 1 cent per ounce 
 or fraction thereof. On insufficiently prepaid matter 
 mailed in Canada, 6 cents per ounce or fraction thereof. 
 Stamped postal cards furnished only by Government, 
 1 cent postal card, or, anything but the address written 
 on the face, letter po>tage is charged. Postage on all 
 newspapers and periodicals sent from newspaper offices 
 to any part, of the United .States to regular subscribers, 
 must be paid in advance at the office of mailing. 
 
 WITHDRAWAL OF MAIL MATTER. 
 
 Before Dixjxilch. After mailable matter has been 
 deposited in the post office it cannot be withdrawn 
 except by the writer thereof or sender, or in case of a 
 minor child, the parent or guardian duly authorized to 
 control the correspondence of the writer. The utmost 
 care mu-t be taken to axvrtain that the person desiring 
 to withdraw the matter is the one person entitled to do so. 
 It' necessary, the postma-ter should require the applicant 
 to exhibit a written address in the same hand as that 
 upon the letter, and such description of the letter or 
 article mailed, or other evidence, as will identify the -aim- 
 am! satisfy the postmaster that the applicant is entitled 
 to withdraw it. 
 
 The postmaster acts at his peril in permitting such 
 withdrawal, and would be liable, however honest his 
 intentions, were he to deliver it to an imposter or one not 
 entitled to it. He should in no ca>e delay a mail, or 
 retard the business of his office in order to search for a 
 letter desired to be withdrawn. 
 
 Lcflern With Stamp* Canceled not to be Withdrawn for 
 Moiling on the Cars. After canceling the >tamps upon a 
 letter the postmaster must not return it to the person mail- 
 ing it to him to take it to a railway post office. If received 
 too late to put in the locked pouch, the postmaster or his 
 assistant or sworn clerk may, after cancelation and post- 
 marking, take it to the postal car. The railway postal 
 clerk may receive it from such postmaster, assistant or 
 clerk, but is forbidden to receive such canceled letter out- 
 side of the pouch from any other person. 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 177 
 
 Withdrawal by Sender After Dispatch. After a letter 
 has passed from the mailing post office, the delivery 
 of same may be prevented, and its return to the writer 
 secured, by an applicant by the writer to the post- 
 master at the office of mailing, stating reasons therefor, 
 identifying the letter, and supporting such application 
 with sufficient proof in writing. Upon such application 
 and evidence, and upon a deposit being made by the 
 writer of a sum sufficient to cover all expenses incurred, 
 the postmaster shall telegraph a request for the return 
 of such letter to his office, if it has been forwarded, to 
 the postmaster at the office of address, carefully describ- 
 ing the same, so as to identify it and prevent the return 
 of any other matter. On receipt of such request the 
 postmaster at the office of address shall return such 
 letter to the mailing postmaster in a penalty envel- 
 ope, who will deliver it to the writer upon payment 
 of all expenses and of letter rate of postage on the matter 
 returned, on the envelope of which, postage-due stamps 
 of the proper value must be placed and canceled, 
 and upon the prepayment also, of a registered parcel, 
 addressed to the First assistant Postmaster General, 
 Division of Correspondence, P. O. Department, in which 
 the postmaster shall inclose and transmit the application 
 of the writer and all proofs submitted by him together 
 with the writer's receipt for it, and the envelope of the 
 n turned letter. 
 
 Letters Withdrawn from the Mail Require Prepayment 
 Anew. A letter which has been withdrawn from the post 
 office by the sender, after the stamp has been canceled, for 
 the purpose of adding to the message, cannot be remailed 
 without new prepayment of postage. 
 
 Return of Registered Matter. Registered matter cannot 
 be returned without the consent of the addressee and the 
 approval of the Department. 
 
 Prepayment of Postage. First class matter will 
 be forwarded for delivery in the domestic mails on the 
 prepayment of one full rate of postage. The deficiency 
 will be collected by postage-due stamps at the place of 
 delivery. All other domestic matter must be fully pre- 
 paid. When by any inadvertence mail matter of any 
 reaches its destination without any prepayment, 
 double the prepaid rates will be collected from the ad- 
 dressee. When part prepayment, however, is made, only 
 the actual deficiency will be collected. 
 
 Second, third and fourth class matter will neither be 
 forwarded nor returned without the prepayment of ad- 
 ditional postage. 
 
178 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 Postage Due Must Be Paid in CW/. Po>tmasters 
 cannot lawfully accept postage stamps in payment of 
 postage remaining due on letters. The amount 'due must 
 invariably be paid in cash. 
 
 Dotihle Postage Collected on Unpaid Foreign Mail. Letter 
 addressed to foreign countries other than Mexico and 
 Canada, will be forwarded without the prepayment of 
 po-iage. but double postage will be collected from the ad- 
 dressee on delivery. 
 
 Set/led /''ureii/H Mattir Other 1'han Letter*. Sealed mat- 
 ter addressed to foreign countries, not in the usual and 
 ordinary form of a letter, mu-t he fully prepaid to be for- 
 warded. When not prepaid, it will be returned to sender 
 or sent to the Dead Letter Office. 
 
 Simmf. Third ond Fourth ('In.--* l-'or< //// Mail. Matter 
 from foreign countries analagous to our domestic second, 
 third and fourth class matter will be forwarded without 
 the prepayment of additional postage. 
 
 Return of Domestic Letter*. Domestic letters bear- 
 ing the return card of the sender will be returned to 
 sender should they prove undeliverable at the end of 
 the time stated on the envelope, or if no lime is stated, 
 at Ihe end of thirty days. 
 
 Letter* Without Return Card. Letters which are not 
 deliverable and do not bear the return card of the 
 sender, are sent to the Dead Letter Office, where 
 they are opened, and returned in a penalty envelope di- 
 rected to the sender, if his address is contained therein. 
 When a letter is not deliverable at an address, the city 
 directory is searched for a new address. If found, the 
 new address is marked on the letter and delivery made 
 to the addressee. In view of this, it is advisable that 
 everyone should see that his or her name is inserted in 
 the city directory. If unavoidably left out of the direc- 
 tory, the post office should be notified, so that the name 
 may be entered in the post office interleaved directory. 
 
 Chattue of Ada're**. Business houses changing their 
 address should notify their letter carrier of their route 
 or the general post office. All changes in corporation 
 names or titles of firms should be reported to the post 
 office, in order that mail may he promptly delivered: this 
 is also true with respect to the establishment of new firms 
 or newspapers, or any business concern to which mail is 
 addressed. When changing an address state if it has 
 been previously changed and to where. 
 
 Send* r May Specify Time Letter Shall He Held. The 
 sender of a letter may specify the time a letter shall be held 
 pending delivery, but no 'time less than three days will 
 be observed. 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 179 
 
 .\o Charge for Letters Returned. Letters are returned 
 to senders if not deliverable, without additional charge 
 for postage. 
 
 "Disputed Mail." Whenever there is a dispute 
 between the members of a firm regarding the delivery of 
 mail, the matter should be referred to the postmaster for 
 adjudication. 
 
 Letters Addressed to "Agent," or "In Care of." Letters 
 addressed to anyone as the agent, manager or representa- 
 tive of a business firm, belong to the business firm. Letters 
 addressed care of business firm, individual or house, belong 
 to the persons so addressed and not to the person or per- 
 sons in whose care they are addressed. 
 
 Cause of Non-Delivery to be Stamped. All re- 
 quest, card or official matter of any class returned 
 to sender, or undelivered matter sent to the Dead Letter 
 Office, must bear on its face the reason for such return, 
 as, such " refused, " " Removed, " " Present Address 
 Unknown, " " Deceased, " " Unclaimed, " " Cannot be 
 Found, " etc., and must also, in every instance, bear the 
 post mark of the office from which it is returned. No 
 article of undeliverable matter must be detained at the 
 office to which it is addressed for a longer time than that 
 named in the return request. 
 
 Postal Cards, Etc., Not Given Directory Service. Postal 
 cards, and matter of the second, third and fourth class, 
 not deliverable, are not given directory service. 
 
 Treatment of Valuable Second, Third and Fourth 
 Claxs Matter. Matter of the second, third or fourth 
 class, of obvious value, if not deliverable and if 
 the address of the sender is not enclosed, is sent to 
 to the Dead Letter Office. When the address of the 
 sender is disclosed, a card will be mailed requesting post- 
 age for returning or forwarding. 
 
 ^Printed Matter of "Obvious Value" Defined. Printed 
 matter of obvious value is defined to be such as magazines, 
 pictorials, music, pictures, photographs, books or pamph- 
 lets, likely to be of use or value to the addressee. 
 
 ' ' Unclaimed Matter is A dvertised. ' ' All un- 
 claimed matter of the first class, except registered, 
 refused, fictitious card and request matter, if not de- 
 liverable, is advertised weekly by lists posted at the post 
 office, stations and sub-stations. One cent will be col- 
 leHed when an advertised letter is delivered. 
 
 "Mail Sent Under Cover." Matter sent under 
 cover to a postmaster with a request to mail is always 
 stamped " Mailed under cover at " which prevents de- 
 ception. 
 
180 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 GENERAL REGULATIONS CONCERNING 
 FOREIGN MAILS. 
 
 The following regulations are in effect on and after 
 January 1, 1900. Until that date regulations published 
 in previous issues of the Guide are in force. 
 
 CXIYKRSAL POSTAL CONVENTION SIGNKI) AT 
 WASHINGTONREGULATIONS IX MFFECT 
 JAXl'AHY 1, 1900. 
 
 The following principal provisions of the Universal 
 Postal Convention of Washington, applicable to articles 
 in the mails exchanged on and after .January 1, 1900, 
 between the Cniled States and the. other countries (ex- 
 cept Canada and Mexico) embraced in the rniversal 
 Postal Union, are published for the information and 
 guidance of postal officials and the public: 
 
 1. The postage rates remain unchanged. They are as 
 follows, viz: 
 
 For Letters. Five (5) cents for each half ounce or 
 fraction of half ounce; prepayment optional. 
 
 For Post-Cards. Two (2) cents for each single cards, 
 and four (4) cents for double card<. 
 
 For Prints of AVer// Kind. One (1) cent for each 
 (2) ounces or fraction of two (2) ounces; limit of weight, 
 four pounds, six ounces; limit of size, eighteen (18) 
 inches in any direction, except that rolls of prints 
 may measure thirty inches (30) in length and four (4) 
 [nones in diameter. 
 
 For Commercial Papers. Five (5) cents for the 
 first four (4) ounces or less, and one (1) cent for each 
 additional two (2) ounces or fraction thereof ounces; limit 
 of weight, twelve (12) ounces; limit of size, twelve (12) 
 by eight (8) by four (4) inches 
 
 *A11 articles other than letters must be prepaid, at least 
 in part. Double the deficient postage calculated at the 
 above rates is collectible of the addressee, upon the de- 
 livery of articles upon which postage has not been prepaid 
 in full. 
 
 2. The sender of an article may cause it to be with- 
 drawn from the mails, or its address to be changed; pro- 
 vided the legislation of the country for which the article 
 is destined allows such withdrawal or change of address. 
 
 3. In the case of unpaid letters and short paid articles 
 of any kind returned to the senders as undeliverable, the 
 senders must pay the amount which would have been 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 181 
 
 collected of the addressees if the articles had been de- 
 livered. 
 
 4. The following articles are prohibited circulation 
 in international mails, viz: 
 
 Articles which do not conform to the conditions pre- 
 scribed for them. Articles which may be dangerous or 
 likely to soil or injure other articles. Current coin, 
 articles liable to custom's duty, gold, silver, precious 
 stones, but only to those countries the legislation of which 
 does not permit their admission to the mails. 
 
 5. Postage stamps are required to be printed as far 
 as possible in the following colors, viz: 
 
 Stamps of the value of five cents in dark blue; stamps 
 of the value of two cents in red; stamps of the value of 
 one cent in green. 
 
 6. Every article addressed for delivery in a foreign 
 country must show upon its cover an impression of the 
 date stamp of the mailing post office. 
 
 7. A post office receiving letters and post-cards from 
 foreign countries must impress its date stamp on the 
 back of letters and on the front of post-cards. 
 
 8. Every unpaid or short-paid article must have 
 marked upon its cover the capital letter "T". Such 
 marking is done by the exchange post office, which dis- 
 patches the article abroad. 
 
 9. Articles addressed by initials or in pencils are not 
 allowed to be registered. 
 
 10. Registered articles for which a "Return receipt" 
 is desired must be marked very plainly " Return receipt. " 
 
 The return must be made out and attached, by means 
 of a string tied crosswise, to the article. ' When an article 
 is received accompanied by a return receipt, said receipt 
 must be signed by the person to whom the article is deli- 
 vered, and must be returned to the exchange office whence 
 the article was received. 
 
 11. Post-cards must not exceed in size 5| by 3| inches, 
 and must bear on the front the words " Post-card. " En- 
 gravings or advertisement may be printed on the front 
 provided they do not interfere with a perfectly distinct 
 address. Postage stamps and small adress label may be 
 affixed to the front ; and the sender may also write, print 
 or stamp his name and address on the front, but nothing 
 else is allowed to be placed there. 
 
 12. The sender of a double post-card may write his 
 name and address on the front of the reply half of the 
 double card. 
 
 13. Post-cards (single and double) issued by private 
 establishments are admitted to enternational " mails in 
 
182 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 those countries which authorize the issue of such cards, 
 provided the cards conform as regards size, and the con- 
 sNtency of tin 1 paper, with the official post-cards. 
 
 14. Samples <>f merchandise arc admitted only under 
 the following conditions, viz.: 
 
 First -a. They must be placed in bags, boxes or re- 
 movable envelopes in such a manner as to admit of easy 
 inspection. 
 
 1). They inu.-t not have any salable value, nor bear 
 any manuM-ript other than the name and the .-ocial posi- 
 tion of the sender, the address of the person for whom 
 they are intended, a manufacture'.- or a trace mark, num- 
 bers of orders, prices, and indication- relating to weight 
 and size, as \\ell as to the quantity to be di>po>ed of, 
 or those which are nece>-arv to precisely indicate the 
 origin and nature of the merchandise. 
 
 \rticles of irla>s. liquids oils fatty suh-tances, 
 dry powders, whether coloring or not. as well a- live 
 bees, are admitted a- samples, provided they are put up 
 in the following manner: 
 
 Fir*(. Articles of glass mu>t be packed solidly in 
 boxes, in a way to prevent all danger to the corres- 
 pondence and tiie emplo; 
 
 S'<>/xl. Liquids, oils and substances easily lique- 
 iiable must be enclosed in gla-> bottles hermetically 
 closed. Fach bottle must be placed in a wooden box 
 filled with sawdust, cotton or spongy material in suffi- 
 cient quantity to absorb the liquid in ca>e the bottle 
 should be broken. Finally, the box it>elf mu.-t be en- 
 closed in a ca.-e of mental or wood, with a screw top, or 
 of strong and thick leather. 
 
 If perforated wooden blocks are used, mea>uring at 
 K a-t one-tenth of an inch in the thinnest part, sufficiently 
 filled inside with absorbing material, and furnished with 
 a lid. it is not necessary that the block* should be enclosed 
 in a second ca 
 
 Third. Fatty substances, -uch as ointments, soft 
 soaps, resins, etc. must be enclosed in an inner cover 
 (box, bag of linen or parchment, etc.). which must be 
 placed in a second box of wood, metal or strong and 
 thick leather. 
 
 Fourth. Dry powders must be placed in cardboard 
 boxes enclosed in a bag of linen or parchment. 
 
 Fiftli. Live bees must be enclosed in boxes which 
 avoid all danger and permit examination of the con- 
 tents. 
 
 S i.ctlt.-~ Specimens of natural history, such as dried 
 or preserved animals or plants, geological specimens, etc., 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 183 
 
 which are not sent for commercial purposes, are admitted 
 at the postage rate and under the conditions of weight 
 and size prescribed for samples. 
 
 15. Prints of all kinds are subjected to the following 
 conditions, viz: 
 
 a. Facsimile copies of manuscript or typewriting 
 if sent as prints must be mailed at the post office windows 
 in not less than twenty (20) perfectly identical copies. 
 
 b. Stamps or forms of prepayment, whether can- 
 celed or not, as well as all printed articles constituting 
 the sign of monetary value, are not admitted as prints. 
 
 o. The following manuscript additions may be made 
 to prints: The name, business and residence of the 
 sender; to visiting cards, the title and address of the 
 sender and congratulations, thanks, etc., not to exceed 
 five words; the date of despatch, the necessary correc- 
 tions on proofs of printing, and the " copy " may be 
 enclosed with the proof; correction of errors in printing, 
 other than proof; the erasure and underscoring of cer- 
 tain words; the insertion or correction of figures in price 
 lists, advertisements, trade circulars and prospectuses; 
 the insertion of the name of the traveler, the date and 
 place of his intended visit, in notices concerning the 
 trips of commercial travelers; the dates of sailing on 
 notices relating to the sailing of vessels; the name of the 
 person invited: the date, object and place, on cards of 
 invitation and notices of meetings; a dedication on books, 
 journals, photographs, Christmas and New Year's cards; 
 fashion plates, maps, etc., may be painted; to cuttings 
 from journals, the title, date, number and address of the 
 journal from which they were cut may be added. 
 
 d. No manuscript additions other than those above 
 indicated are allowed upon prints. 
 
 e. Prints must be wrapped so that the contents can 
 be easily examined, without damaging the cover. But 
 cards may be forwarded without covers. 
 
 f . Cards bearing the title " Post-card " are not ad- 
 mitted at the postage rate applicable to prints. 
 
 16. Commercial papers, samples and prints may be 
 enclosed in one and the same packages; provided, (1) 
 that each article taken singly does not exceed the limits 
 of weight and size applicable to it; (2) that the total 
 weight does not exceed four (4) pounds six (6) ounces; 
 and (3) that the minimum charge shall be five (5) cents 
 if the package contains "commercial papers," and two 
 (2) cents if it contains samples. 
 
CHAPTER XII. 
 Discount e^nd Interest. 
 
 . To find the commission, the ( 
 Selling Price and per cent, of commission being gi\en. 
 
 RlUe. Multiply the cost or selling price by the rale 
 per cent of commission. 
 
 fc.ra tuple. Ho\v much commi^ion will !>< due an 
 agent who buys $">.()()() worth of merchandise on a coin- 
 mi ion of 6 pel cent.? 
 
 OPEUATIi>\. 
 
 S."), 1)1)1) Investment or ba-e. 
 .06 per cent of Commission. 
 
 $300.00 Commission or percentage. 
 
 K.cpltttutlion. Since the rate of commission i> > p.-r cent., 
 the whole commission due the airent \\iil he (' per cent, of 
 the investment, So.lHH), or $300. 
 
 TO FIND THE [NVESTMENT OB GROSS SALES, 
 
 THE COMMISSION AM) I'KII ( i 
 OF COMMISSION I'.KINC GIVEN. 
 
 A'///c. DiviiU 1 the commission by the rate per cent. 
 of commisison. 
 
 Example. If an agent's rate of commission is 4 j^er 
 cent., what value of goods must he sell to earn a com- 
 mission of $100? 
 
 OPERATION. 
 
 Com. 
 
 4 % .04 ( $100.00 
 $2,500 
 
 Explanation. Since the agent's commission is 4 
 per cent., he earns four cents l>y selling SI worth of 
 goods; the value of the goods sold, therefore, must be 
 as many times $1 as four cents is contained times in SI 00 
 which is 2,500 times, and 2,500 time- M i- si2,500. 
 
MANUAI* OF BUSINESS. 185 
 
 TO FIND THE INVESTMENT AND COMMISSION 
 
 WHEN BOTH ARE INCLUDED IN A 
 
 REMITTANCE BY THE PRINCIPAL. 
 
 Rule. Divide the remittance by 1 plus the rate per 
 cent, of commission. 
 
 Example. If $2,020 is sent to a Boston agent for 
 the purchase of oats, how much will he invest, his rate 
 of commission being 1 per cent? 
 
 OPERATION. 
 
 $1.00 Investment. $1.01) $2,020 
 
 .01 Commission. " $2.000 Sum invested oats. 
 
 $1.01 Actual cost to principal of each dollar invested by 
 agent. 
 
 Explanation. For each dollar invested the prin- 
 cipal supplies the dollar invested and 1 cent for the agent's 
 services, therefore, the agent will invest only as many 
 dollars in oats as $1 plus 1 cent, or $1.01 is contained 
 times in $2,020, or 2,000 times, hence the investment $2,00 
 
 DISCOUNTS. 
 
 Discount is the allowance made from the amount 
 of a debt, a note, or other obligation, or a deduction from 
 the price of goods, for payment before it is due. 
 
 Trade Discount, is the allowance made by manu- 
 facturers and merchants upon their fixed or list prices. 
 
 When there is more than one Trade Aiscount they are 
 known as Discount Series. 
 
 Trade discount is computed by the rules of percentage 
 on the market price as a base. When a series of discounts 
 is allowed, the first only is so computed, and in every sub- 
 sequent discount the remainder after each preceding dis- 
 count is regarded as the base. 
 
 TO FIND THE SELLING PRICE, THE LIST 
 
 PRICE AND DISCOUNT SERIES BEING 
 
 GIVEN. 
 
 Example. The list price of a horse is $500, what is 
 the net selling price, if a discount of 30 per cent, is allowed? 
 
 OPERATION. 
 
 30 Per cent, of discount. 150 Discount. 
 
 $150.00 Discount. $350 Net selling price. 
 
 Explanation. Since the discount is 30 per cent., and 
 the list price or base is $500, the discount to be de- 
 ducted will be 40 per cent., or $150. The net price will 
 be $500 $150 $350. 
 
186 MANUAL OF BUSIN! 
 
 TRUE DISCOUNT. 
 
 True Discount is the difference 1><>1 ween the face of a 
 debt due at a future time, and its present worth. 
 
 Tin- I'rrxrnt U'orth of a debt payable at a future time 
 without interest is its value now; hence is such a sum as 
 being put at simple interest at the legal rate will amount 
 to the given debt when it becomes due. 
 
 TO FIND THE PRESENT WolJTH AND 
 TRUE DISCOUNT. 
 
 /:.rti>// />!<'. Find the present worth and true dis- 
 count of a claim for $954.05 due 3 years (> months hence 
 at 3 per cent per annum. 
 
 OPERATION. 
 
 $ .105 Interest on SI for 3 yr<. <i mo. at o per cent. 
 1.105 Amount. 1.105) $954.65 
 
 $863.93, present worth. 
 $954.65 863.93 $90.72. 
 
 fc.ri>l<tn(iti(Hi. The amount of the debt at the end 
 of -'I years (i months i< s ( .):> l.i ;.">."> and s nee SI would in 
 that 'time at (i per cent, amount to .Sl.lO"> is contained 
 times in S ( .)f) I. (:>. or SM13.93. If the frier is *!>.-> ir.r, ;,nd 
 iN present worth is only SS(i;>.!;>, the true discount will 
 be $951. (if) minus $863.93, or *'.n).72. 
 
 Ii'ulc. Divide the amount of the debt at its maturity 
 by one dollar plus its interest for the given time ami rate 
 and the quotient will lie the present worth. Subtract the 
 
 E resent worth from the amount, and the remainder will 
 e the true discount. 
 
 BANK DISCO I* NT. 
 
 Hank Discount, is a deduction from the sum due upon 
 a negotiable paper at its maturity for the cashing or buy- 
 ing of such paper before it becomes due. 
 
 The discount may be a fixed sum, but is usually the 
 interest at the legal rate taken in advance. Bank dis- 
 count is usualh' reckoned on a basis of 360 days a year. 
 
 The Time in bank discount is always the number of 
 days from the date of discounting to the date of maturity. 
 
 The Term of Discount is the time the note has to run 
 after being discounted. 
 
 \otcs containing an interest clause will bear interest 
 from date to maturity unless other time be specified. 
 
 Non-Interest Bearing Xotes become interest bearing if 
 not paid at maturity. 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 187 
 
 The Maturity of a note or draft is indicated by using 
 a short vertical line with the date on which the note 
 or draft is nominally due, on the left, and the date of ma- 
 turity on the right; thus, September 1216. 
 
 TO FIND THE DISCOUNT AND PROCEEDS, THE 
 
 FACE OF A NOTE, TIME AND RATE 
 
 PER CENT OF DISCOUNT BEING 
 
 GIVEN. 
 
 Example. Find the bank discount and proceeds of 
 a note for $600 due in 60 days at 5 per cent. 
 
 OPERATION. 
 $605.00 Face. 
 
 5.00 Discount for 60 days. 
 
 $595 . 00 Proceeds. 
 
 Explanation. The bank discount of a note being 
 its interest for the time plus grace and the proceeds being 
 the face of a note minus the bank discount, it is only 
 necessary to compute the interest on the face for the full 
 time to obtain the discount and to subtract such discount 
 from the face to find the proceeds; thus, $5.00 being the 
 discount, $600 minus $5.00 equals $595.00 proceeds. 
 
 Hide. Compute the interest for the time and rate 
 for the bank discount and subtract this discount bank 
 from the face of the note to find the proceeds. 
 
 TO FIND THE FACE OF A NOTE, THE PRO- 
 CEEDS, TIME AND RATE PER CENT. OF 
 DISCOUNT BEING GIVEN. 
 
 Example. What must be the face of a note, payable 
 in 30 days, that when discounted at 3 per cent, the pro- 
 ceeds may be $300? 
 
 OPERATION. 
 
 $1 . 00 Face of note of $1. 
 . 0101 Discount of note of $1. 
 
 . 9899 Proceeds of note of $1. 
 .9899) $300 
 
 $303.17 face required. 
 
 Explanation. If the discount of $1 at 3 per cent, 
 for 33 days is .0101, the proceeds of $1 of the note would 
 be $1 mmus $ .0101 or $ .9899, and if the proceeds of 
 
188 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 $1 are $ .9899 it would require as many dollars face of 
 note to give $300 as $ .9899 are contained times in $300 
 or $303.17. 
 
 Rule. Divide the proceeds of a note by the proceeds 
 of $1 for the given rate and time. 
 
 PROFIT AND LOSS. 
 
 Profit and Loss treats of gains or losses in business 
 transactions. 
 
 The Gross or Full <<( of an article is its first cost 
 increased by all outlays incident to its purchase and 
 holding to date of sale. 
 
 The Net Selling Price is the gross selling price, 1' 
 charges incident to its sale. 
 
 TO FIND THE PROFIT AND LOSS, THE 
 COST AND RATE BEING GIVEN. 
 
 K. rumple. An agent paid $60 for a carriage and 
 sold it at a profit of t> per cent. \Vhat was his gain? 
 
 OPERATION. 
 
 $60.00 Cost. 
 
 .06 Per cent, of gain. 
 
 $3.60000 Gain. 
 
 Explanation. Since the agent gained 6 per cent, 
 or 6 cents on $1, on the $60 of cost he would gain (iO 
 times $ .06, or $3.60. 
 
 Rule. Multiply the cost by the rate. 
 
 TO FIND THE COST, THE GAIN < >!{ !.< ss. AND 
 
 THE RATE OF GAIN OR LOSS BEING 
 
 GIVEN. 
 
 Rule. Divide the gain or loss by the per cent, or 
 gain or loss. 
 
 TO FIND THE RATE OF PROFIT OR LOSS, 
 
 THE COST AND THE PROFIT OR 
 
 LOSS BEING TAKEN. 
 
 Rule. Divide the profit or loss by the cost. 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 189 
 
 TO FIND THE COST, THE SELLING PRICE AND 
 
 THE RATE PER CENT. OF PROFIT OR 
 
 LOSS BEING GIVEN. 
 
 Rules. Divide the selling price by 1 plus the rate 
 of gain. 
 
 Divide the selling price by 1 minus the rate of loss. 
 
 TAXES. 
 TO FIND A PROPERTY TAX. 
 
 Example. The rate of taxation in the city of Belvi- 
 dere Illinois, is 2 per cent. What amount of tax must 
 a person pay whose personal property is valued at $5,000 
 and who owns real estate assessed at $10,000 
 
 OPERATION. 
 
 $10,000 
 5,000 
 
 $15,000 times .024300. 
 
 Explanation. Since his total valuation was $15,000, 
 and the rate of taxation 2 per cent., his tax would be 2 per 
 cent, of $15,000 or $300. 
 
 Rule. Multiply the total assessed value by the rate 
 per cent, of taxation. 
 
 INSURANCE. 
 TO FIND THE COST OF INSURANCE. 
 
 Example. The stock in a store is insured for $200, 
 What is the cost of insurance for one year at 6 per cent, 
 premium, if $2.00 is charged for the policy? 
 
 OPERATION. 
 
 $200 Amount insured. 
 . 02 per cent, of premium. 
 
 $4.00 equal Premium. 
 
 $4.00 equal Premium. 
 $2.00 equal cost of policy. 
 
 $6.00 equals full cost of insurance. 
 
 Explanation. Since the amount insured is the base 
 and the per cent, of premium is the rate, if the amount 
 is multiplied by the rate the product, $4.00 will be the pre- 
 mium; adding $2.00, cost of policy, equals $6.00 the full 
 cost. 
 
 Rule. Multiply the amount of insurance by the rate 
 per cent, of premium, and add extra charges, if any. 
 
190 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 TO FIND THE AMOUNT INSURED, THE PRE- 
 
 MIUM AND PER CENT. OF PREMIUM 
 BEINC, (IIYEN. 
 
 From the full cost of insurance subtract tin 1 
 extra charges, if any; divide the remainder by the per 
 cent, of premium and the quotient will be the face of the 
 policy. 
 
 PARTIAL PAYMENTS. 
 
 Payments made at different times of part of a debt 
 should always be endorsed upon the back of the note. 
 
 The following rule is simple and more equitable than 
 many complicated processes given, especially when the 
 debt is not of long standing. 
 
 This Commercial or Merchant's rule is commonly used 
 in finding the amount due on notes and accounts running 
 a year or less, ;in <l j s ba-ed on the principle that both 
 debt and payment s ^draw interest. 
 
 Find the amount of the principal from the time it began 
 to draw interest to the day of settlement. 
 
 Find the interest on rach payment from the time it 
 was made to the day of settlement. Subtract the suin 
 of the payments and interest thereon from the principal 
 amount, The remainder will be the sum due at lime of 
 settlement. 
 
 LEGAL POINTS CONCERNING INTEREST. 
 
 1. Interest is money paid for the use of money. If 
 one borrows money promising to repay it with an ad- 
 tional amount, the sum borrowed is called the Principal 
 the additional amount interest. It is usuallv stated as 
 so much per cent., i. e.. so many dollars of 'interest for 
 every hundred dollars of principal. 
 
 2. When Allowed. Interest is allowed (1) when 
 it is expressly contracted for, (2} when such an agreement 
 is implied, (3) when a debt has become due but remains 
 unpaid. 
 
 The most common instance in the first class is where 
 money is borrowed. The debtor usually expressly agrees 
 to pay the debt and interest. 
 
 The second class is where money is borrowed and the 
 agreement to pay interest is implied from the nature of 
 the business or the usual custom. 
 
 The thrid class relates to the interest accruing after 
 the debt becomes due, and it is a general rule that one 
 
MANUAL OP BUSINESS. 191 
 
 who fails to pay money due must also pay interest upon 
 it up to the time he does pay. 
 
 3. Usury. Many of the states for bidonyone to 
 give or receive more than a tsated rate of interest. This 
 rate differs in the different states, varying from six to 
 twelve per cent. The taking of a higher rate than that 
 allowed by the law is usury; thus Usury is unlawful in- 
 terest. 
 
 4. Legal Rate. Every state has established a 
 certain rate which shall be the rate of interest in all those 
 cases where the parties have not fixed their own rate. 
 This is called the Legal rate, and in most states it is six 
 per cent, per annum. 
 
 A promise to "pay $100 and interest" means interest 
 at the legal rate of the State in which the payment is to 
 be made. 
 
 5. Penalty of Usury. Some penalty is inflicted 
 upon the one who takes usury, i. e., upon the lender 
 not upon the borrower. It varies in the different states, 
 but is usually one of three kinds: (1) the forfeiture of the 
 usurious interest, i. e., all above the lawful rate; (2) the 
 forfeiture of all the interest; or (3) the forfeiture of both 
 principal and interest. 
 
 In a state where the first rule is adopted, the lender 
 who has lent at a usurious rate may recover the principal 
 and the interest at the legal rate; where the second is 
 adopted, only the money he leni; and where the third is 
 adopted not 'even that. 
 
 (See Interest Laws.) 
 
 6. Book Accounts. Interest may be charged on 
 book accounts, when it is known to the customer that it 
 is a common practice of the seller to charge interest; but 
 not until the statement is rendered. 
 
 7. Judgments. Interest upon a judgment dates 
 from the time the judgment was rendered. Debts ofr 
 board and lodging where there was no time fixed or price 
 of payment fixed will not draw interest until they are 
 reduced to judgments. 
 
 8. Administrators, Executors, Guardians and Trustees 
 may be charged interest upon all trust funds in their 
 hands after their failure to invest them within a reason- 
 able time, 
 
 9. Co-Partnership. If a partner withdraws money 
 from the funds belonging to the firm for private use, he 
 will be liable for interest on the same. 
 
 10. Policy of Insurance. If loss occurs under a 
 policy of insurance, it bears interest from the time it is 
 due according to the terms of the policy. 
 
192 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 11. Compound interest is not collectable by law. 
 When interest has accumulated and become payable, an 
 agreement that it shall be added to the principal thus 
 formed will usually be deemed lepal. 
 
 MONEY. 
 
 Money means those articles which are received and 
 pass from hand to hand among all the people as the 
 representative of so much value. 
 
 All civilized nations have some form of money. It 
 consists cither of coin made by the Government, or paper 
 money issued or recognized as money by the Government. 
 
 Kinds. In the United States the coin is of three 
 kinds: 
 
 1. Gold coin, consisting of the gold dollar, five dollar 
 piece and other multiples of a dollar. 
 
 2. Silver coin, consisting of the silver dollar, half 
 dollar, and other fractions of a dollar. 
 
 3. The minor coins, made chiefly of copper, or nickel 
 and consisting of the one, two, three and five cent pieces. 
 
 The paper money is also of three kinds. 
 
 1. Notes issued by the United States Government. 
 
 2. Certificates issued by the United States Government 
 upon the deposit of gold or silver with it. 
 
 3. Bills issued by national banks. . 
 
 LEGAL TENDER IS THAT KIND OF MONEY 
 
 WHICH BY LAW (AX BE OFFERED 
 
 IN PAYMENT OF A DEBT. 
 
 Creditors may if they choose take in payment not only 
 any kind of money, but any other article, such as a draft, 
 or 'goods. Checks are commonly used for that purpose. 
 In case the creditor insists, the person bound to pay 
 must provide legal tender. 
 
 LEGAL TENDER CONSISTS SUBSTANTIALLY 
 
 OF THE UNITED STATES COIN AND 
 
 THE UNITED STATES NOTES. 
 
 United States certificates and the national bank notes 
 are not legal tender. Nevertheless they pass as freely as 
 money, because they are considered safe. They consti- 
 tute the greater part of the paper money in circulation. 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 193 
 
 RARE U. S. COINS AND THEIR VALUE. 
 
 Coins are valuable because they are rare, not because 
 they are old. The following are the prices paid by numis- 
 matists, or coin-gatherers, for most of the rarer dates if 
 not mutilated, pierced or badly worn. 
 
 HALF CENTS. 
 
 1796 $ 9.00 to $ 20 00 
 
 1831 4.00 to 7.00 
 
 1636 5.00 to 8.00 
 
 1840 to 1849, small date 3.00 to 5 00 
 
 1852 2.00 to 4.00 
 
 CENTS. 
 
 1793, wreath $ 2 . 00 to $ 3 . 50 
 
 1793, chain 3 . 50 to 6 50 
 
 1793, liberty cap 3.50 to 8.00 
 
 1799 5.00 to 15.00 
 
 1804 2.00 to 4.00 
 
 1809 50 to 1 . 50 
 
 SILVER HALF DIMES. 
 
 1794 1.00 to 1.50 
 
 1796 1.50 to 2.00 
 
 1801 1.25 to 2.50 
 
 1802 20.00 to 40.00 
 
 1803 1.00 to 22.50 
 
 1805. 2.00 to 4.00 
 
 1846 50 to 1 . 50 
 
 SILVER DIMES. 
 
 1796 $ 0.75 to $ 1.50 
 
 1797, 16 stars 1 .00 to 2.50 
 
 1797, 13 stars 1.00 to 3.00 
 
 1800 1.50 to 2.00 
 
 1801-1804 1 . 50 to 5 . 00 
 
 1822 50 to 1.25 
 
 1846 .25 to 1.00 
 
 SILVER TWENTY CENT. 
 
 1877 $ 1.00 to $ 1.50 
 
 1878 1.00 to 1.50 
 
 SILVER QUARTER DOLLARS. 
 
 1796 $ 1.25 to $ 5.00 
 
 1804 1.00 to 3.00 
 
 1823 15.00 to 25.00 
 
 1827 25.00 to 40.00 
 
 1853, no arrows 2.00 to 4.00 
 
194 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 SILVER HALF DOLLARS. 
 
 1794 $ 1.50 to $ 350 
 
 1796 20.00 to 30.00 
 
 1797 20.00 to 30.00 
 
 1801-2 1.50 to 3.00 
 
 1815 1.50 to 4.00 
 
 1836, reeded 1 . 00 to 2 . 00 
 
 1838, Orleans 10.00 to 15 00 
 
 1852 1.25 to 2.50 
 
 1853, no arrows 15. 00 to 30. 00 
 
 SILVER DOLLARS. 
 
 1794 $ 25.00 to $ 35.00 
 
 1804 350.00 to 500.00 
 
 1836 2.50 to 5.00 
 
 1838 20.00 to 35.00 
 
 1839 20.00 to 30.00 
 
 1851 15.00 to 25.00 
 
 1852 15.00 to 25.00 
 
 1854 2.50 to 4.00 
 
 1855 2.00 to 3.50 
 
 1856 1.25 to 2.00 
 
 1858 15.00 to 25.00 
 
 COUNTERFEIT MONEY. 
 
 A counterfeit bank-note is a fac-Minile of the genuine, 
 or as nearly like it as is possible to make it. A ximrinus 
 note is one whose designs arc different from the genuine, 
 and is intended to pass in places where the genuine is 
 unknown. An altered note is one that is altered from 
 a lower to a higher denomination; or on a broken or bogus 
 bank, having the name or locality changed for that of 
 some reputable bank. 
 
 There are two kinds of counterfeit money, coin and paper. 
 A spurious coin is told easily by its lightness of weight, 
 generally. The ring of the metal on any hard substance 
 is dull if there is alloy in the coin. The milling or edge- 
 work is usually imperfect. But there is not much danger 
 from this direction. The real danger is from paper money. 
 
 RULES FOR DETECTING COUNTER- 
 FEIT MONEY. 
 
 1. Counterfeiters rarely, if ever, get the imprint or 
 engraver's name perfect. The shading in the back- 
 ground of the vignette and over and around the letters 
 forming the name of the bank on a good bill is even and 
 perfect; on a counterfeit it is uneven and imperfect. 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 195 
 
 2. Examine the vignette or picture at the top of the 
 note closely. If the note be genuine, the faces have a 
 life-like expression, the eyes are well defined, showing 
 the pupil and the white distinctly, the drapery or dress 
 fits well, looks easy and natural, and shows the folds 
 very plainly in short, the entire figure harmonizes. 
 
 The sky is clear, or transparent, soft or even, not 
 scratchy, and all the different objects have a finished 
 appearance. In the genuine note, all the small figures 
 in the background are perfectly executed. 
 
 3. Examine the lettering. In a genuine bill it is 
 absolutely perfect. There has never been a counterfeit 
 put out but was more or less defective in the lettering. 
 
 4. Examine the medallion rulings and the circular 
 ornaments around the figure carefully, and see if they 
 are uniform, regular and smooth. If there are two 
 medallions on a note, designed to be alike, they are ex- 
 actly alike, as they are from the same original die. This 
 work is done by a geometrical lathe, a machine of great 
 cost, which produces fine, ornamental circles of such 
 exquisite uniformity and perfection that it is almost 
 impossible for a counterfeiter to produce a good imitation. 
 
 5. Examine the signature of the president and the 
 cashier. In some they are lithographed fac-similies, 
 inked over with a pen, giving them the appearance of 
 being stamped. The stroke has a dead color and rough 
 edge, and the pen does, not always follow the hair-stroke 
 exactly. The genuine signatures, being written with 
 a pen, look more or less glossy, and the stroke has a smooth 
 edge. 
 
 6. There are two silk lines through the bill length- 
 wise, one near the top and one near the bottom. By 
 holding it up to the light you can easily see the threads 
 in each bill. This is one of the best tests of a genuine 
 bill, because no counterfeiter can put in the silk threads 
 and' imitate the genuine bill in that respect. 
 
 7. Bank notes that have been altered by what is 
 called the "pasting process" can be detected by holding 
 them to the light. The parts pasted on will then be easily 
 discovered. If any alteration has been made by sub- 
 stituting letters or figures for others that have been erased, 
 the denomination in the center of the note, if carefully 
 examined, letter by letter, will be found to be blurred 
 and improperly formed, and the parallel lines irregular 
 and imperfect. 
 
 8. The paper of a counterfeit is always of an inferior 
 quality, while the government has the best and most 
 perfect system of manufacturing the highest grade of 
 paper. 
 
196 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 9. The texture of the paper between the letters is 
 frequently destroyed. This defect can be discovered 
 by comparing the paper between the letters with that 
 immediately above and below them. Sometimes the ink 
 of the altered part is different from the rest of the note. 
 
 10. The ink used in genuine notes is very difficult 
 to imitate. It gives a clear, glossy impression, while 
 counterfeiter's ink looks dull, smutty and muddy. 
 
 These rules are especially approved by New York 
 hankers. 
 
 One should be careful not to be imposed upon by a 
 stranger seeking the accommodation of having one 
 large bill exchanged for several small o 
 
 One should acquire the habit of looking sharply at a 
 bill before taking it, especially of a stranger, and, more 
 especially, at a place of amusement, or where there is 
 a special tendency to haMe and liability to imposition. 
 
 CHAFFER XIII. 
 Property, R^eaJ a.nd Personal. 
 
 All property is divided into real estate and personal 
 property. 
 
 1. Kt'dl I-Jxtute means land and everything growing 
 or built upon it, such as trees, houses aiul all kinds of 
 buildings. 
 
 2. Personal Property is everything else. Thus all 
 capital stock of railroad companies and other companies 
 is personal property, even though the property of cor- 
 porations consists only of land. 
 
 A note, draft or claim upon a debtor is personal property. 
 Real estate may change to personal property. Thus, 
 trees growing and coal in mine are real, but when trees 
 are cut down and coal is mined, they become personal. 
 Real seems to imply the immovable character of property. 
 
 KINDS OF OWNERSHIP. 
 
 1. Full Otrncrxhip. The greater part of real e.-tate 
 in this country is owned in full absolute ownership; 
 in legal terms, 'it is owned in fee simple. 
 
 One may do what he pleases with property he owns 
 in full. He can sell it, give it away or destroy it. A- 
 long as he injures no one else by doing so, no one has a 
 right to interfere. 
 
 2. Life Ownership. Property may be given to a per- 
 son to hold, and to use as long as he lives. He may 
 
MAUNAL OF BUSINESS. 197 
 
 use it as he sees fit; occupy and use it himself or rent it. 
 But he cannot (1) sell or mortgage it; (2) he cannot trans- 
 fer it to another by will; (3) he must not decrease its 
 value by cutting down trees or taking down buildings. 
 He can, however,, transfer or assign his life ownership 
 to another. 
 
 3. How Obtained. A life ownership may be given 
 by the real owner to one whom he wishes to provide as 
 long as the party may live, as a profligate son or invalid 
 child. 
 
 A widow is by law entitled to a life interest in one- 
 third of all the lands her husband has owned since their 
 marriage. That is called her dower. In many states 
 a widower is entitled to a life interest in all the lands 
 which his wife has owned since their marriage, provided 
 a child has been born to them. 
 
 4. Joint Ownership. Here each person has a present 
 and equal right to possession. All can use it or sell it 
 together, each can dispose of his share as he pleases. 
 If in a division they cannot agree, one can bring suit 
 and the court will divide it. 
 
 5. To Hold in Trust. Sometimes property is placed in 
 trust of a third party for the use of children tinder age. 
 Such a person is called a Trustee, and if entrusted with 
 the duty of managing the property and applying the pro- 
 fit s to-the use of those to be benefited. 
 
 The rights of such trustee are usually defined by a will. 
 The powers of the trustee over the property are governed 
 by the deed or will creating the trust. 
 
 The trustee can do nothing with the estate to benefit 
 himself. The beneficiary has no power over the property, 
 in some cases he cannot even transfer his rights to receive 
 th<> income to another. 
 
 SALE OF PROPERTY. 
 
 A Sale is an Agreement to Exchange Property for Money. 
 It is a change of ownership for money. 
 
 Possession is not ownership. A person may possess 
 what he does not own, or own what he does not possess. 
 An agreement to sell at some future time is not a sale. 
 
 A Sale is Complete as soon as the agreement is made 
 and the ownership changes immediately, whether the 
 goods are delivered or not. Parties may agree upon the 
 terms of a sale that the ownership is not change. to until 
 payment is made or the goods are delivered. 
 
198 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 Destruction by Fire. If property is destroyed by fire 
 the owner at that item must bear the loss no matter 
 who possesses them. If it was u >;ile the buyer must 
 pay for them. If it was only an agreement of a future 
 sale he need not pay because the seller cannot carry 
 out his part of the agreement. 
 
 REQUISITES OF A SALE. 
 
 Five things are necessary to every sale. 
 
 1. That the agreement should be binding. 
 
 2. That the property exist. 
 
 3. That it is owned by tin- -eller. 
 
 4. That the agreement must refer to >ome particular 
 property. 
 
 5. That the consideration should be money. 
 
 An agreement to sell requires only the first and last; 
 a sale all of the five. 
 
 1. Every Sale is a Contract. The buyer agrees to 
 pay a certain sum for the goods, the seller agrees to fur- 
 nish the goods for the specified Mini, the consideration 
 is the agreement by the buyer to pay for what lie buys. 
 Fraud in any part of the acontract releases the defrauded 
 party from 'his obligations. 
 
 2. Property Must A'.n'.sY. If A ><-lls a horse to B, and 
 unknown to either the horse had died before the sale, 
 the whole contract would be void. If B had paid the 
 price it must be returned to him. If an article not yet 
 manufactured is paid for in advance and is destroyed 
 before finished the manufacturer must sustain the loss 
 and furnish another article or restore the money to the 
 purchaser. 
 
 3. Sale WilJioitl Otrnt'rxhijt /* X<> Xale. No one can 
 claim a thing simply because he has bought it unless 
 he has purchased it" from the owner. The true owner 
 of property can claim it at any time and in whosever 
 hands he finds it. 
 
 If I, without my knowledge, buy stolen property, 
 even if it has been delivered into my possession, the 
 original owner can claim it. It makes no difference 
 through how many hands the property may have passed. 
 
 This rule does not apply to money or negotiable papers, 
 payable to bearer, such as notes, checks, etc. Posse>-k>n 
 in this case is sufficient evidence of ownership. Money 
 and such papers pass daily from one party to another, 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 199 
 
 ownership cannot be first considered. This is especially 
 true of money. 
 
 If, however^ a thief should give stolen money to a friend, 
 the latter could not keep it. If securities over due were 
 offered, say at half their value, the banker would have 
 reason to suspect that they had been stolen; the true 
 owner could take them without indentifying the pur- 
 chaser. 
 
 4. Particular Property. A sale must refer to particular 
 property. If I order particular goods, say cloth or wares, 
 they do not become mine until they have been selected. 
 If no particular property is referred to it is merely an 
 agreement to sell, and not a sale. 
 
 5. Price. An agreement to pay money is a necessary 
 element of sale. The price need not always be fixed. 
 I can order goods without stipulating a price, the pay- 
 ment of a reasonable price is implied. When no time of 
 payment is mentioned the same is due immediately. 
 
 Sale of Debts. A claim upon a debtor may be sold just 
 the same as other property, but notice of such a sale 
 must be given to the debtor. 
 
 Defects. Should there be any defects in the property 
 or animals which can be seen, that does not relieve the 
 buyer from meeting obligations, though he claims not 
 to have seen the defects. 
 
 CHAPTER XIV. 
 Transportation. 
 
 The business of the transportation of goods and the 
 IUAVS which regulate the same are of great importance 
 and should be thoroughly understood by everyone. 
 Those who transport goods for others are called Carriers, 
 arid since all the business is done under contract sush 
 contracts are very numerous. 
 
 Common Carriers. A common carrier is one whose 
 business is to transport from place to place the goods of 
 anyone who may employ him. 
 
 The most common ones are the railroad, steamboat, 
 steamship and express companies. Truckmen and others 
 who offer their services to the public generally are also 
 common carriers. 
 
 Two elements are necessary to constitute one a com- 
 mon carrier: (1) his following it as a business, and (2) 
 his offering his services to the public generally. Those 
 who work only for a particular person are not common 
 but private carriers. 
 
200 MANUAL OF BUSIM 
 
 Obligation to Take. A common carrier is obliged by 
 law to take any goods that are offered to him for trans- 
 portation to any point on his route, provided his usual 
 compensation is offered him in advance. 
 
 In case the carrier's cars arc full he may refuse to take 
 more; he may also refuse to carry freight of a dangerous 
 character, such as explosives. 
 
 Compensation. Carriers may establish such ral 
 make such contracis as they choose. Large corporations 
 usually have established >-heduIes of rates. They can 
 change these from time to time, but they must 
 the goods of all persons at th<e rates. They cannot 
 demand more from one person than from another, but 
 must treat all alike. Often the State provides a maxi- 
 mum rate which they are not allowed to exceed. 
 
 Payment. Common carriers may demand their pay 
 in advance, yet they often transport the goods and col- 
 lect the freight from the person receiving the same. 
 
 In case the person to whom the goods are sent r 
 to pay the charges the carrier must collect from the 
 sender, for it was with him the contract was made and 
 he alone can be sued. The other party made no contract 
 with the carrier, hence cannot be sued. But if the sender 
 is acting as the agent of the person to whom they are to 
 be sent the company may sue the latter, for in th. 
 the contract was made with him. 
 
 Carrier's Lien. Common Carriers have another way 
 to obtain their pay. Common carriers may keep the 
 goods they have transported until their char- 
 paid. 
 
 Thus, there are three ways in which a carrier may en- 
 force payment of his freight, viz. : 
 
 1. He may refuse to take the goods unless payment 
 is made in advance. 
 
 2. He may transport them and then keep them until 
 paid. 
 
 3. He may transport and deliver them and then sue. 
 the person with whom he made his contract. 
 
 LIABILITIY OF RAILROAD AND 
 
 EXPRESS COMPANIES. f 
 
 Loss or Injury. Common carriers are responsible for' 
 any loss or injury occurring to goods which they an , 
 transporting. Any damages that have occurred to tlu-j 
 goods while in possession of the carrier must be made, 
 good. He has complete control over the goods as if 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 201 
 
 they were his own, and if while in his possession they 
 suffer injury it is his loss. 
 
 The carrier is not liable for the "act of God," such as 
 cyclones, floods, lightning, a public enemy as in war, or 
 (in shipping) for perils of the sea. But fire, unless caused 
 by lightning, does not come under this head. Robbery 
 or theft does not relieve them from liability. 
 
 Any damages that have occurred to the goods while 
 in possession of the carrier must be made good if it oc- 
 curred through the carelessness of any of the employes. 
 
 Perishable Goods. Carriers are not responsible for 
 loss to fruits that decay in their possession, or goods 
 shipped in defective boxes or carelessly packed, such as 
 glassware, crockery or other articles that are easily 
 broken. 
 
 If a package is of great value, such as money, the com- 
 mon carrier must be informed of it. 
 
 Collecting Damages. In case of damage to goods the 
 railroad or express company should be duly notified and 
 the amount of damages stated or sworn to before a proper 
 officer and with sufficient evidence, if required. 
 
 A common carrier must pay the market value at the 
 point of destination of all property lost or destroyed 
 by his fault while in his care for transportation. 
 
 'Receipt. In shipping goods by freight or express a 
 receipt should always be taken and carefully preserved. 
 
 COMMON CARRIERS OF PERSONS. 
 
 A common carrier of persons is one who holds himself 
 out to carry for hire from place to place all such persons 
 as choose to emploj' him. Railroads, steamboats, street 
 car, omnibus and stage line companies are the most com- 
 mon. 
 
 His Duty. He must carry all persons who may present 
 themselves for carriage provided they are in a proper 
 condition and offer their fare. He is bound to provide 
 suitable and proper means of conveying, with suitable 
 attention. 
 
 His Liability. He is bound to use the highest degree 
 of care and diligence in the conduct of his business and 
 is responsible for negligence of any kind. He is bound 
 to protect the passengers against insult or injury from 
 his servants and employees. He must give passengers 
 reasonable time to get off and on the carriage and suitable 
 means of doing so. 
 
202 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 The responsibility begins as soon as the passenger 
 steps into the carriage or even upon the grounds and 
 premises, such as railroad depots, with their platforms 
 and walks, or landing places of steamboats owned by 
 the carrier. 
 
 Negligence and carelessness on the part of passengers 
 which result in their injury or death excuses the common 
 carrier from liabilities. 
 
 BAGGAGE. 
 
 Baggage. Carriers of passengers are responsible for 
 their baggage. Wearing apparel, personal ornaments and 
 a reasonable amount of money for expends are pro- 
 perly baggage. 
 
 Dilni/ in Forwarding Ilo(/i/<!(/<\ Carriers are liable for 
 dainage incurred by passenger-; for unnecessary delay in 
 forwarding their baggaire. I'll' 1 measun- of the damage 
 is the value of t he use of the property to the owner during 
 the delay of delivering it. This value, however, may be 
 difficult to prove by evidence. 
 
 HOW TO COLLECT DEBTS. 
 
 Pu>i as you go, or a strictly ca>h business i-. the best 
 and safest method of doing business. Hut certain con- 
 ditions or customs in trade make this -ometimes imprac- 
 tical or impossible, and credit mu.-t be given. Cnder 
 this method dishonest. carele<- or unfortunate people 
 contract debts, then refuse, neglect or are unable to pay 
 them and collections, peaceable or forced, become a 
 necessity. 
 
 The requisite steps to collect such debts are a matter of 
 great importance and should be understood by every- 
 body, but they are not and much unpleasant ne and 
 heavy losses are often the result. 
 
 Hut if the defects cannot be seen and the seller recom- 
 mends the property as good or sound the buyer is relieved 
 from filling his part of the contract. 
 
 Time of Possession. When no time of payment is 
 mentioned the law presumes that the property must be 
 paid for before the purchaser can secure possession. 
 When credit is given the buyer is entitled to immediate 
 possession. 
 
 In connection with sales of considerable value it is 
 always well to advance a small amount to bind the 
 seller to the bargain. 
 
CHAPTER XV. 
 
 Rights and Obligations of Parents 
 and Children. 
 
 In ancient domestic life the father ruled as an absolute 
 monarch over the family. So it is still in oriental coun- 
 tries. Christian civilization has greatly modified this 
 and laws have been enacted that set forth the relation 
 of parent and child, defining the duties and obligations 
 of each. 
 
 RIGHTS OF PARENTS. 
 
 1. As long as a child is under age he is subject to the 
 control of the parents, who have all reasonable authority 
 to enforce obedience. As long as a child is properly 
 treated by the parents no one has a right to interfere 
 nor to take away and retain a child against their wishes. 
 
 2. Adopting a Child. When a child is adopted by 
 another family its parents lose their claim upon it and 
 the adopting "persons take their place. A child cannot 
 be adopted without the consent of its parents, but if 
 consent is once given it cannot be revoked. 
 
 A child over fourteen must himself consent to the adop- 
 tion. The court has in all cases the right to consent to 
 or refuse the adoption. 
 
 Application must therefore be made at the County Court 
 and the judge will consider it and pass upon it. 
 
 3. Punishment. Parents have a right to punish their 
 minor children providing they are not guilty of cruelty. 
 Brutality is severely punished by law as a crime. The 
 punishment must *be reasonable, leaving no bruise or 
 injuring the health of the child. 
 
 4. Claims Upon Earnings. While the child is a minor 
 parents have a right to all his earnings. They can claim 
 them of his employer. Parents, however, may free the 
 child and allow him to collect and use his own wages. 
 
204 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 When this once made public the parents cannot thereafter 
 collect the child's wages. 
 
 5. A Ifunnirai/ Cfiild. A child has no right to leave 
 home without permission of the parents; if he does he 
 can be brought hack by force. Relations or others who 
 would keep him can be forced by la\v to give him up 
 unless it can be shown that the father is brutal in his 
 treatment of the child or is not capable because of drunk- 
 enness or other causes to properly care for the child. 
 
 OHLKIATIOXS OF PAKKNTS. 
 
 Obligation to Support. The lav. requires that parents 
 shall support their minor children. A child having 
 property of his o\\ n does not releave the parents from 
 supporting him. They can, however, by applying to the 
 Court, get permission to use a part or all of the income 
 from the child's property for his support. Heyond this 
 the parents have no claim upon or control over the 
 child's property. 
 
 CHILIWKVS MIGHTS AM) OBLIGATIONS. 
 
 1. A child can own property over which the parents 
 have no control, except the u>e of the income of the -ame 
 for the support of the child, as slated above. 
 
 2. Where it is shown that parents are unable to .-up- 
 port themselves the child is under legal obligations to 
 support and care f.or them, at least do what he can to- 
 ward such support. 
 
 3. If a child commits a premeditated crime he is 
 personally liable: parents cannot be held responsible for 
 crimes committed by their minor children. 
 
 4. Guardian. A guardian may be appointed over an 
 orphan child, or the child may choose his own guardian, 
 who in a legal sense exercises all the authority of a 
 parent. 
 
CHAPTER XVI. 
 
 Parliamentary Rules and Forms 
 of Resolutions, 
 
 Trace each motion to its respective references and you 
 master at a glance the intricacies of parliamentary usages, 
 comprising some three hundred points of order. 
 
 Forms in which questions may be put, 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13.14. 
 
 Motions to withdraw a motion a. e. g. i. m. n. p. 
 
 Questions of precedence of questions ... 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 
 
 To take up a question out of its proper order, a.e.g.i.l.n.p. 
 
 Motion to take from the table a.e.g.k.l.n.p. 
 
 Motion to suspend the rules c.e.h.j.m.n.p. 
 
 To substitute in the nature of an amendment,c.e.h.i.m.n.p. 
 
 Motion to make a subject a special order. . . .c.e.h.i.l.n.p 
 
 Question whether subject shall be discussed, .a.e.g.i.l.o.q. 
 
 Motion that committee do not rise a.e.g.j.m.n.p. 
 
 Motion to refer a question c.f.h.j.m.n.p. 
 
 Motion to reconsider an undebatable question, a.e.g.j.m.n.r. 
 
 Motion to reconsider a debatable question, .c.f.g.j.m.n.p. 
 
 Reading papers a.e.g.i.m.n.p. 
 
 Questions of privilege c.e.h.i.m.n.p. 
 
 Questions touching priority of business. . . . a.e.h.i.m.n.p. 
 
 Motion for previous question a.e.g.i.l.n.p. 
 
 Motion to postpone indefinitely c.f.g.i.m.n.p. 
 
 Motion to postpone to a definite time d.e.h.i.m.n.p. 
 
 Motion for the arders of the day a.e.g.i.m.o.q. 
 
 Objection to consideration of question a.e.g.i.l.o.q. 
 
 Motion to limit debate on question a.e.h.i.l.n.p. 
 
 Motion to lay on the table a.e.g.k.m.n.p. 
 
 Lea veto continue speaking after indecorum, a.e.g.i.n.m.n.p. 
 
 Motion to extend limits of debate on question,a.e.h.i.m.n.p. 
 
 Motion to commit a.f.h.i.m.n.p. 
 
 Motion to close debate on question a.e.h.i.l.n.p. 
 
 Call to order a.e.g.i.m.o.q. 
 
 Motion to appeal from Speaker's decision 
 
 generally c.e.g.i.m.n.q 
 
 Motion to appeal from Speaker's decision re- 
 indecorum a.e.h.i.m.n.q. 
 
 Motion to amend the rules c.e.h.i.l.n.p. 
 
 Motion to amend an amendment c.e.g.i.m.n.p. 
 
206 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 Motion to amend c.e.h.i.m.n.p. 
 
 Motion to determine time to which to ad- 
 journ b.e.h.i.m.n.p. 
 
 Motion to adjourn a.e.g.j.m.n.p. 
 
 a . Question undebatable; sometimes remarks tacitly 
 allowed. 
 
 b. Undebatable if another question is before the assembly. 
 
 c. Debatable question. 
 
 d. Limited debate only on propriety of postponement. 
 
 e. Does not allow reference to main question. 
 
 f. Opens the main question to debate. 
 
 g. Cannot be amended. 
 
 h. May be amended. 
 
 i. Can be reconsidered. 
 
 j. Cannot be reconsidered. 
 
 k. An affirmative vote on this question cannot be recon- 
 sidered. 
 
 1. Requires two-third vote, unless special rules have been 
 enacted. 
 
 m. Simple majority suflices to determine the question. 
 
 n. Motion must be seconded. 
 
 o. Does not require to be seconded. 
 
 p. Not in order when another IIMS the floor. 
 
 q. Always in order though another may have the floor. 
 
 r. May be moved and entered on the record when another 
 has the floor, but the lmsine<s then before the assembly 
 may not be put aside. The motion must !>;> made by 
 one who voted with the prevailing >ide, and on the same 
 day the original vote was taken. 
 
 1. Fixing the time to which an adjournment may be 
 made; ranks first. 
 
 2. To adjourn without limitation; second. 
 
 3. Motion for the Orders ot the Day; third. 
 
 4. Motion to lay on the table; fourth. 
 
 5. Motion for the previous question; fifth. 
 
 6. Motion to postpone definitely; sixth. 
 
 7. Motion to commit; seventh. 
 
 8. Motion to amend; eighth. 
 
 9. Motion to postpone indefinitely; ninth. 
 10. On motion to strike out words, "Shall the words 
 stand part of the motion?" unless a majority sus- 
 tains the words they are struck out. 
 
 11. On motion for previous question the fonn to be ob- 
 served is; "Shall the main question be now put?" 
 This, if 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 207 
 
 12. On an appeal from the chair's decision, "Shall the 
 decision be sustained as the ruling of the house?" 
 The Chair is generally sustained. 
 
 13. On motion for Orders of the Day, " Will the house 
 now proceed to the Orders of the Day?" This, if 
 carried, supersedes intervening motions. 
 
 14. When an objection is raised to considering question, 
 "Shall the question be considered?" Objection 
 may be made by any member before debate has 
 commenced, but not subsequently. Many occa- 
 sions arise in social life, such as the death 
 of a member of some society, the retiring of 
 an officer, or some other occurrence calling forth 
 rejoicings or regrets, where expressions of sympa- 
 thy, of gratitude or of congratulation are called for. 
 Such expressions are usually clothed in the form of 
 resolutions similar to the following; 
 
 RESOLUTIONS OF CONDOLENCE. 
 
 ON THE DEATH OF A PUBLIC OFFICER. 
 
 Whereas, It has pleased Almighty God in His Infinite 
 wisdom to remove from our midst our honored and worthy 
 fellow-member, John Jones, and 
 
 Whereas, The pleasant and intimate relations which for 
 ten years he has held with this Board as a fellow Director 
 make it eminently fitting that we should place upon record 
 our feelings of appreciation of his services and regret for 
 his loss, therefore be it 
 
 Resolved, That this Board of Directors will ever hold in 
 grateful remembrance the sterling business qualities, the 
 patience, integrity and clear-sightedness displayed for 
 many years by our late fellow-member, John Jones, in the 
 work of this board. 
 
 Resolved, That the sudden removal by the death of our 
 esteemed fellow-citizen from the position which he held 
 as a public officer creates a vacancy not easily filled, and 
 that his fellow-members fully realize and deeply deplore 
 the loss occasioned to themselves and to the public at 
 
 Resolved, That we hereby extend our deepest sympathy 
 to the bereaved relatives and friends of the deceased, 
 hoping that even in the sadness of their affliction they 
 may yet find some consolation in knowing that the worth 
 of his private qualities and the value of his public services 
 are properly appreciated. 
 
 Resolved, "That a copy of these resolutions be properly 
 
208 MANUAL OF W'SIXESS. 
 
 engrossed and sent to the family of our deceased fellow- 
 member, and that the resolutions In- also published in each 
 of the daily papers of this city. 
 
 DEATH 01 A SOCIETY MEMBER. 
 
 At a special meeting of the Philologian Literary Society, 
 held at Newbury Hall on the evening of Tuesday, Sep- 
 tember 10th, the following preamble and resolutions were 
 unanimously adopted: 
 
 117/ovY/N, [t has seemed good to the ruler of the Universe 
 to remove from among us our talented and beloved friend 
 and fellow-member, .James Wilson; therefore, in view of 
 the loss \\-e have sustained, and the still greater loss occa- 
 sioned to his respected relatives. ], it 
 
 /iV.sWm/, That the members of this society hereby desire 
 to express their sense of bereavement and grief at the loss 
 of one of their earliest, most faithful and most gifted 
 members, and to record the enjoyment and profit which 
 they have long had in the genial, social and brilliant in- 
 tellectual qualities of the decea>ed. 
 
 Resolved, That we sincerely sympathize with the rela- 
 tives and near friends of our late beloved associate, and 
 that we respectfully commend them for consolation to 
 Divine Providence,' who though sometimes inx-rutabie 
 in His dispensation, yet doefh all things well, feeling sure 
 that to them, as to us, there is comfort in the knowledge 
 that the deceased was not only honorable and manly in 
 all respects, but was also a devoted and consistent 
 Christian. 
 
 /.YXM//VV/, That in token of our sorrow at the death of 
 our friend, the members of this society wear a badge of 
 crape upon the left arm for thirty days. 
 
 AY.Wm/, That the secretary of this meeting is in- 
 structed to send a copy of these resolutions to the parents 
 of the deceased as a testimony of our grief and sympathy. 
 
 RETIREMENT OF AN OFFICER. 
 
 At a meeting of. the Aldermen and Councilman of Chi- 
 cago, in Common Council assembled, the following resolu- 
 tions were adopted without a dissenting vote: 
 
 Whereas, Our esteemecl fellow citizen, William Martin, 
 has handed to us his written resignation of the office of 
 City Collector, assigning as reasons therefor his increasing 
 and bodily infirmity and, 
 
 Whereas. The said William Martin has filled the office 
 from which he now retires for thirty years, to the great 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 209 
 
 satisfaction of all citizens of whatever political party; 
 and during this time our taxes have been lighter and 
 our improvements, at the same time, more extensive 
 than those of our neighboring cities, therefore be it 
 
 Resolved, That in unwillingly accepting the resigna- 
 tion of Collector Martin the Mayor and Common Council 
 of this city desire to express to him, in the heartiest and 
 most sincere manner, the thanks both of themselves 
 and of the public for his prolonged valuable labors in be- 
 half of the public interest, and hope that in his retire- 
 ment from office he will enjoy the happiness of a peaceful 
 and serene old age. 
 
 Resolved, That a copy of these resolutions be hand- 
 somely embossed at an expense of not more than fifty 
 ($50) dollars, and presented to the retiring treasurer 
 us a mark of our esteem. 
 
 (Signed by the Mayor, Aldermen and Councilmen.) 
 
 CHAPTER XVII. 
 Dictionary of Business Terms. 
 
 Abatement. A discount made for damage, overcharge, 
 or payment for a debt before it is due. 
 
 . 1 crept. To acknowledge by signature, or agree to 
 perform, according to the expressed terms. 
 
 Acceptance. A formal agreement by signature to pay 
 a draft or bill according to its terms. 
 
 Accommodation. The loan of money or of a name, 
 without any other consideration than favor. 
 
 Accommodation Paper. Notes or bills drawn to be dis- 
 counted, and not founded on actual sale of goods or 
 bona-fide indebtedness. 
 
 Account. A systematic record of debits and credits, 
 under the name of a person, species of property or cause. 
 
 Account Book. A book containing accounts. 
 
 Account Sales. A detailed statement rendered by a 
 commission merchant to his principal, showing the sales 
 of certain goods, the expense attending the same, and 
 the difference or net proceeds. 
 
 Account Current. A detailed statement of the trans- 
 actions between parties for a certain period, showing 
 what is the condition of affairs at the present time. 
 
 Accrue. To increase, to accumulate, as profits. 
 
 Acknowledge. To admit; as by letter to admit the 
 receipt of money or goods; or by signature to certify 
 to the genuineness of a deed or mortgage. 
 
 Acknowledgment. A receipt or admission. 
 
210 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 Actuary. One skilled in annuities and insurance. 
 
 Acquittance. A release from debt or obligation; a 
 written discharge or receipt in full. 
 
 Adjust. To put in order for settlement. 
 
 Ad Valorem . According to the value. Ad valorem 
 duties arc an impost of a certain percentage on the cost 
 or value- of the article imported. Specific duties are levied 
 upon the quantity, measurement, or weight; as so many 
 cents or dollars per gallon, yard or pound, as li 
 may be. 
 
 A France. Money paid before goods are delivered; 
 increase of value in merchandise; money- or acceptance 
 from the commission merchant to the consignor before 
 the goods are disposed of. 
 
 .\ a 1 rent nrc. An enterprise or hazard; goods shipped 
 to be sold on account and risk of the shippers. 
 
 Adventure in Co. Goods sent to be sold on joint ac- 
 count of the shipper and the consignee. 
 
 Adrise. Information communicated by letter; usually 
 the announcement of goods shipped, or bills sent for 
 acceptance. 
 
 Atn'nl. One commissioned to do business for another. 
 
 Agreement. The meeting of minds; a contract. 
 
 Allow. To concede or discount an amount to be paid, 
 as an abatement. 
 
 Alloirance. A deduction from the gross weight of 
 goods. 
 
 Amount. The sum total; the aggregate. (Iros- amount 
 is the total without deduction: net amount, the total 
 less deduction. 
 
 Answer. To be responsible for; to discharge a debt or 
 obligation; to reply for a letter of query. 
 
 Application. Making a request ; the formal preliminary 
 process for obtaining insurance. 
 
 \]>{>li/. To appropriate in a particular \vay; as, apply- 
 ing proceeds in the payment of a specified debt. 
 
 Appraise. To set a price upon; to value. 
 
 Appraisement. Valuation of merchandise or ^fcher 
 property. 
 
 .1 ppraiwr. One who sets a value upon goods; a govern- 
 ment official whose duty it is to examine and report the 
 dutiable values of imported merchandise. 
 
 Appreciate. To raise the value of. 
 
 Apprize. Same as appraise. 
 
 Appropriation. A sum set apart for a certain object. 
 
 Arbitral ion. A method of settling differences in busi- 
 ness matters by referring the affair in dispute to two or 
 more disinterested parties. 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 211 
 
 Article. A clause in a contract; a distinct part of an 
 agreement in writing; a particular commodity; as an 
 article of merchandise. 
 
 Articles of Copartnership. The text of a copartner- 
 ship contract. 
 
 Assets. Resources; the property or effects of an in- 
 dividual company, or corporation ;' used in contradistinc- 
 tion to liabilities. 
 
 Assignat. The name of the French paper issued by 
 the government after the revolution; nominally 100 
 francs. 
 
 Assignee. A person to whom the affairs of an insolvent 
 debtor are referred for settlement. An assignee is, in 
 effect, a trustee for the creditors, his duty being to make 
 the most out of the property for their benefit. 
 
 Assignment. The act or instrument by which the prop- 
 erty and effects of an insolvent or embarrassed merchant 
 are placed in the hands of an assignee. 
 
 Assignor. One who assigns or makes over his property 
 arid effects for the benefit of his creditors. 
 
 Association. A joint stock company. 
 
 Assume. To undertake or promise to perform any 
 specified service.. 
 
 Assurance. A species of insurance; as contracts under 
 which a certain sum is to be paid on the death of an in- 
 dividual, or upon a contingency which is certain to occur. 
 
 Attachment. A legal process by which property in the 
 hands of a party not the debtor may be levied upon for 
 the payment of a debt. 
 
 Attorney. An agent, the authority under which an 
 attorney acts is usually in writing, and under seal, called 
 a "power of attorney." 
 
 Audit. To examine and verify accounts. 
 
 Auditor. One who examines accounts; an officer of 
 the government through whose hands all claims upon 
 the treasury must pass. 
 
 Average. A fair sample; the adjustment of the pro- 
 portion of loss sustained by insurers; the mean time for 
 the payment of the whofe of several sums due at different 
 times. 
 
 Balance. Scales for weighing; amount remaining due 
 on settelment; the difference between the debit and the 
 credit sides of an account. 
 
 Balance of Trade. The difference between the value 
 of the exports and imports of a country. 
 
 Balance of Account. An account used to contain the 
 balances of resources and liabilities, comprising an 
 epitomized statement of the condition of a business. 
 
212 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 Balance Sheet. A statement in condensed form show 
 ing the condition and progress of business. 
 
 Bona Fide. In good faith; honestly. 
 
 Bankable. Funds which are received at the bank at 
 par value. 
 
 Bank Balance. Amount on deposit at bank subject to 
 draft. 
 
 Brink Book. The book of a depositor in which each 
 deposit is entered by the receiving Idler, and which servos 
 at the dealer's voucher. 
 
 Banker. A dealer in money; one who is intrusted 
 with the Funds of another. 
 
 Bank Hours. The time within which business is trans- 
 acted at a bank, in most cities the hours between 10 A. M. 
 and 3 P. M. 
 
 Bank Notes. The promissory notes of a bank which 
 are payable on presentation at" its counter, and on that 
 aCCOUnI called money. 
 
 Bankrupt. A person who is unable to pay his debts, 
 or who is broken up in his hu-iness; the term usually 
 applies to merchants or business men. 
 
 Hun/c.^. Corporate institutions chartered by State or 
 Federal authority for the convenient transaction of mone- 
 tary operations. They are authorized to receive money 
 on deposit to is-ue their own promissory notes which 
 pass as money; to discount paper, or lend money on se- 
 curity, etc. Their special privileges in these directions 
 are granted upon the ground of the benefits which they 
 confer, and in consideration of certain guaranties upon 
 their part which render them safe and reliable. 
 
 Bank Xtock. The paid up capital of a bank, usually 
 divided into shares of a certain amount, for which cer- 
 tificates are given, and which may be transferred by 
 assingment . 
 
 Bargain. \ contract or verbal agreement; used often- 
 times in the sense of an advantageous purchase. 
 
 Barter. To traflic or trade, by exchanging one com- 
 modity for another. 
 
 Ba~aar. \ word of eastern u<age, ,-ignifying a place 
 of exchange or general market place; a repository of 
 fancy articles, especially of dress. 
 
 Bcim-r. Tlu- person bearing, holding or presenting 
 for payment a note, draft or check. Bills payable to bearer 
 are negotiable without endorsement. 
 
 Bill. An account rendered in items; a general term 
 for negotiable paper, as Bills Payable, Bills Receivable, 
 Bills of Exchange. 
 
 Bill Book. A book containing the particulars of all 
 notes and drafts issued and received. 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 213 
 
 Bill Head. A printed form used by merchants for 
 their bills and statements of account. 
 
 Bill of Exchange. A general designation given to 
 drafts, either foreign or domestic. A foreign bill of ex- 
 change is usually drawn in sets of three, and sent by dif- 
 ferent steamers or other modes of conveyance, so that 
 at least one will be sure to meet its destination. The 
 payment of any one of these cancels them all. 
 
 Bill of Lading. A written document signed by the 
 proper officer of a vessel acknowledging the receipt of 
 certain packages or quantities of goods, and promising 
 to deliver the same "in like good order," at the place 
 directed, dangers of the sea excepted. 
 
 Bill Parcels. A detailed account of goods sold. 
 
 Bill of Sale. An instrument given by the seller to 
 the buyer, conveying his right and interest to and in 
 the goods therein specified. 
 
 Bills Payable. Our notes and draft payable to other 
 parties. 
 
 Bills Receivable. Other people's notes or drafts in 
 our possession made payable to us. 
 
 Bond. A written instrument under seal, binding the 
 party who executes it to perform certain expressed acts, 
 usually to pay a certain sum of money at a certain time. 
 The penalties for non-performance in a bond are usually 
 placed at double the sum mentioned, for the purpose of 
 covering cost of collecting, interest, etc. 
 
 Bondsman. One who is bound, or gives security for 
 the faithful performance of any contract. 
 
 Book Debt. An entry or charge on a Ledger; called 
 also an open account, in contradistinction to a written 
 promise or note. 
 
 Brand. Technically, a mark made with a hot iron 
 upon a cask or case; in common usage, a trade mark 
 either written, engraved or printed, consisting of a simple 
 device, picture, combination or name. 
 
 Breadstuff s. An American term applied to grain, 
 flour, meal, etc. 
 
 Broker. An agent or middleman between buyer and 
 seller; one who purchases or sells goods for others; a 
 dealer in stocks. 
 
 Bull. A stock-exchange term applied to a person who, 
 believing that a certain stock will rise in the market, 
 makes his contracts upon that faith; contradistinctive of 
 Bear, which signifies one who believes that a certain stock 
 will decline in the market, and acts upon that belief. The 
 contest between the Bulls and Bears, which creates such 
 activity in the stock exchange, in an effort on either hand 
 
214 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 to realize the hopes upon which these transactions are 
 based. 
 
 Bullion. A commercial name for uncoined gold or 
 .silver. 
 
 Bushel. A cylindrical vessel 18J inches in diameter 
 and 8 inches deep inside. Its capacity is 2150 42-100 
 cubic inches. 
 
 Call. Demand for payment of an installment due. 
 
 Cancel. To erase; to annul. 
 
 Capital. Money or other property invested in business. 
 
 Capital Stock. Money or other property invested in an 
 incorporated company.* 
 
 Choses in Possession. Personal things of which one has 
 --ion. 
 
 Choses in Action. Personal things of which the owner 
 has not the possession, but merely a right of action for their 
 
 -ion. 
 
 _ Collateral. That which is by the side, and not the direct 
 line. That which is additional to, or beyond a thing. 
 
 ^Comwon L<nr. That system of law, or form of the .-cinice 
 of juris-prudenee, which' has prevailed for ages in England 
 and in the Tinted States, in contradistinction to other 
 great systems, such as the Roman or Civil Law. It is the 
 unwritten law, as dist inguished from the written or.-tat- 
 Ute law. See Statute Law. 
 
 Contingency. That which may po->iblv come to 
 an event which may occur; a possibility; a casualty. 
 
 Contingent. Possible, or liable, but not certain to occur. 
 
 Capital Stock. \ paid-in fund of a corporation or the 
 amount of value which a man employs in his business. 
 
 Cash Account. \ record of receipts ami disbursements 
 ot cash in the form of an account. 
 
 Cottage. A rate by the hundred. 
 
 Certificate. A written testimony, a voucher; a- a cer- 
 tificate of stock, or certificate of deposit. 
 
 Certified Check. \ check which has been certified by 
 the bank upon which it is drawn, making the bank abso- 
 lutely responsible for its payment. 
 
 Charges. Expenses incurred in purchasing, packing and 
 shipping goods. 
 
 Check. An order on a bank for money drawn by one 
 who has cash on deposit. 
 
 Check Book. \ book of printed or engraved blank 
 orders for checks. 
 
 Circulating Medium. Cash and Bank notes payable 
 on demand; the medium of exchange. 
 
 Clearance. A document from a custom-house officer 
 permitting a ship to depart on her voyage 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 215 
 
 Clearing House. A kind of banking exchange for the 
 convenience of daily settlements between banks. 
 
 Clerical Error. An error in calculation or other acci- 
 dental error on books or documents. 
 
 Coin. Pieces of metal stamped with certain impres- 
 sions fixing their value as a medium of exchange. 
 
 Coinage. Assaying and converting metals into pieces 
 of money or coins. 
 
 Commercial Paper. Bills of exchange, drafts or pro- 
 missory notes given in the course of business. 
 
 Commission. A charge given or undertaken, percentage 
 allowed an business done. 
 
 Commission Agent. One who buys or sells on commis- 
 sion. 
 
 Common Carrier. One who for a pecuniary considera- 
 tion engages to transport the goods or merchandise of any 
 who may choose to employ him, from one place, to another. 
 Common Carriers are restricted and privileged by law 
 both for their own and the public benefit. 
 
 Confidential Creditor. A creditor who from the pecu- 
 liar character of his claims is perferred over the ordinary 
 creditor in the fullness of payment. 
 
 Consignee. The person to whom goods are sent or 
 consigned. 
 
 Consignment. Goods consigned to a correspondent 
 or agent to be sold on account of the sender. 
 
 Consigner. The party who consigns or transmits 
 goods. 
 
 Consumption. A using up; the quantity consumed. 
 
 Contraband. Trade carried on contrary to the laws 
 of a country. 
 
 Contraband Goods. Articles prohibited by the laws 
 to be imported or exported on certain conditions. 
 
 Copartnership. An agreement between two or more 
 persons for joining in a business enterprise, each having 
 a proportionate interest therein. 
 
 Corner. A term used to express a monopolizing arrange- 
 ment entered into between dealers for the purpose 
 of creating a fictitious value in any kind of produce, 
 stocks or other commodity. 
 
 Corporation. Name applied to persons, usually several, 
 authorized by law to transact business as an association 
 or individual, under some name, as the Jackson Manu- 
 facturing Company. 
 
 Correspondent. One who carries on intercourse with 
 another by letter. 
 
 Cost. That which has been expended in obtaining or 
 producing an article. 
 
216 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 Counterfeit. A spurious imitation or forgery. 
 
 Countermand. A contrary order. 
 
 Coupon. An interest certificate which is cut off when 
 payment is made. 
 
 Credit. The opposite of debit; what is due to another; 
 the time given for payment for goods sold; reputation, 
 pecuniary integrity. 
 
 Creditor. One to whom something is owing. 
 
 Credit Xi/xtcnt. The >\>iem of selling goods on time. 
 
 Currciici/. That which pa< s for money; usually 
 applied for paper money. 
 
 Current. Pas-ing freely from hand to hand as cur- 
 rency; now running. 
 
 Custom. The patronage or ,-upport of and establish- 
 ment; the revenue duties levied on imported good.-. 
 
 Customer*. Those who are in the haliit of purchasing 
 from one concern, and who can lie relit d upon to do so. 
 
 Custom nr ('H<!<IC. That which has existed in practi>e 
 among merchants or bu>ine-> men >o long and uniformly 
 a^ to he generally accepted ill the place of written law. 
 Common law is the embodiment of mercantile i; 
 
 Ct/xluttiN. Taxes or revenue duties levied on 
 exported or imported. 
 
 Dormant. Silent, not known, not acting. 
 
 I)U)-(*H. Pei>onal rot mint, or fear of personal injury 
 or imprisonment. 
 
 Damage*. Claims against underwriters for amount of 
 loss or injury, also against merchants on account of 
 failure in whole or in part in fulfilling agreements, and 
 from various other causes growing out of bush: 
 
 Date. Statement in a letter or upon a bill of lading 
 or on books of account of the day of the month ami year 
 upon which the letter was written, or the transaction 
 effected. 
 
 Dai/ Book. The book upon which the consecutive trans- 
 actions of a business are recorded; the book of original 
 entry. 
 
 Days of Grace. The time usually allowed beyond the 
 expressed time for the payment 'of negotiable paper. 
 In nearly all States three days of grace are allowed on 
 all "written obligations unless otherwise expre>-ly stated. 
 
 Deal. To trade or traffic; to buy or sell. 
 
 Dealings. Transactions between two or more persons. 
 
 Dealer. A trader in goods of any kind. The regular 
 cu.-iciners or depositors of a bank are called dealers. 
 
 Debenture. A certificate given by the collector of 
 the port of entry to an importer for drawback of duties 
 on imported merchandise: duties on which when the 
 merchandise is exported are to be refunded. 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 217 
 
 Debit. A term used in bookkeeping to express the 
 left hand page of a ledger. 
 
 Debt. That which one person owes another. 
 
 Debtor. One who owes. 
 
 Decimal. Any number expressed in the scale of tens. 
 
 Decimal Currency. A currency based upon the decimal 
 system, such as that of the United States. 
 
 Declined. Fallen in value. 
 
 Defaulter. One Avho is criminally deficient in his 
 accounts. 
 
 Deficit. A deficiency; the difference between an ac- 
 countant's statement of assets and the assets them- 
 selves. 
 
 Delivery. Transferring the possession of goods from 
 one person to another. 
 
 Demand. A claim made for a debt due. 
 
 Deposit. Money paid on account of a purchase; 
 money placed in a bank; gross amount to the credit of a 
 dealer. 
 
 Discount. An allowance for prompt payment on a bill 
 or debt not due; a sum paid by way of interest for the 
 advance of money. 
 
 Discount Days. The days in the week in which the 
 directors or the discount board of a bank meet to con- 
 sider paper offered for discount. 
 
 Din'dend. A division of share, proportional payment 
 made 1 to creditors out of the estate of bankrupt; division 
 of the profits received by stockholders from the earnings 
 of a joint stock company. 
 
 Double Entry. The system of entry which secures the 
 entire record of a transaction; so-called because for 
 every transaction there are at least two entries, one on 
 the debit and one on the credit. 
 
 Draft. A deduction allowed from the gross weight 
 of goods; the number of feet which a ship sinks in the 
 water; an island or domestic bill of exchange, which is 
 a written order or request by one person upon another 
 for the payment of a specified sum of money at a specified 
 time. 
 
 Draw. To make a draft. 
 
 Drawback. The paying back of duties by the govern- 
 ment on the exportation of imported goods. 
 
 Drawee. The person on whom the draft or bill is 
 drawn. 
 
 Drawer. The party who makes the draft, or who re- 
 quests that the payment be made. 
 
 Due Bill. A written acknowledgment of debt; not 
 transferable by mere endorsement. 
 
218 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 Duties. A tax levied by the government on imported 
 goods; money paid to the government on imports and 
 exports. 
 
 FAciiicni. One of the simplest parts or principles of 
 which anything con-i-N; one of the fundamental or es- 
 sential ingredients. 
 
 Entitle. The degree. <|iiaiitity, nature and extent of 
 interest which a person has in real property. 
 
 EstoojM-d. A preclusion of a person, arising from pre- 
 vious conduct, from asserting a fact inconsistent there- 
 with. A man is estooped from contradicting what he has 
 once avowed. A condu-ive admission, which cannot be 
 denied or controverted. - 
 
 l:'.r>'rnf,;l. AS applied to contracts, signifies already 
 done, or accomplished, or performed. 
 
 I:\rfcntor. One who is appointed by a testator, or by 
 the court, to carry into effect the provisions of a will. 
 
 Executory. Yet to be performed. 
 
 Eartvxt. Money paid to the seller by a purcha-er to 
 bind a verbal bargain; delivery of part of the good- -old 
 to bind t he cont ract . 
 
 Ea^u. Not pressed for money. 
 
 Effect*. Movable property; available funds. 
 
 Embezzling. Fraudulently appropriating money or goods 
 entrusted to his charge by a clerk or employ- 
 
 Engagement. An obligation or contract entered into. 
 
 Enlrif. The record of any business transaction. 
 
 ExrJni <]<. Tin" place where merchants of a city meet 
 to transact business; a term used to designate that kind 
 of mercantile transactions by which merchants pay debts 
 to distant creditors without transmitting money'. 
 
 Exchange Broker. One who negotiates foreign bills of 
 exchange. 
 
 A'.ro'.sr. Taxes or duties on articles produced and con- 
 sumed at home; internal revenue tax. 
 
 Exhibit. A transcript of ledger balances; a \\ritten 
 statement of the affairs of a merchant. 
 
 Export. To send goods to a foreign country. 
 
 h\r l>(i Dutif. A duty imposed by some governments 
 on the exportation of certain kinds of merchandise. 
 
 J''.r/iort<r. One who sends goods to a foreign country. 
 
 A'.r/w/.s-. The articles exported or sent out of the 
 country. 
 
 I-;.r/<'nxin. An agreement on the part of a creditor to 
 allow further time for the payment of a debt; the ex- 
 tending of the various items of a bill to the final dollar 
 and cent column. 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. *219 
 
 Factor. An agent employed to sell goods or merchan- 
 dise consigned or delivered to him, by or for his principal, 
 for a compensation commonly called factorage or com- 
 mission. 
 
 Face. The exact amount expressed on the face of a 
 bill or other mercantile paper, without addition for in- 
 terest or reduction for discount. 
 
 Failure. Suspension of payment; inability to meet 
 mercantile engagements. 
 
 Fixtures. That part of a furnishing of a store or office 
 which is not movable, such as gas-pipes and burners, 
 partitions. 
 
 Flat. Dull of sale; a stock exchange term used to 
 express the price of bonds, etc., when the sales are made 
 without reference to accumulated interest. 
 
 Footing. The expressed amount of a column or col- 
 umns of figures; adding up columns of figures. 
 
 Forced Sales. Sales of goods made under necessity or 
 compulsion. 
 
 Foreign Bill of Exchange. A bill drawn by a person 
 residing in one country or State upon a person residing 
 in another country or State. 
 
 Forgery. A fraudulent or counterfeit imitation or de- 
 ception practiced in making or uttering a false note, bill 
 of exchange or other instrument; altering a note, check 
 or order with fraudulent intent. 
 
 Gain. Profit; increase in wealth. 
 
 General Order Store. A government bonded warehouse 
 to which, under a " General Order, " all foreign merchan- 
 dise is sent that is not claimed by the owner or consignee 
 within a certain number of hours or days after the arrival 
 of a vessel in port. 
 
 Go-Between. Agents for both parties. 
 
 Good Will. The interest which attaches to an estab- 
 lished business, and which is supposed to inhere in it 
 whoever may be its proprietor. The good will of a busi- 
 ness is often as much a matter of purchase and sale as 
 any other commodity. Its value depends upon the 
 probability that force of habit or other cause will induce 
 its former patrons to continue their patronage. 
 
 Grace. See Days of Grace. 
 
 Gross. Twelve dozen; the great gross is 12 times 12 
 dozen. 
 
 Gross Weight. The total weight of goods and boxes, 
 bags, or chests in which they are packed. 
 
 Guarantee. He to whom a guaranty is made; a promise 
 to answer for the payment of some debt, or the performance 
 of some duty, in case of the failure of another person, who 
 
220* MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 is, in the first instance, liable to such payment or per- 
 formance. 
 
 Guarantor. One who makes or gives a guaranty; one 
 who engages to secure another in any right or possession. 
 
 Guaranty. An undertaking to answer for the perfor- 
 mance of a contract or the payment of a debt or duty 
 of another in case of the failure of such other to pay or 
 perform. 
 
 Handbills. Advertisements printed on small sheets to 
 be distributed by hand or posted in public places. 
 
 Hand Money. Money paid by the purchaser at the 
 closing of a contract or sale. 
 
 Intestate. Dying without having made a valid will; 
 a person who dies without making a valid will. 
 
 In Toto. In the whole, altogether, entirely. 
 
 In Transit u. In a state of transition; going from one 
 place to another. 
 
 Implements. Tools or instruments of whatever sort 
 which serve the purposes of workmen in their proper 
 occupations. 
 
 Impost. A duty or tax levied by government on goods 
 imported. 
 
 Improvement. Advance in prices, brisker demand for 
 goods, an alteration for the better in the Duality of goods 
 
 Income. Total amount of earning and recei;- 
 money from all .sources. 
 
 Income Taxes. A tax laid upon the income of a person 
 or corporation beyond some prescribed amount which the 
 law exempts. 
 
 Indemmfication. The act of securing against lo->, 
 damage or penalty, reimbursement of loss, damage or 
 penalty. 
 
 Indemnity. A guarantee against loss. 
 
 Insolvency. Bankruptcy. 
 
 Installment. A part of^a sum of money paid or to be 
 paid at a particular time. 
 
 Instant. A day of the present or current month. 
 
 Instructions. Orders given by a principal to his agent 
 in relation to his agency. 
 
 Insurable Interest. An interest which one has in ships 
 or goods without having any right of control. 
 
 Insurance. A contract whereby, for a stipulated con- 
 sideration, called a premium, an insurance company 
 indemnifies the party insured against loss or injury to 
 certain property or interests; the rate paid for indemnity, 
 
 Interest. A share in the business or its profits; a sum 
 paid for the use of money; literally the use of money. 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 221 
 
 Interest Account. The account on a ledger which 
 shows the amount paid and received for the use of the 
 money. 
 
 Internal Revenue. That part of the revenues of our 
 government which is collected in the form of internal 
 duties. 
 
 Inventory. A list of merchandise usually made out at 
 certain periods of the business year, for the purpose of 
 knowing the quantity and value of unsold merchandise, 
 in order to ascertain the condition of the business. 
 
 Invoice. A written account or bill of merchandise 
 bought; a. bill of items. 
 
 Involved. Embarrassed by debts. 
 
 Joint Tenants . Two or more persons to whom are granted 
 lands or tenements to be held in fee-simple, fee-tail, for 
 life, for years or at will. The right of survivorship 
 belongs to an estate thus held. 
 
 Judgment Note. A note given in the usual form, and 
 containing in addition a power of attorney to the payee, 
 or other person, to appear and confess judgment for the 
 sum therein contained, against the maker. 
 
 Joint Stock. A stock or fund formed by the union of 
 several .shares from different persons. 
 
 Journal. A book of consecutive business record, usually 
 the medium between the Day-book or Blotter and the 
 Ledger. 
 
 Junior Partner. The youngest member of a firm; one 
 who acquires an interest in an established business. 
 
 Kiting or Kite-Flying. Exchanging checks on differ- 
 ent banks for the purpose of obtaining the use of money 
 for a single day. 
 
 Lien. A hold or claim which one person has on property 
 of another, as a security for some debt or charge. 
 
 Lease. A contract for the occupation of a store or 
 other building. Leases are usually in writing and run 
 one year or more. 
 
 Legal Tender. The name given to those notes which 
 the government has declared shall be received in the pay- 
 ment of all ordinary debts. 
 
 Letter-Book. The book in which letters are trans- 
 cribed or copied. 
 
 Letters of Advise. A book containing information 
 of a shipment of goods, of a bill of exchange being drawn 
 on the party addressed, or of some act done by the writer 
 of the letter in which the person to whom it is written has 
 an interest. 
 
 Letter of Attorney. A writing by which one person 
 authorizes another to act in his stead, commonly called 
 power of attorney. 
 
222 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 Letter of Credit. A letter authorizing credit to a 
 certain amount of money to be given to the bearer. 
 
 Liability. A debt or other legal claim against a person. 
 
 I^'ccnse. Legal permission to do a certain act, such 
 as selling gOOds, etc. 
 
 Loan. That which is lent for a temporary purpose. 
 
 Loss and (tain. \ term used in general to express 
 
 fluctuation in value. As applied to an account it means 
 
 a collection of the particular lo--e- ;l!l( l <r ;l ins ,,f a bu-i- 
 
 lie result of net Io-< or net gain being shown by 
 
 either side. 
 
 Matnriti/. Arrival of the time fixed for payment; 
 termination of the period which a demand has to run; 
 becoming due. 
 
 Manifest. List of a ship'.- cargo. 
 
 Marie. A letter, number or device put upon boxes 
 or packages shipped, or upon manufactured goods, to 
 distinguish them from others; a trade mark. 
 
 Marl. A place of sale or traffic. 
 
 Mtrehanlile Ai/eneif. A concern whose bu.-ine-s it is 
 to procure information relating to the .-landing and 
 credit of country merchant- for the use of city merchants 
 or ot hers wit h whom they deal. 
 
 Mt rehanlih' J'n/nr. Notes or acceptances given by 
 merchants for goods bought or received on con-igment. 
 This term is contradistinctive from accommodation 
 paper, elsewhere explained. 
 
 Mcrehanilixe. A general name for goods bought and 
 sold by merchants. 
 
 Merchantable. Salable; without defect; up to a 
 standard in the material and manufacture. 
 
 M< reliant Marine. A collective term for the ships, 
 vessels and steamers licensed and registered by any 
 government to engage in commerce. 
 
 Metallic Currcncif. Silver and gold coins forming 
 the circulating medium of the country. 
 
 Mefric Xi/xfcin. A system of weights and me.- 
 based upon the idea of employing as the unit a uniform 
 standard, the multiples and subdivision of which should 
 follow in decimal progression. 
 
 Mint. A place established by the government where 
 money is coined. 
 
 Manei/ of Account. The denomination in which ac- 
 counts are kept, in an}- country or locality; the standard 
 by which values are measured. 
 
 Manci/ Order. An order on a third requesting him 
 to pay the person named a certain sum of money; not 
 negotiable. 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 223 
 
 Monopoly. The sole power of dealing in any species 
 of goods or of dealing with a country or market, obtained 
 either by engrossing the articles in market by purchase 
 or by a license from government. 
 
 Mortgage. The transfer of property to secure the 
 payment of debt. 
 
 Negotiable. Applied to a contract, the right of action 
 on which is capable of being transferred by delivery, or 
 indorsement and delivery. 
 
 Negotiation. The deliberation which takes place be- 
 tween the parties touching a proposed contract. 
 
 \ominal. Existing in name only. 
 
 Negotiable Paper. Notes, drafts or other written 
 obligations which are transferable and pass readily from 
 hand to hand. 
 
 Negotiate. To propose or consider terms with a view 
 to a bargain or agreement. 
 
 Xct. The exact amount or weight without the bag, 
 box or covering. 
 
 Net Proceeds. The actual return after deducting all 
 charges and expenses. 
 
 \c( Profits. The clear gain or result after deducting 
 the losses from the gains. 
 
 \<'t Weight. The exact weight of merchandise with- 
 out case or covering. 
 
 Note. A written obligation to pay money or goods. 
 
 Overt. Open to view, apparent, not covert or secret; 
 manifest. 
 
 Old Accounts. Unsettled bills, or open ledger balances 
 of long standing. 
 
 On Sale. Goods held and for sale by a party with 
 other than the owner; merchandise left by the owner 
 HI 10 (her person for sale. 
 
 Ojicn Account. A running or unsettled account. 
 
 Option. A stock broker's term for the privilege of 
 taking or delivering at a future day a certain number 
 of shares of a given stock at a price agreed upon. 
 
 Outstanding Accounts. The book debts and claims 
 which are yet to be collected. 
 
 Over. Surplus; cash on hand not accounted for; money 
 not required for the day's payment. 
 
 Over-Charge. A charge at a higher rate than that 
 implied or agreed upon, or than the usual rates. 
 
 Over-Drawn. To draw for a greater sum than one's 
 credit balance in a bank or with a banker. 
 
 Over-Due. A note or obligation remaining unpaid 
 after the time specified for its payment. 
 
 Over-Stock. A supply beyond the demand. 
 
224 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 Over-Trading. Buying poods beyond the means of 
 payment, or beyond the demand for them. 
 
 Owe. To be 'in debt. 
 
 Prima Facie. On the first view of the matter. 
 
 Panic. A financial crisis among business men, gene- 
 rally the result of over-trading and speculation. 
 
 Paper Currency. A circulating medium, composed of 
 government or bank notes which represent money. 
 
 Par. Equality is nominal and actual exchange. 
 
 Par of Ejcclnuw. The value of a coin or money of 
 account of one country expressed in the standard of 
 another. To a-eertain the par of exchange between 
 sterling and I'nited States currencies, get the value of 
 a pound sterling in "greenbacks." 
 
 Pass Book. A book in which a trader enters articles 
 bought on credit and then pa->es or -ends it to the credi- 
 tor for his information. Hank pass book. 
 
 Pawnbroker. One who lends money on pledge or tin- 
 deposit of good-. 
 
 Pay. To discharge a debt ; to make suitable return for 
 expense or trouble. 
 
 Payable. Justly due. 
 
 Payee. The one in whose favor a note or bill of 
 exchange. 
 
 Pdijcc. The one in whose favor a note or bill of ex- 
 change is drawn, or who is to receive the money. 
 
 Pdi/nicnt. The discharge of a debt; that which is paid. 
 
 Personal Effect*. Wearing apparel and other per-onal 
 property in actual use. 
 
 Petty Cash Hook. A book containing a record of small 
 receipts and disbursements. 
 
 Policij. The writing or instrument in which a con- 
 tract of insurance is embodied. 
 
 Premium. The sum paid for insurance or indemnity; 
 advance above par value. 
 
 Price Current. A list of merchandise, with market 
 price. 
 
 Price Lixt. A written or printed list of articles for sale 
 with prices attached. 
 
 Principal. An employer; the head of a commercial 
 house; the sum on which interest accrues. 
 
 Profit and Loss. See loss and gain. 
 
 Promissory Note. A written promise to pay to a 
 person named at a specified time a certain sum of money 
 unconditionally. 
 
 Pro Eata. A proportional distribution. 
 
 Protest. A formal notice to the sureties of a note or 
 draft stating that the same was not paid at maturity; 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 225 
 
 or to the drawer of a draft stating that the same was not 
 accepted upon presentment. 
 
 Provisions. In the price current of England and the 
 United States under this head are included butter, cheese, 
 beef, pork, bacon, shoulders, hams and lard. 
 
 Quasi. As if; in a manner; in ssome respects. 
 
 Quarantine. Restraint of intercourse to which a ship 
 is subjected, upon the supposition that she may be in- 
 fected with disease. 
 
 Quotations. The published current prices of stocks, 
 bonds, produce, etc. 
 
 Real Estate. A term which is applied to land in its 
 most enlarged signification, including everything that 
 legally passes with it in making conveyance of the land. 
 
 Receipt. A written acknowledgement of having re- 
 ceived money or some other valuable consideration. 
 
 Receipt Book. A book in which receipts are taken for 
 the payment of money. 
 
 Rent. Amount paid for the privilege of occupying 
 another's premises. 
 
 Resources. Any species of property having a money 
 value. 
 
 Retail. To sell in small quantities. 
 
 Retire. To take up one's note before due; to relinquish 
 business. 
 
 Revenue. The annual income of a state or nation from 
 all sources. 
 
 Secondarily. A term applied to the liability of an 
 endorser of a note, or the drawer of a bill, signifying that 
 he is only conditionally liable, the maker of the bill or 
 accepter beirig primarily or first liable. 
 
 Speciality. A writing sealed and delivered under some 
 agreement. 
 
 Sale. The transfer of property from one person to 
 another for a price paid or to be paid. 
 
 Sales. Much used to indicate the extent of business 
 transacted for a given period, or to indicate relatively the 
 general business of a commercial house. 
 
 Sample. A small quantity, or piece of any kind of 
 goods used to show the quality of the whole. 
 
 Seller's Option. A term mostly confined to the sales 
 of stocks, for a sale which gives to the seller the option 
 of delivering the article sold within a certain time, the 
 buyer paying interest up to delivery. 
 
 Selling Out. Disposing of the entire stock, usually to 
 close the business. 
 
 Set-off. One demand placed against another. 
 
226 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 Short. Deficient in ready money; a term used by 
 brokers when they -sell stocks, or other property without 
 owning them, the intention being to buy before the day 
 of delivery at a less price than the present ruling rate. 
 
 Shrinkage. A reduction in the bulk of measurement. 
 
 Sight. Usually the time of presenting a bill to the 
 drawee. 
 
 Sight Draft. A draft drawn payable at sight, or on 
 representation to the drawee. 
 
 Signature. The name of a person written by himself. 
 
 Sin/ /tie Interest. Legal interest on the principal only, 
 not interest on the interest. 
 
 Sink. To lower in amount or value. 
 
 Sinking Concern. A bu>iness establishment, or firm 
 continually losing money. 
 
 Sinking Euml. \ fund set apart from carnii.. 
 other sources of income, for the redemption of debts of 
 government, or of a corporation. 
 
 Sleeping Partner. Silent; one who lias an interest in 
 the profits without letting his name appear, or taking any 
 part in the business. 
 
 Specie. (}<)Id, silver or copper coined by authority 
 and used as a circulating medium of commerce. 
 
 Speculate. To purchase with the expectation of a con- 
 tingent advance in value, and a consequent sale as a 
 profit. 
 
 Stfindunl. That which is established by authority or 
 custom, as a rule or measure of quantity. 
 
 Sterling. The current standard money of (livat Bri- 
 tain. 
 
 Stock. Capital in trade; the title of the proprietor 
 of the busine>s. 
 
 Stock Account. \ ledger account representing the 
 proprietor and showing the net investment. 
 
 Stock Exchange. A place where brokers and bankers 
 meet daily to buy and sell goods, bonds, etc. 
 
 Stockholder. C)ne who holds shares in the capital Mock 
 of a jointstock company. 
 
 Stock-In-Trade. The property of a merchant which is 
 actually employed in his business; the goods kept for 
 sale. 
 
 Stock Market. The state of demand for stocks. 
 
 Stock on Hand. Unsold merchandise. 
 
 Stocks. Share in the capital stock of a joint-stock 
 company. 
 
 Stoppage in Tninxitu. The seller of goods on credit 
 resuming possession after their shipment, before they get 
 the actual possession of the buyer. 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 227 
 
 Stopped Payment. Equivalent to the term failure; 
 as when a merchant fails, or ceases to pay his notes or 
 liabilities. 
 
 Storage. Amount paid for the privilege of storing 
 goods in another person's warehouse. 
 
 Surety. A person who binds himself to pay a sum of 
 money, or perform some act in case of the failure of an- 
 other to do so. 
 
 Survey. An examination into the condition of a ship 
 or its cargo. 
 
 Suspend. To stop payment. 
 
 Tacit. That which, although not expressed, is under- 
 stood from the nature of the thing, or from the provi- 
 sions of the law; implied. 
 
 Testator. The person who has made a valid will. 
 
 Tort. A private or civil wrong or injury. 
 
 Tare. A deduction made from the weight of goods 
 on any account. 
 
 Tariff. A rate of duty fixed by law on imports and 
 exports. 
 
 Ten-Forties. One of the first loans of the government 
 during the war, so-called because of the privilege of the 
 government to take it up in ten years, or to let it remain 
 forty years, at its own option. 
 
 Terms. The condition of a sale, or agreement. 
 
 Trade Discount. An allowance or discount made to 
 a dealer in the small trade. 
 
 Trade-Mark. A device, writing, or ticket put upon 
 manufactured goods to distinguish them from others, and 
 protect the manufacturer from fraudulent imitations. 
 
 Trade-Price. The price at which goods are sold to 
 those in the same trade. 
 
 Trans-Ship. To transfer merchandise from one con- 
 veyance to another. 
 
 Transportation. Carrying from one place to another. 
 
 Treasury Notes. Notes of various denominations is- 
 sued by the government, and received in payment of all 
 dues, except for duties on imported goods. 
 
 Treaty. An agreement between two nations made 
 with a view to extend the commercial intercourse of the 
 contracting parties. The President of the United States 
 has power to make treaties with foreign governments, 
 with the concurrent vote of two-thirds of the Senate. 
 
 Undenvriter. One who insures a vessel or cargo; so- 
 called because he underwrites his name on the condi- 
 tions of a policy. 
 
 Unmerchantable. Unsalable from any cause. 
 
 Unseaworthy. Not fit for a voyage. 
 
228 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 Unsound. Merchandise, the value of which is im- 
 paired. 
 
 Usury. The taking of more than legal interest for 
 the use of money. 
 
 Valid. Of binding force; strong; effectual. 
 
 Vendee. One who purchases a thing; one to whom a 
 thing is sold. 
 
 Yi-mlnr. \ seller; a vender; the one who sells a thing. 
 
 Void. That which has no force, or effect. 
 
 Voidable. That which h:is some force, or effect, but 
 which, in consequence of some inherent quality, may be 
 legally annulled or avoided. 
 
 Valuation. The estimated worth of a thing. 
 
 Value. To estimate the worth of. 
 
 V til lie Received. A phrase usually, but not n 
 rily, forming a part of the body of a promissory note, or 
 bill of exchange, to denote that a consideration ha- 
 given for it. 
 
 \'cntnn . A term u-ed by -eamen. and sometime- by 
 owners and captaii, \S, for adventure. 
 
 \'onclicrx. Receipts memoranda, entries or docu- 
 ments, the production of which establishes a fact. 
 
 \\'<iir<r. The relinquishment , or refusal to accept of 
 a right. 
 
 Warrant ij . A convenant of security; a promise; or 
 stipulation by deed insurance against defects; assurance 
 
 Waste. Refuse; chippings, remnants, etc. 
 
 \\'<i*t(t<ic. Shrinkage, loss in handling, etc. 
 
 }\'(i!l-Iiill. A document containing a li.-t and de>crip- 
 tion of good- ><Mit by a common carrier by land. 
 
 CHAPTER XVIII. 
 Business Abbreviations. 
 
 For the facilitation of accounts and correspondence in 
 business, certain abbreviations, common to all, are em- 
 ployed. They should not be used indiscriminately, 
 especially in correspondence. Be sure the person ad- 
 dressed 'would understand them. Those sanctioned by 
 good usage are as follows: 
 
 A. 
 
 @. At. Apr. April. 
 
 Acc't. or %. Account. Ass't'd. Assorted. 
 Amt. Amount. Aug. August. 
 
 Ans. Answer. 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS 
 
 229 
 
 B. 
 
 B. Bank. . Brot. or brot. Brought. 
 
 Bal. Balance. bu. Bushel. 
 
 B. Rec. Bills Receivable. 
 B. Pay. Bills Payable, 
 bbl. Barrel. 
 
 Bot. Bought. 
 
 % Care of. 
 
 c. Cents. 
 
 C. B. Cash Book. 
 
 Cap. Capital. 
 
 Chgd. Charged. 
 
 Co . Company . 
 
 bis. Bales. 
 
 B. O. or b. o. Buyer's option. 
 
 bxs. Boxes. 
 
 C. 
 
 C. O. D. Collect on De- 
 livery. 
 
 Com . Commi ssion . 
 Cr. Creditor. 
 Cwt. Hundred- weight. 
 
 D. or d. Dollar. 
 Dec . December, 
 do. The same. 
 Dep. Deposit. 
 Dft. Draft. 
 
 D. 
 
 Dis. Discount, 
 doz. Dozen. 
 Dr. Debtor, 
 d's. Days. 
 
 E. 
 
 E. E. Errors excepted. Eng. English. 
 
 Exch. Exchange. Ex. Example. 
 
 E. &. O. E. Errors and Exp. Expense or expenses 
 omissions excepted. 
 
 F. 
 
 Feb. February, 
 fig'd. Figured. 
 For' d . Forward . 
 fol. Folio. 
 
 gal. Gallon. 
 
 hf. Half. 
 
 Ins. Insurance. 
 I. B. Invoice Book, 
 inst. Instant, (present 
 month.) 
 
 frt. Freight. 
 Fr. Francs, 
 ft. Feet. 
 
 G. 
 
 gr. Grain or Gross. 
 
 H. 
 
 hhd. Hogshead. 
 I. 
 
 int. Interest. 
 
 inv. Invoice, inventory. 
 
 I. O. U. I owe you. 
 
230 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 J. 
 
 Jan. January. 
 
 L. 
 
 Ibs. Pounds. Led. Ledger. 
 
 M. 
 
 M. One thousand. mo. .Month. 
 
 Mar. March. MS. Manuscript. 
 
 Mdsc. -Merchandise. MSS. Manuscripts. 
 
 X. 
 N. B. Nota Bone. Tak- Nov.- November. 
 
 particular notice. X. P. Xotary public. 
 
 No. Number. 
 
 O. 
 Oct. October. ox. Ounce, ounce-. 
 
 P. 
 
 p. Page. per. By. 
 
 pp. Pages. pr. Pair. 
 
 P. H. -Pass Book. pcs. Pi 
 
 pay't. -Payment. pts. -Pints. 
 
 Pd. Paid. preni. -Premium. 
 
 Q. 
 
 Qr. Quarter. qt-. -Quart <. 
 
 R. 
 
 R. R. Railroad. Rrc't. Hreeipt. 
 
 Rec'd or rec'd. Received. 
 
 S. 
 
 Sept.- September. Shp't. Shipment. 
 
 Sh. Ship. S. O. or s. o. Seller's option. 
 
 Sunds. -Sundries. Str. Steamer. 
 
 Schr. Schooner. 
 
 T. 
 
 Treasr. Treasurer. tres. Tierces. 
 
 Treas. Treasury. 
 
 U. 
 u lt. Ultimo (last month) U. S. United States. 
 
 Y. 
 yds. Yards. yr. Year. 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 231 
 
 SIGNS. 
 
 $. Dollar. X. Sign of multiplication. 
 
 ' ' . Ditto (the same) * . Sign of division. 
 
 . Pound. =. Sign of equality. 
 
 %. Per cent. I 1 . One and one-fourth. 
 
 No. Number. I 8 . One and two-fourths. 
 
 +. Sign of addition. I 3 . One and three-fourths. 
 . Sign of subtraction. 
 
 In this connection may also be given the characters 
 which are to arithmetic what the foregoing abbreviations 
 are to letters and bookkeeping. 
 
 =Equal; as 12 inches=l foot, or 4 x 5=20. 
 
 -j-Plus, or more; signifies addition, as 3 5 7=15. 
 
 Minus,, or less; signifies subtraction, as 12 4=8. 
 
 x Multiplied by: signifies multiplication, as 8x7=56. 
 
 -f- Divided by; signifies division, as 56-5-8=7. 
 
 : :: : Proportion; as 2 :4 ::8 : 16; that is, as 2 is to 
 4 so is 8 to 16. 
 
 I/ Prefixed to a number denotes that the square root 
 of that number is required, as y 36=6. 
 
 I/ 3 Prefixed to a number denotes that the cube root 
 of that number is required, as t/ 3 27=3. 
 
 2 Added to a number signifies that the number is to 
 be squared, as 4 s means that 4 is to be multiplied by 4. 
 
 8 Added to a number signifies that the number is to 
 be cubed, as 4 3 means 4 x 4 x 4=64. 
 
 . Decimal point, when prefixed to a number, signifies 
 that that number has a unit (1) for its denominator, as 
 .1 is one-tenth, .2 is two-tenths, .12 twelve hundredths, 
 .125 is one twenty-five one thousandths, etc. 
 
 Signifies degrees; ' minutes, and " seconds. 
 
 CHAPTER XIX. 
 Business Mevxims. 
 
 MAXIMS OF WORLD'S LEADERS. 
 
 The roughest road often leads to the smoothest fortune. 
 
 Franklin. 
 
 Be what nature intended you for, and you will succeed. 
 
 Sidney Smith. 
 
 Seest thou a man diligent in business, he shall stand 
 before kings. Solomon. 
 
 No man can end with being superior who will not begin 
 with being inferior. Sidney Smith. 
 
 Dost thou love life, then do riot squander time, for that 
 is the stuff life is made of. Franklin. 
 
232 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 Actions, looks, words, steps form the alphabet by which 
 you may spell "character." Larater. 
 
 Make a bargain at once. Be an offhand man. Be 
 cautious and bold. Rothschild's Business Rule. 
 
 Men who have made their fortunes are not those who 
 had five thousand dollars to start with, but started fair 
 with a well earned dollar or two. Greenwood. 
 
 One conscience only will one Brutus fit ; 
 So wide is art, so narrow human wit. Pope. 
 
 The heights by great men reached and kept 
 
 Were not attained by sudden flight; 
 But they, while their companions slept, 
 Were toiling upward in the night. 
 
 Long/ell' 
 
 The truest wisdom is to have a resolute determination. 
 
 Xapoleon. 
 
 It is worth a thousand pounds a year to have the habit 
 of looking on the bright side of things, 
 
 Dr. Samuel Johnson. 
 
 Become known and favorably known. 
 
 Settle often;*have short accounts. 
 
 Leave nothing undone that ought to be done. 
 
 Be economical, industrious and self-reliant. 
 
 Cut short your loss-s; let your profits go on. 
 
 Make no haste to be rich if you would prosper. 
 
 Trust nothing to memory that' should be in writing. 
 
 Do not take too much 'advice; Think for yourself. 
 
 Kver live, misfortune excepted, within your' income. 
 
 No man will be sucee>4ul who neglects hia bush 
 
 A man of honor respects his word as he does his bond. 
 
 Make your business known in few words without loss 
 of time. 
 
 Choose that investment which will best promote your 
 regular bus in.' 
 
 Let your dealings with a stranger be most carefully 
 considered. 
 
 Business men, in business hours, attend only to business 
 matters. 
 
 Follow your business closely and it will lead you to 
 honor and wealth. 
 
 Know the exact condition of your affairs by keeping 
 accurate accounts. 
 
 Be courteous to all with whom you may come in con- 
 tact. Courtesy may prove a fortune in itself. 
 
 Avoid speculation. Concentrate your energy and 
 means on your business. 
 
 Treat all men with respect; confide in few; wrong no 
 man. 
 
MANUAL -OF BUSINESS. 233 
 
 Keep your word as good as a bank. Remember that 
 an honest man is the noblest work of God. 
 
 Be economical. A gain usually requires expense; what 
 is saved is clear. 
 
 Be well satisfied before you give credit that those to 
 whom you give it are men to be trusted. 
 
 Never boast about your business. 
 
 Never sign a paper for a stranger. 
 
 Never fail to keep a business engagement. 
 
 Never refuse a choice when you can get it. 
 
 Never take a chance on another man's game. 
 
 Never waste time in useless regret over losses. 
 
 Never advertise a competitor's goods by running them 
 down. 
 
 Never fail to be civil to all with whom you come in 
 contact. 
 
 Never fail to read a paper carefully before signing 
 your name to it. 
 
 Never gamble or take chances on the board of trade. 
 
 Never neglect to perform the commission which your 
 friend may have entrusted to you. 
 
 Never borrow money and neglect to pay. If you do 
 you will soon be known as a person of no business in- 
 tegrity. 
 
 Never think that a man's time is of little value because 
 he is polite. 
 
 Never forget that if you are faithful in a few things 
 you may be ruler over many. 
 
 Never disappoint an old customer in the time of the 
 delivery of goods for the sake of obliging a new one. 
 
 Never fail to tell the truth. If truthful, you will et 
 your reward. You will get your punishment if you de- 
 ceive. 
 
 Never fail to speak kindly, if a merchant, and you 
 address your clerk; if an overseer, and you address your 
 workman ; if in any position where you exercise authority 
 you show yourself to be a gentleman by your pleasant 
 mode of address. 
 
 Goods well bought are half sold. 
 
 Goods in store are better than bad debts. 
 
 Little savings are the words that state dividends. 
 
 It is better to saw wood well than to plead law poorly. 
 
 The larger your account with trust, the sooner debt 
 will take your business into his hands. Debt is the 
 jailor of credit. 
 
 A good buyer hears and sees a great deal more than 
 he tells. 
 
234 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 A good deal that is called luck consists in good man- 
 agement. 
 
 If you would know the value of a dollar try and bor- 
 row one. 
 
 Goods are never cheap enough, provided they can be 
 bought cheaper. 
 
 Success is doing what a man undertakes well; failure 
 is doing it poorly. 
 
 It is not the amount of goods that a mill produces that 
 makes its owners rich or poor, hut the amount compared 
 with the capital invested. 
 
 Shrewd buyers never trade with a man who is selling out 
 at cost. 
 
 Time is money. What we call time enough always 
 proves little enough. 
 
 Leave "tricks of the trade" to tho-e who<e education 
 was never completed. 
 
 Study for yourself the theory of commercial law, and 
 avoid law suits if possible. 
 
 Take care of your business while young, and it will 
 take care of you when old. 
 
 Bad luck 'is the man who stands with his hands in his 
 pockets waiting to see how it will turn out. 
 
 Watch your credit books closer than you watch your 
 money vaults; a small leak will sink a great ship. 
 
 WHY BUSINESS MKN FAIL. 
 
 Want of moral strength. 
 
 Too many irons in the fire. 
 
 Mistakes in the choice of profe^ion^. 
 
 Lack of principle, of fixed purpose, of perseverance. 
 
 Want of punctuality, honesty and truth. 
 
 Stupidity, laziness, rashness and dishonesty. 
 
 A lack of good judgement in giving credit. 
 
 Lack of persistent and protracted effort. 
 
 Loss of confidence by misrepresenting good-;. 
 
 Outside of confidence by misrepresenting goods. 
 
 Outside speculations not thoroughly understood. 
 
 Want of thoroughness, want of fixedneo of purpose. 
 
 Living beyond income, and speculating with borrowed 
 funds. 
 
 rnwillingness to begin at the foot of the ladder and 
 work up. 
 
 Wavering purpose, non-sticktoitiveness. 
 
 Desiring another man's success without being willing 
 to work as that man does, and begin, as he did, at the 
 foot of the ladder. 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 235 
 
 Giving money-making the first place, and right-doing 
 a second place. 
 
 Trying to do too many things rather than sticking to 
 the one thing one knows most about. 
 
 MAXIMS. 
 
 Pay as you go. 
 Live and let live. 
 Talking pays no toil. 
 Waste not, want not. 
 Poverty parts friends. 
 Wealth makes worship. 
 Better buy than borrow. 
 Wealth makes wit waiver. 
 Out of debt, out of danger. 
 Before honor is humility. 
 To rob Peter to pay Paul. 
 Don't buy a pig in a poke. 
 By pride cometh contention. 
 Money makes the mare go. 
 Money is welcome anywhere. 
 Sorrow will pay no debt. 
 Spare well and spend well . 
 Early birds catch the worms. 
 It's gude to be sib to seller. 
 Money littles makes a nickle. 
 Of ill debtors men get aiths. 
 Wilful waste makes woeful want. 
 All is not gold that glitters. 
 Trade is the mother of money. 
 Sloth is the mother of poverty. 
 A nod o' honest men is enough. 
 The weakest must go to the wall. 
 Credit is better than ill-luck. 
 Little and often fills the purse. 
 Misreckoning is no payment. 
 Nothing venture, nothing win. 
 Business is the salt of life. 
 A stich in time saves nine. 
 Lazy folks take the most pains. 
 Idleness is the root of all evil. 
 Opportunity makes the thief. 
 Sue a begger and catch a louse. 
 A full purse never lacks friends. 
 A light purse is a heavy curse. 
 Nae wonder to see wasters want. 
 Keep something for a sore foot. 
 
236 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 Live not to eat but eat to live. 
 A man may buy gold too dear. 
 Penny wise and pound foolish. 
 Pay him to his ain coin. 
 Thrift is a guide revenue. 
 .Make hay while the MID shines. 
 .Make the best of u bad bargain. 
 Ill-gotten goods seldom prosper. 
 Never quit certainly for hope. 
 No alcheny is equal to saving. 
 A rolling stone gather- no i 
 Manners often make fortunes. 
 A penny saved is a penny earned. 
 Good wan- makes quick markets. 
 Debt is the worst kind of poverty. 
 Reckless youth makes rueful age. 
 A fool and his money are soon parted. 
 The cost oworgangs the profit. 
 Poverty is the mother o' a' arts. 
 Hich folks have routh o' friend-. 
 God help th- Heli, the poor can beg. 
 There's no compassion like the penny. 
 Credit lost is like a broken glass. 
 Ill payers are aye gude cravers. 
 Possession is nine points of the law. 
 Money make* a man free ilka where. 
 Mony ane's gear is mony ane's death. 
 It's a hard task to be poor and leal. 
 Credit is better than ill won gear. 
 Quick returns make rich merchants. 
 Jll laying up makes mony thieves. 
 Owre braw a purse to put a plack in. 
 All is not gain that is got into a purse. 
 Venture not all in one bottom. 
 1 eanna sell the cow an sup the milk. 
 He has licked the butter off my bread. 
 Gathering gear is a pleasant pain. 
 Gear is easier gotten than guided. 
 A bad workman quarrels with his tools. 
 Idleness is the greatest prodigality. 
 Covetousncss brings naething hame. 
 Credit .keeps the crown o' the causey. 
 Necessity is the mother of invention. 
 But at a market but sell at home. 
 Change of a fortune is a lot of life. 
 Jack 'of all trades and master of none. 
 Remove an old tree and it will wither. 
 Short reckonings make long friends. 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 237 
 
 Old reckonings breed new disputes. 
 
 Goods are not theirs who enjoy themselves. 
 
 Your tongue rins aye before your wit. 
 
 Poor folk's friends soon misken them. 
 
 The covetous man is his own tormenter. 
 
 He that has twa hoards will get a third. 
 
 He that shows his purse bribes the thief. 
 
 Ill-won gear winna enrich the third heir. 
 
 Want o'wit is waur then want o' wealth. 
 
 He'll soon be a beggar than canna say no. 
 
 It's gude gear that pleases the merchant. 
 
 The penny is well spent that saves a groat. 
 
 A pound o'care winna pay an ounce debt. 
 
 Bear wealth weel, poorith will bear itself. 
 
 A greedy e'er ne'er gat a gude pennyworth. 
 
 When rogues fall out, honest men get their own. 
 
 A handfu' o' trade is worth a gowpen o'gowd. 
 
 Better go to bed supperless than to rise in debt. 
 
 Don't measure other people's corn by your bushel. 
 
 Great gain and little pain make a man soon weary. 
 
 He was born with a silver spoon in his mouth. 
 
 He that has nae gear to tine may hae shins to pine. 
 
 He who marries for wealth doth sell his liberty. 
 
 Saving at the spigot and spendingat the bung. 
 
 He has feathered his nest, he may flee when he likes. 
 
 He that will cheat in play winna be honest in earnest. 
 
 We are bound to be honest and no to be rich. 
 
 Your purse was steekit when that was paid for. 
 
 A nice wife and a back door often makes a rich man poor. 
 
 Gentry sent to market will not buy one bushel of corn. 
 
 Poverty makes a man acquainted with strange bed- 
 fellows. 
 
 Of all the crafts to be an honest man is the master 
 craft. 
 
 He who spends all he gets is in the highroad to beggary. 
 
 Lock your door that you may keep your neighbors 
 honest. 
 
 A fool can make money; it requires a wise man to 
 spend it. 
 
 A man may lose his goods for want of demanding 
 them. 
 
 An hour in the morning is worth two in the afternoon. 
 
 Spare when you are young and spent when you are old. 
 
 You cannot have your cake and eat it also. 
 
 The greatest wealth is contentment with little. 
 
 Covet not that which belongs to others. 
 
 Cut your coat according to your cloth. 
 
 Dependence is a poor trade to follow. 
 
238 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 God help those who help themselves. 
 
 He that lendeth loseth double. 
 
 Idleness is the parent of want and shame. 
 
 Keep thy shop and thy shop will keep thee. 
 
 Money will do more than my lord's letter. 
 
 Never fall out with your bread and butter. 
 
 Constant occupation prevents temptation. 
 
 Depend not on fortune, but on conduct. 
 
 He dances well to whom fortune pipe-. 
 
 <'leanlines> in nae pride, dirt's nae hone>ty. 
 
 Mony purses hand friends lang thegither. 
 
 He loveB roast meat well that licks the spit. 
 
 Kverybody's bu>ine^s is nobody's bu-ines>. 
 
 Every man is the architect of his own fortune. 
 
 He that goes a-borrowing goes a-><>rrowing. 
 
 He that will not be saved needs no preacher. 
 
 An honest man's word is as irood as his bond. 
 
 A -rival dowry is a bed full of troubles. 
 
 Good words cost nothing, but are worth much. 
 
 Burning a halfpenny candle seeking a farthing. 
 
 When fortune smiles on thee take the advant;:. 
 
 An inch o' glide fortune is worth a fathom o' forecast. 
 
 Put twa pennies in a purse and they'll keep thegither. 
 
 K iches are got wi' pain, kept wi' care and tint wi' grief. 
 
 One thing for you about an honest man's house but 
 a day's work. 
 
 He may well be contented who needs neither borrow 
 nor flatter. 
 
 He that has no silver in his purse should have silver 
 on his tongue. 
 
 A word fitly spoken is like apples of gold in pictures 
 of silver. 
 
 Go to the ant, thou sluggard; rounder her way- and 
 be wise. 
 
 The poor is hated even of his neighbor; but the rich 
 has many friends. 
 
 Money is like the muck midden, it does nae good till 
 it be spread. 
 
 If ye sell your purse to your wife, gie her your breeks 
 to the bargain. 
 
 Take care of the pence, and the pounds will take care 
 of themselves. 
 
 When poverty comes in at the door, love flies out at the 
 window. 
 
 The labor of the righteous tendeth to life, the fruit of 
 the wicked to sin. 
 
 The rich ruleth over the poor; and the borrower is 
 servant to the lender. 
 
MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 239 
 
 Wealth makes many friends; but the poor is separated 
 from his neighbor. 
 
 In all labor there is profit; but the talk of the lips tend- 
 eth only to penury. 
 
 Better is a little* with righteounesss, than great reve- 
 nues without right. 
 
 Cast thy bread upon the waters, for thou shalt find it 
 after many days. 
 
 When we have gold we are in fear-when we have none 
 we are in danger. 
 
 Be it for better, or be it for worse, be ruled by him 
 that beareth the purse. 
 
 Early to bed and early to rise, makes a man healthy, 
 wealthy and wise. 
 
 The slothful man saith, There is a lion without; I shall 
 be slain in the streets. 
 
 Iron sharpeneth iron; so a man shapeneth the counte- 
 nance of his friend. 
 
 The hand of the diligent shall bear rule; but the sloth- 
 ful shall be under tribute. 
 
 Better is a dinner of herbs where love is, than a stalled 
 ox and hatred therewith. 
 
 Who spends more than he should, shall not have to 
 spend when he would. 
 
 Wealth has made mair men covetous than covetous- 
 ness has made men wealthy. 
 
 There is a tide in the affairs of men which, taken at the 
 flood leads on to fortune. 
 
 Ken when to spend and when to spare, and ye needna 
 be busy, and ye' 11 ne'er be bare. 
 
 Boast for thyself of to-morrow, for thou knowest not 
 what a day may bring forth. 
 
 As a bird that wandereth from her nest, so is a man 
 that wandereth from his place. 
 
 A false balance is an abomination to the Lord; but a 
 just weight is his delight. 
 
 Better is a dry morsel and quietness therewith, than 
 a house full of sacrifices and strife. 
 
 Treasures of wickedness profit nothing j but right- 
 eousness delivereth from death. 
 
 He that is greedy of gain toubleth his own house; but 
 he that hateth gifts shall give. 
 
 The rich man's wealth is his strong city, the destruc- 
 tion of the poor is their poverty. 
 
 He that is surety for a stranger, shall smart for it; and 
 he that hateth suretyship is sure. 
 
 It is nought, it is nought, saith the buyer; but when 
 he is gone his way, then he boasteth. 
 
240 MANUAL OF BUSINESS. 
 
 He that loveth pleasure shall be a poor man; he that 
 loveth wine and oil shall not be rich. 
 
 He that observeth the wind shall not sow, and he that 
 regardeth the clouds shall not reap. 
 
 Much food is in the tillage of the poor; but there is 
 that is destroyed for want of judgment. 
 
 As vinegar' to the teeth, and as smoke to the eyes, so is 
 the sluggard to them that send him. 
 
 He become! h poor that dealeth with a slack hand; 
 but the hand of the diligent maketh rich. 
 
 Love not sleep, lest thou come to poverty; open thine 
 eyes, and thou shall be satisfied with bread. 
 
 The rich man is wise in his own conceit ; but the poor 
 that hath understanding searcheth him out. 
 
 Be thou diligent to know the state of the flocks, and 
 look well to thy herds, for riches are not forever. 
 
 He that gathereth in summer is a wise son; but he that 
 sleepeth in harvest is a son that cau.-es shame. 
 
 The sluggard will not plow by reason of the cold; there- 
 fore shall he beg in harvest and have nothing. 
 
 A good name is rather to be chosen than great riches, 
 and loving favor rather than silver and gold. 
 
 A man that has friends mu>t show himself friendly; 
 and there is a friend that sticketh closer than a brother/ 
 
 Hy much slot hfulness the building deeayeth; and 
 through idleness of ;he hands the house droppeth through. 
 
 The drunkard and the glutton .-hall come to poverty; 
 and drowsiness shall clothe a man with r.-n 
 
 He that hath pity upon the poor lendeth to the Lord; 
 and that which he has given will he pay him again. 
 
 There is that maketh himself rich, yet hath nothing; 
 there is that maketh himself poor, yet hath great riches. 
 
 Seest thou a man diligent in his business; he shall stand 
 before kings; he shall not stand before mean men. 
 
 There is that scattereth, and yet increase! h; and there 
 is that with-holdeth more than' is meet, but it tendeth 
 to poverty. 
 
 The sleep of a laboring man is sweet, whether he eat 
 little or much; for the abundance of the rich will not suffer 
 him to sleep. 
 
 As a madman who casteth firebrands, arrows and 
 death, so is the man that deceiveth his neighbor, and 
 saith, Am not I in sport? 
 
 When goods increase, they are increased that eat 
 them; and what good is there to the owners thereof,, 
 saving the beholding of them with their eyes. 
 
 Whatsoever thy hand findeth to do, do it with thy 
 might, for there is no work, nor device, nor knowledge, 
 nor wisdom in the grave, whither thou goest. 
 
INDEX. 
 
 Accepting Drafts 48 
 
 Accident Insurance 99 
 
 Accommodation Note Form of 129 
 
 Account Assignment of 72 
 
 Account, Bank Importance of Keeping 138 
 
 Account Cash 34 
 
 Account Merchandise 34 
 
 Accounts Affidavits to 60 
 
 Accounts Personal 34 
 
 Accounts Stock or Partner's % 35 
 
 Acknowledgment A Single Grantor's 59 
 
 Acknowledgment by Husband and Wife . 59 
 
 Acknowledgments 58 
 
 Additional Rules Concerning Contracts 84 
 
 Addressing Envelopes Models for 14-15 
 
 Adopting a Child 203 
 
 Affidavits : . . . . 59 
 
 Affidavit General Form of 60 
 
 Affidavits to Accounts 60 
 
 Affidavits to Petition 61 
 
 Agency and Attorney 61 
 
 Agent Form of Indorsement by 133 
 
 Agent's Visit Notice of 20 
 
 Age of Animals How to Tell 152 
 
 Agreement for Hiring a Farm Hand 57 
 
 Agreement for Hiring a Workman 56 
 
 Agreement for Personal Services 114 
 
 Agreement for Sale of Personal Property 55 
 
 Agreement Landlord's 104 
 
 Agreements 55 
 
 Agreements Tenant's 104 
 
 Agreement to Cultivate Land on Shares 57 
 
 Agreement with Clerk for Service 56 
 
 Amount Insured How to Find, when the Premium and Per 
 
 Cent, of Premium are Given 190 
 
 Animals Age ofHow to Tell 152 
 
242 INDEX. 
 
 Apology for Breaking a Business Engagement 28 
 
 Apology for Delay in Payment 27 
 
 Apology Letter of 27 
 
 Apothecaries' Measure Relative Value of 150 
 
 Apothecaries' Weight 139 
 
 Appeal Right to 43 
 
 Application for Bookkeeper 25 
 
 Application for Canva.-.-er 26 
 
 Application for Clerkship Boy's 26 
 
 Application for Money Order 171 
 
 Application for Patent Fees Required by Law for Filing. . . . 146 
 
 Application for Salesman 26 
 
 Application for School 27 
 
 Application for Situation 25 
 
 Apprentice Forms 66 
 
 Apprentice Indenture of .... (17 
 
 Apprentice Release of (>7 
 
 Arhit ration 68 
 
 Arbitration Award Form of . . 69 
 
 Arbitrators P'orm of Notice to 69 
 
 Arrests Prohibited 42 
 
 Articles of Copartnership 124 
 
 Assignment for the Benefit of Creditor- 71 
 
 Assignment of Account 72 
 
 'iiment of Mortgage 7 '2 
 
 Assignments 70 
 
 nunent Simple 7J 
 
 'imient uith Power of Attorney . . .72 
 
 Attaching the Body 42 
 
 Attachment Object of 42 
 
 Attachment Obtained 41 
 
 Attachments 41 
 
 Attorney Power of 64 
 
 Avoiding Debts Suggestions for 37 
 
 Avoirdupois Weight 149-164 
 
 B 
 
 Baggage 2O2 
 
 Baggage Delay in Forwarding 202 
 
 Bail 73 
 
 Balance Trial Rules for Detecting Errors in 36 
 
 Bank Discount 50^186 
 
 Bank Draft 46 
 
 Hanking 45-51 
 
 Banking Rules 45 
 
 Barrel, in Gallons How to Measure 154 
 
 Bill Error in Letter Complaining of 19 
 
INDEX. 243 
 
 Bill of Exchange 50 
 
 Bill of Goods Ordering 16 
 
 Bill of Lading 74-75 
 
 Bill of Sale ....'...". 7.5 
 
 Bill of Sale Form of 76 
 
 Bills Payable \ 35 
 
 Bills Receivable 35 
 
 Bills Rules for Indorsing 132 
 
 Body Attachment 42 
 
 Bond Arbitration Form of 69 
 
 Bond Creditor's 41 
 
 Bond General Form of 77 
 
 Bond of Indemnity 78 
 
 Bonds 76 
 
 Bond to a Corporation 77 
 
 Book Accounts Interest on 191 
 
 Book Check 47 
 
 Bookkeeper Letter Recommending 24 
 
 Bookkeeper's Application 26 
 
 Bookkeeping 29-37 
 
 Bookkeeping Points of Law on 37 
 
 Book Pass 47 
 
 Boy's Application for a Clerkship 26 
 
 Breaking a Business Engagement Apology for 28 
 
 Bricks Required for a Wall Number of 156 
 
 Brickwork Weight of 162 
 
 Brokers 78 
 
 Broker's Merchandise Contract 79 
 
 Building- -Contracts for 84 
 
 Building Fence Contract for 86 
 
 Business Forms Legal 54 
 
 Business Power to take Charge of and Carry on 65 
 
 Business Terms Dictionary of 209 
 
 c 
 
 Canvasser's Application . 26 
 
 Capitals 8 
 
 Carpet for a FloorHow to Measure 158 
 
 Cash Account 34 
 
 Carrier's Duty 201 
 
 Carriers Common 199 
 
 Carrier's Compensation 200 
 
 Carrier's Liability 201 
 
 Carrier's Lien 200 
 
 Carrier's Obligation to Take Goods 200 
 
 Carrier's Payment 200 
 
 Catalogue Request for 17 
 
244 INDEX. 
 
 Cattle Weight of How to Estimate 152 
 
 Certificate of Deposit Form of 142 
 
 Certified Check Form of 142 
 
 Certified Checks 140 
 
 Chattel Mortgage Form of 120-131 
 
 Chattel Mortgages 119 
 
 Chattel Mortgages Rules Governing 119 
 
 Chattel Note Form of 131 
 
 Check Book 
 
 Check, Certified Form of 142 
 
 Checks 140 
 
 Checks Certified 140 
 
 Checks Forged 1 40 
 
 Checks Forms of 141 
 
 Checks Indorsing 141-142 
 
 Check Letter Containing 18 
 
 Check, Payable to Bearer Form of 141 
 
 Check, Payable to Yourself Form of 141 
 
 Checks Presenting 141 
 
 Checks Raised 140 
 
 Checks -Writing 141 
 
 Child Adopting 203 
 
 Child's Earnings Parents' Claim upon 203 
 
 Child Punishment of 203 
 
 Child Runaway 204 
 
 Children and Parents Rights and Obligations of 203 
 
 Children Obligation of Parent to Support 204 
 
 Children's Obligations 204 
 
 Children's Rights 204 
 
 Chimney How to Measure for 156 
 
 Chimney Rules for Finding the Required Area for 161 
 
 Circular Measure 149 
 
 Cistern or Tank How to Find the Number of Gallons in 154 
 
 Cisterns and Wells How to Measure 158 
 
 Clauses in Leases Examples of some of the Additional 96 
 
 Clerk Agreement with for Service 56 
 
 Clerkship Boy's Application for 26 
 
 Coal in a Bin or Box How to Measure 151 
 
 Coins and their Value Rare U. S 193 
 
 Collateral Note Form of 130 
 
 Collect, Debts How to 202 
 
 Collect Debts Power of Attorney to 64 
 
 Collect Rents - Power of Attorney to 64 
 
 Collecting Damages of Railroad or Express Companies for 
 
 Damaged Goods 201 
 
 Collecting Notes Rules for 126 
 
 Collection Enclosing Notes for 19 
 
 Collections Cost of by Law .44 
 
INDEX. 245 
 
 Collections- -Delay in Forced 44 
 
 Collections First Steps in Making 38 
 
 Collections Legal Steps in 39 
 
 Colors Contrast of 162 
 
 Commercial Correspondence ..... 7 
 
 Commercial Paper Transfer of 52 
 
 Commission 184 
 
 Commission and Investment How to Find When Both are 
 
 Included in a Remittance by the Principal 185 
 
 Commission and Per Cent, of Commission Being Given to 
 
 Find the Investment of Gross Sales 184 
 
 Commission Offer to Sell on 21 
 
 Commission Shipment on 19 
 
 Common Carriers 199 
 
 Common Carriers of Persons 201 
 
 Compensation Carriers 200 
 
 Complaint A Tenant's 20 
 
 Compound Interest 192 
 
 Congratulation Letter of : 28 
 
 Consideration of a Contract 80 
 
 Contracts 80 
 
 Contracts - Additional Rules for 84 
 
 Contract Consideration of 80 
 
 Contract Essential Parts of 81 
 
 Contracts for Building 84 
 
 Contract for Building Fence 86 
 
 Contract for Building Sidewalks 86 
 
 Contract for Laying Tile 85 
 
 Contracts General Laws Covering 82 
 
 Contract Guaranty for the Performance of 92 
 
 Contract Merchandise Broker's 79 
 
 Contract Rules for Writing 81 
 
 Contracts that are Binding without Writing 82 
 
 Contracts that are Not Lawful 83 
 
 Contracts that Cannot be Enforced 83 
 
 Contracts that Must be in Writing 82 
 
 Contract Who May and May Not Make 80 
 
 Contrast of Colors 162 
 
 Copartnership Articles of 124 
 
 Copartnership Dissolution of 16 
 
 Copartnership Notice of 16 
 
 Copyright 146 
 
 Copyright Laws 146-149 
 
 Corn in the Crib How to Measure 153 
 
 Corporations 86 
 
 Corporation Bond to 7 
 
 Corporation Note Form of 130 
 
 Correspondence Business 1 
 
246 INDEX. 
 
 Correspondence Commercial 77 
 
 Cost and the Profit or Loss being Given, How to Find the 
 
 Rate of Profit or Loss 188 
 
 Cost and Rate being Given, How to Find Profit and Loss. . . . 188 
 Cost How to Find the Gain or Los*, and the Rate of Gain or 
 
 Loss being Given 188 
 
 Cost How to Find, when the Selling Price and the Rate Per 
 
 Cent, of Profit or Loss are (liven 189 
 
 Cost of an Article Gross or Full 188 
 
 Cost of Collections by Law 44 
 
 Counterfeit Money 194 
 
 Credit A Guarantee Letter of 110 
 
 Credit Letter of 100, 109 
 
 Creditors Assignment for the Benefit of 71 
 
 Creditor's Bond 
 
 Cubic Measure 180, 104 
 
 Cultivate Land on Shares --Agreerne:.' U) ... 57 
 
 D 
 
 Death of Public Officer - Form of Resolu- 
 tions of Condolence on 207 
 
 Death of a Society Member Form of Ill-solutions of Condo- 
 lence on 
 
 Debt Already Incurred Guaranty of , ... 93 
 
 Debt Real Estate Held for 43 
 
 Debts 37-45 
 
 Debts, Collection of Power of Attorney 64 
 
 Debts How to Collect _"-' 
 
 Debts Not Yet Incurred Guaranty of a 93 
 
 Debts Suggestions for Avoiding 37 
 
 Deed Quit Claim 91 
 
 Deeds . . . 88 
 
 Deeds Different Kinds of 89 
 
 Deed Warranty 89 
 
 Delay in Forced Collections 44 
 
 Delay in Forwarding Baggage 202 
 
 Delay in Payment Apology for 27 
 
 Demanding Payment 50 
 
 Deposit Form of Certificate of 142 
 
 Deposit Ticket 46 
 
 Detecting Errors in Trial Balance Rules for 36 
 
 Dictionary of Business Terms 209 
 
 Different Kinds of Deeds 89 
 
 Different Kinds of Partnership 121 
 
 Discount and Interest 184-199 
 
 Discount and Proceeds How to Find the Face of a Note, 
 
 Time and Rate Per Cent, of Discount Being Given 187 
 
INDEX. 247 
 
 Discount Bank 50-186 
 
 Discount Enclosing Notes for 18 
 
 Discount Series and List Price Being Given How to Find 
 
 the Selling Price 185 
 
 Discount Term of 186 
 
 Discount Trade 185 
 
 Discount True 186 
 
 Dissolution Notice of 125 
 
 Dissolution of Copartnership 16 
 
 Dissolution of Partnership 122-125 
 
 Distance Long Measure 150 
 
 Distance Traveled in Plowing- -How to Measure 155 
 
 Draft Bank 46 
 
 Drafts Accepting 48 
 
 Draft Sending 18 
 
 Drafts Forms of 49 
 
 Drafts Transferring 48 
 
 Drafts Writing 48 
 
 Dry Measure 149-164 
 
 Due Bill Payable in Merchandise Form of 138 
 
 Due Bill Payable on Demand Form of 138 
 
 Due Bills Forms for Writing 138 
 
 Due Bills- -Rules for Writing 138 
 
 Duty of a Carrier , 201 
 
 Duties of the Landlord 102 
 
 Duties of the Tenant ... .103 
 
 Earnings Child's Parent's Claim Upon 203 
 
 Election Power to Vote as Proxy at 65 
 
 Employer and Employe Legal Relation of 114 
 
 Enclosing Notes for Collection 19 
 
 Enclosing Notes for Discount 18 
 
 Engagement Breaking Apology for 28 
 
 Envelopes Models for Addressing 14-15 
 
 Error in Bill Letter Complaining of 19 
 
 Essential Parts of a Contract . . 81 
 
 Estate Real 196 
 
 Estimates of Measurement General Rules for 160 
 
 Exact Measurement .' 149 
 
 Examinations Recognizance for Further 73 
 
 Examining Witnesses to a Deed, on Oath, upon the Bible 58 
 
 Examples of Some of the Additional Clauses in Leases 96 
 
 Execution for Debt 41 
 
 Expense 35 
 
 Express Companies Liabilities of 200 
 
 Express and Railroad Companies Liabilities of 200 
 
248 INDEX. 
 
 Face of a Note-How to Find the Proceeds, 
 
 Time and Rate Per Cent, of Discount Being Given. ... -| 37 
 
 Fall of Land per 100 Feet 151 
 
 Farm Hand Agreement for Hiring 57 
 
 Farm Leases 103 
 
 Farm Lease of a 106 
 
 Fees Charged for Money Orders 170 
 
 Fees International or Foreign Money Order 175 
 
 Fees Required by Law for Filing Application for Patent ... 146 
 
 Fence- -Contract for Building 86 
 
 Fire Insurance 94 
 
 Fire Insurance Policy 95 
 
 Fire Insurance Renewal of 96 
 
 Firm Letter Introducing 23 
 
 First Stops in Making Collections 38 
 
 Foot Length of in Different Count rips 163 
 
 Forced Collections Delay in 
 
 Foreign Mails General Regulations Concerning isi) 
 
 Foreign Money < >rder Fees 17") 
 
 Foreign Postage 172-175 
 
 Forged Checks 140 
 
 Forged Papers Laws Regarding 53 
 
 Formed How Partnerships are 122 
 
 Form of Accommodation Note 129 
 
 Form of Application for Incorporating 87 
 
 Form of Arbitration Award 09 
 
 Form of Arbitration Bond C>!) 
 
 Form of Bill of Sale . 7<i 
 
 Form of Certificate of Deposit 112 
 
 Form of Certified Check 112 
 
 Form of Chattel Mortgage 120 
 
 Form of Chattel Note 131 
 
 Form of Check Payable to Bearer 141 
 
 Form of Check Payable to Yourself 141 
 
 Form of Collateral Note 13O 
 
 Form of Conditional Indorsement 133 
 
 Form of Corporation Note 130 
 
 Form of Due Bill Payable in Merchandise 138 
 
 Form of Due Bill Payable on Demand 138 
 
 Form of General Recommendation 
 
 Form of Guaranty on Note 133 
 
 Form of Indorsement by Agent 133 
 
 Form of Indorsement in Blank 132 
 
 Form of Indorsement in Full 132 
 
 Form of Joint and Several Note 128 
 
 Form of Joint Note . .129 
 
INDEX. 249 
 
 Form of Judgment Note 130 
 
 Form of Letters requesting Payment 39 
 
 Form of a Note by a Married Woman 129 
 
 Form of a Note by One Who Cannot Write 129 
 
 Form of Note Payable at Bank ' ' 128 
 
 Form of Note Payable on Demand 129 
 
 P'orm of Note Payable to My Own Order 128 
 
 Form of Notice to Arbitrators 69 
 
 Form of Order to Close Account 138 
 
 Form of Peddler's License ..,, Ill 
 
 Form of Petition for Changing a Road 168 
 
 Form of Petition for Laying out a Road 168 
 
 Form of Principal and Surety Note 129 
 
 Form of Produce Note 128 
 
 Form of Qualified Indorsement 133 
 
 Form of Receipt for Borrowed Money . 136 
 
 Form of Receipt for Interest 137 
 
 Form of Receipt for Interest on Note 139 
 
 Form of Receipt for Merchandise 136 
 
 Form of Receipt for Money Advanced on Contract 137 
 
 Form of Receipt for Note 136 
 
 Form of Receipt for a Particular Bill 137 
 
 Form of Receipt for Payment by Hand of Third Party 139 
 
 Form of Receipt for Property 137 
 
 Form of Receipt for Purchase of a Horse. 137 
 
 Form of Receipt for Rent 136 
 
 Form of Receipt in Full of All Demands 136 
 
 Form of Receipt on Account 136 
 
 Form of Resolutions of Condolence on the Death of a Public 
 
 Officer 207 
 
 Form of Resolutions of Condolence on the Death of a Society 
 
 Member 208 
 
 Form of Resolutions of Condolence on the Retirement of an 
 
 Officer 208 
 
 Form of Restrictive Indorsement 133 
 
 Form of Submission to Arbitration 68 
 
 P'orm of Summons Requesting Payment 40 
 
 Forms Apprentice 66 
 
 Forms for Writing Orders 139 
 
 Forms Legal Business 54 
 
 Forms of Checks 141 
 
 forms of Drafts 49 
 
 Forms of Indorsements 133-134 
 
 Forms of Notes 128-131 
 
 Forms of Receipts 136-137 
 
 Forms of Writing Due Bills 138 
 
 Forwarding Baggage Delay in 202 
 
 Full Ownership of Property 196 
 
250 INDEX. 
 
 Gains and Losses 36 
 
 Gain or Loss, and the Rate of Gain or Loss Being Given to 
 
 Find the Cost 188 
 
 Gallons in a Cistern or Tank How to Find the Number of . 154 
 
 ( Jarnishment 42 
 
 Gas How to Measure 158 
 
 General Form of Affidavit GO 
 
 General Form of Bond 77 
 
 General Laws Covering Contracts . . 82 
 
 General Regulations Concerning Foreign Mails 180 
 
 General Rules for Estimates of Measurement 160 
 
 Good Principles to Practice Regarding Notes 131 
 
 Goods in Transportation Injury of 2U<) 
 
 Goods in Transportation Loss of . L>n<) 
 
 Goods in Transportation - Perishable 2<H 
 
 Goods Notice of having Forwarded 20 
 
 Goods -Obligation of Carrier to Take 2(>o 
 
 Goods Ordering a Bill of 16 
 
 Goods ---Receipt for Shipping . 201 
 Grain, Pile of How to Measure . 
 
 Guarantee Letter of Credit 110 
 
 Grantor'.- Single Acknowledgment 59 
 
 Gro>< i>r Full Co-t of an Article 188 
 
 Sales or Investment. How to Find the Commission and 
 
 Per Cent, of Commission Being Given 184 
 
 Guaranties 91 
 
 Guaranty for the Performance of a Contract 92 
 
 ( iu.-iranty for the Purchase of a horse 93 
 
 Guaranty of a Debt Already Incurred 93 
 
 Guaranty of a 1 'ebt Not Yet Incurred MX 
 
 Guaranty of a Note 92 
 
 Guaranty on Note Form of 133 
 
 H 
 
 Hand, Farm Agreement for Hiring 57 
 
 Hay in the Mow or Stack How to find the Number of Tons . . 132 
 
 Headings Model 12 
 
 Holding up the Right Hand 58 
 
 Horsa Guaranty for the Purchase of 93 
 
 How Much a Wagon-box Holds 154 
 
 How Obtained Ownership of Property 197 
 
 How Partnerships are Formed 122 
 
 How Stock is Watered 87 
 
 How to Adjust the Load to the Team 159 
 
 How to Collect Debts ... 202 
 
INDEX. 251 
 
 How to Estimate the Weight of Cattle 152 
 
 How to Find the Amount Insured when the Premium and 
 
 Per Cent: of Premium are Given 190 
 
 How to Find the Cost of Insurance 1S9 
 
 How to Find the Cost, the Gain or Loss, and the Rate of Gain 
 
 or Losa Being Given 188 
 
 How to Find the Cost, the Selling Price and the Rate Per Cent. 
 
 of Profit or Loss Being Given 189 
 
 How to Find the Discount and Proceeds the Face of a Note, 
 
 Time and Rate Per Cent, of Discount Being Given 187 
 
 How to Find the Face of a Note the Proceeds, Time and Rate 
 
 Per Cent, of Discount Being Given 187 
 
 How to Find the Investment and Commission when Both are 
 
 Included in a Remittance by the Principal 185 
 
 How to Find the Number of Tons of Hay in the Mow or 
 
 Stack 153 
 
 How to P'ind the Present Worth and True Discount 186 
 
 How to Find the Profit and Loss the Cost and Rate Being 
 
 Given 188 
 
 How to Find a Property Tax ... 189 
 
 How to Find the Rate of Profit or Loss the Cost and the 
 
 Profit or Loss Being Given 188 
 
 How to Find the Selling Price the List Price and Discount 
 
 Series Being Given 185 
 
 How to Measure a Barrel, in Gallons 154 
 
 How to Measure Cisterns and Wells 158 
 
 How to Measure Coal in a Bin or Box 151 
 
 How to Measure Corn in the Crib 153 
 
 How to Measure Distance Traveled in Plowing 155 
 
 How to Measure Floor for a Carpet 158 
 
 How to Measure for a Chimney 156 
 
 How to Measure for Wall Paper 157 
 
 How to Measure Gas 158 
 
 How to Measure Logs and Lumber 157 
 
 How to Measure a Pile of Grain 153 
 
 How to Measure a Wall 156 
 
 How to Measure a Wood Pile 157 
 
 How to Send Money 169 
 
 How to Tell the Age of Animals 152 
 
 Husband and Wife Acknowledgment by 59 
 
 Identification-Waiver of 170 
 
 Imperfect Goods Letter of Complaint for 
 
 Imperial Measure Relative Value of 150 
 
 Importance of Keeping a Bank Account 138 
 
 Incorporating Form of Application for - 87 
 
252 INDEX. 
 
 Indenture of an Apprentice 67 
 
 Indorsement, Conditional Form of 133 
 
 Indorsement by Agent Form of 133 
 
 Indorsement in Blank Form of 132 
 
 Indorsement in Full Form of ' 1^2 
 
 Indorsement, Qualified Form of 133 
 
 Indorsement, Restrictive Form of 1 :':* 
 
 Indorsers Relative Responsibility of 135 
 
 Indorsing Checks 141-142 
 
 Indorsing Bills Rules for 
 
 Indorsing Notes Rules for 132 
 
 Injury of Good* in Transportation 200 
 
 Insolvency Net 36 
 
 Insurance 93 
 
 Insurance Accident 99 
 
 Insurance Fire 94 
 
 Insurance Fire Renewal of 96 
 
 Insurance How to Find Cost of 189 
 
 Insurance Life 97 
 
 Interest 190 
 
 Interest and Discount 35, 181, 199 
 
 Interest Compound 192 
 
 Interest Form of Receipt for 
 
 Interest Legal Points Concerning 190 
 
 Interest Legal Rate of 191 
 
 Interest on Book Accounts 191 
 
 Interest on Note Receipt for 139 
 
 Interest upon a Judgment 191 
 
 Interest When Allowed 190 
 
 International Money Orders Fees 175 
 
 Introduction Letters of 23 
 
 Investment and Commission How to Find, when Both are 
 
 Included in a Remittance by the Principal 
 
 Investment or Gross Sales, How to Find the Commission^ 
 
 and Per Cent, of Commission Being Given 184 
 
 J 
 
 Joint and Several Note 46 
 
 Joint Note Form of 129 
 
 Joint Ownership of Property 197 
 
 Judgment for Debt 40 
 
 Judgment Interest upon 191 
 
 Judgment Note Form of . . 130 
 
 K: 
 
 Kinds of Money in the United States 192 
 
 Kinds of Ownership 196 
 
INDEX. 253 
 
 Lading, Bill of 74-75 
 
 Land Agreement for Cultivation of on Shares 57 
 
 Land, Fall of per 100 Feet 151 
 
 Landlord and Tenants' Leases 99 
 
 Landlord Duties of the 102 
 
 Landlord Rights of 100 
 
 Landlord's Agreement 104 
 
 Landlord's Notice to. Quit 105 
 
 Land Surveying 150 
 
 Law on Bookkeeping 29-33 
 
 Laws Concerning Public Roads 166-167 
 
 Laws Copyright 146-149 
 
 Laws Regarding Forged Papers 53 
 
 Laws Regarding Lost Notes or Bills 51 
 
 Laying Tile Contract for . . . 86 
 
 Lease of a Farm 106 
 
 Lease of Real Estate 107 
 
 Leases Farm 105 
 
 Leases for Renting a House ... 103 
 
 Leases Landlord and Tenants 99 
 
 Legal Business Forms 54 
 
 Legal Points Concerning Interest 190 
 
 Legal Rate of Interest 191 
 
 Legal Relation of Employer and Employe 114 
 
 Legal Steps in Collections 39 
 
 Legal Tender 192 
 
 Length of a Foot in Different Countries. . 163 
 
 Letter Complaining of Error in Bill 19 
 
 Letter Containing Check 18 
 
 Letter Containing Remittance 17 
 
 Letter Form of 11 
 
 Letter Introducing a Firm 23 
 
 Letter Introducing One Gentleman to Another 24 
 
 Letter of Complaint for Imperfect Goods. . 19 
 
 Letter of Congratulation 28 
 
 Letter of Credit 109 
 
 Letter of Introduction 23 
 
 Letter of Revocation 66 
 
 Letter of Sympathy 28 
 
 Letter Position of Parts of 11 
 
 Letter Recommending a Bookkeeper 24 
 
 Letter Recommending a Salesman 24 
 
 Letter Requesting a Loan 28 
 
 Letters Business, Rules for Writing 10 
 
 Letters, Forms of for Requesting Payment 39 
 
 Letters Models for Closing 13 
 
254 INDEX. 
 
 Letters of Apology 27 
 
 Letters of Credit ] 08 
 
 Letters of Recommendation 23 
 
 Letters Requesting Payment 21 
 
 Letters Requesting Payment of Rent 22 
 
 Liabilities and Resources 
 
 Liabilities of Express Companies 200 
 
 Liability of Carrier 201 
 
 Liability of Railroad Companies 200 
 
 License 110 
 
 License Form of Peddler's Ill 
 
 Lien Carrier's 200 
 
 Liens Ill 
 
 Liens Mechanic's 113 
 
 Life Insurance 97 
 
 Life Insurace Policy 98 
 
 Life Ownership of Property 196 
 
 Lineal Measure 163 
 
 Liquid or Wine Measure 149-164 
 
 List Price and Discount Series Being (liven How to Find the 
 
 Selling Price 185 
 
 Load to the Team How to Adjust 159 
 
 Loan Letter Requesting 28 
 
 Load to the Team How to Adjust. . 157 
 
 Log* and Lumber How to Measure 1~>7 
 
 Lone Measure Distance 150 
 
 im 1 ( lains . 30 
 
 Loss of Goods in Transportation _'()() 
 
 Lo*t Notes or Rillo Laws Regarding 51 
 
 M 
 
 Mail Matter Suggestions Regarding 1 73 
 
 Mail Matter Withdrawal of 176-179 
 
 Marks of Punctuation 8 
 
 Marks Trade 146 
 
 Married Women Form of Note by 129 
 
 Maturity of a Note 187 
 
 Maxims 2o5-240 
 
 Maxims Business 231-234 
 
 Measure, Apothecaries' Relative Va.-ue of 150 
 
 Measure a Barrel, in Gallons Hew to 154 
 
 Measure, a Carpet for a Floor How to 158 
 
 Measure Circular 149 
 
 Measure Cisterns and Wells How to 158 
 
 Measure Coal in a Bin or Box How to 151 
 
 Measure Corn in the Crib How to 153 
 
 Measure Cubic . 150-164 
 
INDEX. 255 
 
 Measure the Distance Traveled in Plowing How to 155 
 
 Measure Dry 149-164 
 
 Measure for a Chimney How to 156 
 
 Measure for Wall Paper How to 157 
 
 Measure Gas How to 1 5^ 
 
 Measure, Imperial Relative Value of 150 
 
 Measure Lineal 103 
 
 Measure Liquid 149-164 
 
 Measure Logs and Lumber How to 157 
 
 Measure Long Distance 150 
 
 Measure Metric 150 
 
 Measure Paper 162 
 
 Measure Pile of Grain How to 153 
 
 Measure Solid ] 64 
 
 Measure Square 150-163 
 
 Measure Surveyors' 150 
 
 Measure Time 149 
 
 Measure Wall How to 156 
 
 Measure Wine .' 149-164 
 
 Measure Wood Pile How to 157 
 
 Measurement. Estimates of General Rules for 160 
 
 Measurement Exact 149 
 
 Measurements 146-165 
 
 Measures and Weights 163-165 
 
 Mea.>ures Metric 150 
 
 Measures Miscellaneous 150 
 
 Mechanic's Liens 113 
 
 Memoranda for Painters 161 
 
 Merchandise Account 34 
 
 Merchandise Broker's Contract 79 
 
 Merchandise Form of Receipt for 138 
 
 Method of Obtaining an Attachment 41 
 
 Metric Measures 150 
 
 Metric Weights 150 
 
 Miscellaneous Measures 150 
 
 Model Headings 12 
 
 Models for Addressing Envelopes . . 14-1,5 
 
 Models for Closing Letters 13 
 
 Money Counterfeit !94 
 
 Money How to Send 169 
 
 Money Kinds of in the United States 192 
 
 Money Order Application for 171 
 
 Money Orders Fees Charged for 170 
 
 Money Order Fees International or Foreign 175 
 
 Mortgage Assignment of 72 
 
 Mortgage Promissory Note Secured by US 
 
 Mortgage Release and Satisfaction of 121 
 
 Mortgage Short Form 119 
 
256 INDEX. 
 
 Mortgages Chattel 119 
 
 Mortgages Real Estate 115 
 
 N 
 Nail* Required for Different Kinds of Work 160 
 
 Net Insolvency 36 
 
 Net Selling Price 188 
 
 Net Worth 36 
 
 Non-Interest Bearing Notes 186 
 
 Note, Accommodation Form of 129 
 
 Note, by a Married Woman Form of 129 
 
 Note, by One Who Cannot Write Form of 129 
 
 Note. Chattel Form of 131 
 
 Note, Collateral -Form of 130 
 
 Note, Corporation, Form of 130 
 
 Note Guaranty of a 92 
 
 Note Joint and Several 40 
 
 Note, Joint and Several Form of 12s 
 
 Note, Joint Form of 129 
 
 Note, Judgment Form of 1^> 
 
 Note Maturity of . 187 
 
 Note, Payable on Demand Form of !_'< 
 
 Note, Payable to My Own Order Form of 12* 
 
 Note, Principal and Surety Form of 129 
 
 Note, Produce Form of 128 
 
 Notes Forms of 128 i:U 
 
 Notes Non-Interest Bearing 186 
 
 Notes, Payable at Bank Form of 12S 
 
 Notes Regarding Good Principles to Practice 131 
 
 Notes Rules for Collecting 126 
 
 Notes Rules for Indorsing 132 
 
 Notes Rules for Transferring 12t> 
 
 Notes Rules for Writing 1 2fi 
 
 Notice of an Agent's Visit 20 
 
 Notice of Copartnership 16 
 
 Notice of Dissolution 1 2.' 
 
 Notice of Having Forwarded Goods 
 
 Notice of Leaving Tenants' 105 
 
 Notice to Quit Landlord's 105 
 
 Number of Bricks Required for a Wall 156 
 
 Number of Gallons in a Cistern or Tank How to Find 154 
 
 Number of Tons of Hay in the Mow or Stack How to Find. . . 153 
 
 o 
 
 Object of the Attachment 42 
 
 Obligation of Carrier to Take Goods 200 
 
 Obligations of Children 204 
 
INDEX. 257 
 
 Obligations of Parents and Children . ..................... 203 
 
 Obligation of Parent to Support Children .................. 204 
 
 Offer to Sell on Commission ............................. 21 
 
 Order to Close Account Form of .......... ". ............. 138 
 
 Ordering a Bill of Goods ............................... 16 
 
 OrdersForms for Writing ............................ 139 
 
 Orders Rules for Writing ............................. 139 
 
 Ownership Kinds of ................................ 196 
 
 Ownership of Property Full . ........................... 196 
 
 Ownership of Property How Obtained ................... 197 
 
 Painters-Memoranda for--.. ........................ 161 
 
 Paper Commercial Transfer of ......................... 52 
 
 Paper Forged Laws Regarding .................... ..... 53 
 
 Paper Measure ................ ............. .......... 162 
 
 Paper Size of .................................... 164-165 
 
 Parents and Children Rights and Obligations of ........... 203 
 
 Parent's Claim Upon a Child's Earnings .................... 203 
 
 Parent, Obligation of, to Support Children ................. 204 
 
 Parents Rights of .................................... 203 
 
 Parliamentary lUiles and Forms of Resolutions ............. 205 
 
 Partial Payments ..................................... 190 
 
 Partnership ........................................... 121 
 
 Partnership Different Kinds of ......................... 121 
 
 Partnership Dissolution of .......................... 122-125 
 
 Partner's or Stock Account ............................. 35 
 
 Pass Book ............................................ 47 
 
 Passports ........................... .................. 125 
 
 Patent Fees .......................................... 146 
 
 Patents ........................................ 144-145 
 
 Payment, Delay in Apology for ........... .............. 27 
 
 Payment Demanding ................................. 50 
 
 Payment Letters Requesting ........................ 21-22 
 
 Payment of Carriers .................................... 200 
 
 Payment of Rent Letters Requesting .................... 22 
 
 Payments Partial .................................... 190 
 
 Pedler's License Form of .............................. Ill 
 
 Penalty of Usury ...................................... 191 
 
 Penmanship .......................................... 7 
 
 Penmanship Rules for ................................ 7 
 
 Perishable goods in Transportation ....................... 201 
 
 Personal Accounts ........ ............................. 34 
 
 Personal Property ..................................... 196 
 
 Personal Property Agreement for Sale of ................ 55 
 
 Personal Services Agreement for ....................... 114 
 
 Persons Common Carriers of . ....... 201 
 
258 INDEX. 
 
 Petition Affidavit to 61 
 
 Petition for Changing a Road Form of 168 
 
 Petition for Laying out a Road Form of 168 
 
 Pile of Grain How to Measure 153 
 
 Pile of Wood How to Measure 157 
 
 Plowing, Distance Traveled in How to Measure 155 
 
 Points of Law on Bookkeeping 37 
 
 Policy Fire Insurance 95 
 
 Policy Life Insurance 98 
 
 Postage Foreign 172-1 75 
 
 Postage Rates on Articles Between the United States and 
 
 Other Countries 180-183 
 
 Postage Rates United States 175 
 
 Postal Regulations 169-183 
 
 Postals Rules for Writing 9 
 
 Power of Attorney 64 
 
 Power of Attorney Assignment with 72 
 
 Power of Attorney to Collect Debts 64 
 
 Power of Attorney to Collect Rents 64 
 
 Power to Take Charge of and Carry on Business 65 
 
 Power to Vote as Proxy at an Election 65 
 
 Practical Rules for Detecting Errors in Trial Balance 36 
 
 Premium and Per Cent, of Premium Being Given, to Find the 
 
 Amount Insured 190 
 
 Presenting Checks 141 
 
 Present Worth 186 
 
 Present Worth and True Discount How to Find 186 
 
 Proceeds and Discount, How to Find, the Face of a Note, 
 
 Time and Rate Per Cent. Being Given 187 
 
 Profit and Loss 188 
 
 Profit and Loss, How to Find, the Cost and Rate Being Given . . 188 
 
 Prohibited Arrests 42 
 
 Promissory Note Secured by Mortgage 118 
 
 Property Form of Receipt for 137 
 
 Property Held in Trust 197 
 
 Property Joint Ownership of 197 
 
 Property Ownership for Life 196 
 
 Property Personal 196 
 
 Property Personal Agreement for Sale 55 
 
 Property Real and Personal 196 
 
 Property Sale of 197 
 
 Property Tax How to Find 189 
 
 Proxy at an Election Power to vote. . 65 
 
 Public Roads Laws Concerning 166-167 
 
 Punctuation 8 
 
 Punctuation Marks 8 
 
 Punishment of a Child 203 
 
 Purchase of a Horse Guarantee of ... 93 
 
INDEX. 259 
 
 Qualified Indorsement Form of 133 
 
 Quit Claim Deed 91 
 
 R 
 
 Railroad Companies-Liabilities of 20O 
 
 Raised Checks 140 
 
 Rare U. S. Coins and their Value 193 
 
 Rate of Interest Legal 191 
 
 Rate of Profit and Loss, How to Find, the Cost and the Profit 
 
 or Loss Being Given 188 
 
 Rates, Postage on Articles Between the United States and 
 
 Other Countries 180-183 
 
 Real and Personal Property 196 
 
 Real Estate 35-196 
 
 Real Estate Held for Debt 34 
 
 Real Estate Lease of 107 
 
 Real Estate Mortgages 115 
 
 Real Estate Mortgage to Secure Payment of Above Note 118 
 
 Receipt for Borrowed Money Form of 136 
 
 Receipt for Interest Form of 137 
 
 Receipt for Interest on Note Form of 139 
 
 Receipt for Merchandise- -Form of 136-138 
 
 Receipt for Money Advanced on Contract Form of 137 
 
 Receipt for Note Form of 136 
 
 Receipt for a Particular Bill Form of 137 
 
 Receipt for Payment by Hand of Third Party Form of 139 
 
 Receipt for Property Form of 137 
 
 Receipt for Purchase of a Horse Form of 137 
 
 Receipt for Rent Form of 136 
 
 Receipt for Shipping Goods 201 
 
 Receipt in Full of All Demands Form of 136 
 
 Receipt on Account Form of 136 
 
 Receipt Sending 18 
 
 R-eceipts Form of 136-138 
 
 Receipts Rules for Writing 135 
 
 Recognizance for Further Examinations 73 
 
 Recommendation General Form of 25 
 
 Recommendation Letters of 23 
 
 Regulations, General, Concerning Foreign Mails 180 
 
 Relative Value of Apothecaries' Measure 150 
 
 Relative Value of Imperial Measure 150 
 
 Release and Satisfaction of Mortgage 121 
 
 Release of an Apprentice 67 
 
 Remittance Letter Containing 17 
 
260 INDEX. 
 
 Renewal of Fire Insurance 96 
 
 Renting a House Leases for 105 
 
 Rent Payment of Letters Requesting 22 
 
 Rents Power of Attorney to Collect 64 
 
 Request for Calatogue and Terms 17 
 
 Requesting Payment Form of Letters for 39 
 
 Requesting Payment Form of Summons 40 
 
 Requisites of a Sale 198 
 
 Resolutions of Condolence on the Retirement of an Officer 
 
 Form of 208 
 
 Resolutions of Condolence on the Death of a Public Officer- 
 Form o 207 
 
 Resolutions of Condolence on the Death of a Society Member 
 
 Form of 
 
 Resolutions Parliamentary Rules and Forms of 2u"> 
 
 Resources and Liabilities 36 
 
 Responsibility, Relative, of Each Indorser Table Showing. . . 135 
 
 Restrictive Indorsement Form of 133 
 
 Retirement of an Officer Resolutions of Condolence on 208 
 
 Revocation Letter of 66 
 
 Right Hand Holding Up .".S 
 
 Right to Appeal 43 
 
 Rights and Obligations of Parents and Children 203 
 
 Nights of Children 204 
 
 Rights of Landlords 100 
 
 Rights of Parents 203 
 
 Rights of Parents and Children 203 
 
 Rights of Tenants 101 
 
 Road Form of a Petition for Changing 168 
 
 Road Form of a Petition for Laying Out 168 
 
 Roads Public, Laws Concerning 160-167 
 
 Rules Banking 
 
 Rules for Collecting Notes 126 
 
 Rules for Finding the Required Area of any Chimney 161 
 
 Rules for Indorsing Bills 132 
 
 Rules for Indorsing Notes 132 
 
 Rules for Penmanship 7 
 
 Rules for Spelling 9 
 
 Rules for Transferring Notes 126 
 
 Rules for Writing a Contract 81 
 
 Rules for Writing Due Bills 138 
 
 Rules for Writing Notes 126 
 
 Rules for Writing Orders 139 
 
 Rules for Writing a Postal 9 
 
 Rules for Writing Receipts 135 
 
 Rules, General, for Estimates of Measurement 160 
 
 Rules Governing Chattel Mortgages 119 
 
 Runaway Child 204 
 
INDEX. 261 
 
 Sale-Bill of .............................................. 75 
 
 Sale of Property ....................................... 197 
 
 Sale Requisites of .................................... 198 
 
 Sale Things Necessary ................................ 198 
 
 Salesman Letter Recommending ........................ 24 
 
 Salesman's Application .................................. 26 
 
 School Application for ................................ 27 
 
 Selling Price and the Rate Per Cent, of Profit or Loss Being 
 
 Given to find the Cost ............................... 189 
 
 Selling Price How to Find, the List Price and Discount 
 
 Series Being Given ................................. 185 
 
 Selling Price Net ...................................... 188 
 
 Send Money How to .................................. 169 
 
 Sending Draft ......................................... 18 
 
 Sending Receipt ....................................... IS 
 
 Service Agreement with Clerk for ....................... 56 
 
 Shipment on Commission ............................... 19 
 
 Shipping Goods Receipt for ............................ 201 
 
 Short Form Mortgage .................................. 119 
 
 Sidewalk Contract for Building .......................... 86 
 
 Signs ................................................ 231 
 
 Simple Assignment ..................................... 72 
 
 Single Grantor's Acknowledgment ....................... 59 
 
 Situations Applications for ............................. 25 
 
 Size of Paper . . , ................................... 164-165 
 
 Solid Measure ......................................... 164 
 
 Spelling Rules for .................................... 9 
 
 Square Measure .................................... 150-163 
 
 Square Root Table of ................................. 165 
 
 Stocks How Watered ................................. 87 
 
 Stock or Partner's Account .............................. 35 
 
 Submission to Arbitration Form of ...................... 68 
 
 Suggestions for Avoiding Debts .......................... 37 
 
 Suggestions Regarding Mail Matter ....................... 173 
 
 Summons, Forms of, for Requesting Payments ............. 39 
 
 Surveying Land ........................................ 150 
 
 Surveyors' Measure .................................... 150 
 
 Sympathy Letter of .................................. 28 
 
 Table of Square Roots ................................ 165 
 
 Table Showing the Relative Responsibility of Each Indorser. . 135 
 Tank or Cistern How to Find the Number of Gallons ........ 154 
 
 Tax, Property How to Find ........................... 189 
 
 Tenant Duties of the ................................. 105 
 
 Tenant's Agreement .................................... 104 
 
262 INDEX. 
 
 Tenant's Notice of Leaving 105 
 
 Tenants Rights of 101 
 
 Tender Legal 192 
 
 Term of Discount 186 
 
 Terms Request for 17 
 
 Things Necessary to Every Sale 198 
 
 Third Party Form of Receipt for Payment by 139 
 
 Ticket Deposit 46 
 
 TileContract for Laying 85 
 
 Tile Laying Contract for 85 
 
 Time Measure 149 
 
 To Find the Investment or Gross Sales, the Commission and 
 
 Per Cent, of Commission Being Given 184 
 
 To Find the Number of Gallons in a Cistern or Tank 154 
 
 Tons of Hay in the Mow or Stack How to Find N umber of ... 153 
 
 Trade Discount 185 
 
 Trade Marks 14G 
 
 Transferring Commercial Paper 52 
 
 Transferring Drafts 48 
 
 Transferring Notes Rules for 126 
 
 Transportation 199 
 
 Transportation Injury of Good* in 200 
 
 Transportation Loss of Goods in JOO 
 
 Trial Balance Rules for Detecting Errors in 3Q 
 
 Troy Weight 149-164 
 
 True Discount 1S6 
 
 True Discount and Present Worth How to Find 186 
 
 Trust Property Held in 197 
 
 u 
 
 United States Postage Rates 175 
 
 Universal Postal Convention Signed at Washington Regu- 
 lations in Effect January 1, 1900 180 
 
 Usury 191 
 
 Usury Penalty of 191 
 
 \7 
 
 Value of Rare U. S. Coins 193 
 
 \A/ 
 
 Wagon-box Holds-How Much 154 
 
 Waiver of Identification 170 
 
 Wall How to Measure 156 
 
 Wall Number of Bricks Required for 156 
 
 Wall Paper How to Measure for 157 
 
 Warranty Deed 89 
 
INDEX. 263 
 
 Watered How Stock is 87 
 
 Weight Apothecaries 149 
 
 Weight Avoirdupois 149-164 
 
 Weight of Brickwork 162 
 
 Weight of Cattle How to Estimate 152 
 
 Weights and Measures 163-165 
 
 Weights Metric 150 
 
 Weight Troy 149-164 
 
 Wells and Cisterns How to Measure 158 
 
 Who May and May Not Make a Contract 80 
 
 Why Business Men Fail 234 
 
 Wine Measure 149-164 
 
 Withdrawal of Mail Matter 176-179 
 
 Witness Examination of 58 
 
 Wood Pile How to Measure 157 
 
 Workman Agreement for Hiring, 56 
 
 Worth Net 36 
 
 Writ 42 
 
 Writing Checks 141 
 
 Writing Drafts 48 
 
 Writing Notes Rules for 126 
 
UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY 
 
 THIS BOOK IS DUE ON THE LAST DATE 
 STAMPED BELOW 
 
 W 83 !9!5 
 6 
 
 30m-l,'15 
 
U 
 
 
 4 Hf&SZ